student handbook 2018 2021 faculty of arts …
TRANSCRIPT
1
STUDENT HANDBOOK 2018 – 2021
FACULTY OF ARTS
UNIVERSITY OF PERADENIYA
SRI LANKA
2
COPYRIGHT: © 2018, Faculty of Arts, University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka
Latest revised version
ISBN: 978-955-589-243-8
This Student Handbook presents the policies and information at the time of its publication, and it in no way
guarantees that policies and information will not change. Potential changes to the Academic Policies,
Regulations and Procedures as stated on this Student Handbook will not affect the student intake of the
Academic year 2017/2018.
For most up-to-date general policies and information please visit: http://www.pdn.ac.lk/student/student.php
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1. GOVERNANCE 07 1.1 University of Peradeniya 07 1.2 The Offices of the University of Peradeniya 11 1.3 University Flag 13 1.4 Faculty of Arts Colours 13 1.5 Faculty of Arts - Vision and Mission Statements 14 1.6 Our History 15 1.7 Organizational Structure of the Faculty 17 1.8 Administration of the Faculty 18
1.8.1 Administrative Staff 18
1.8.2 Heads of Department 21
1.8.3 The Faculty Board 25
1.8.4 Members of the Academic Staff 26
Department of Arabic & Islamic Civilization 26
Department of Archaeology 27
Department of Classical Languages 28
Department of Economics & Statistics 29
Department of Education 31
Department of English 32
Department of Fine Arts 33
Department of Geography 33
Department of History 35
Department of Law 37
Department of Pali & Buddhist Studies 37
Department of Philosophy 38
4
Department of Political Science 39
Department of Psychology 40
Department of Sinhala 40
Department of Sociology 41
Department of Tamil 42
1.8.5 Standing Committees of the Faculty 43 2. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 47 2.1 Admission Requirement 47 2.2 Structure of the Academic Programme 47 2.3 Semester Breakdown 48 2.4 Foundation and English Language Courses 48 2.5 Course Requirements for Degree Programmes 52 2.6 Course Unit System 55 2.7 Course Unit Application Forms 107 2.8 Student Request Procedures – Select Summary 107 2.9 Registration 108 2.10 Class Attendance Policy 114
3 ACADEMIC PROGRAMME 115
3.1 Foundation Courses 115
3.2 English Language Teaching Unit 116
3.3 Subject Course Codes 119
3.4 Departments of Study 120 Department of Arabic & Islamic Civilization 120 Department of Archaeology 126 Department of Classical Languages 133 Department of Economics & Statistics 144 Department of Education 152
5
Department of English 156 Department of Fine Arts 166 Department of Geography 174 Department of History 185 Department of Law 192 Department of Pali & Buddhist Studies 200 Department of Philosophy 209 Department of Political Science 213 Department of Psychology 220 Department of Sinhala 224 Department of Sociology 236 Department of Tamil 242 4 EXAMINATION 251 4.1 Assessment Procedure 251 4.2 Scholarships, Awards, Bursaries and Prizes 256 4.3 Study Abroad Opportunities 262 4.4 Examination Procedure, Offences and Punishments 265 5. STUDENT LEARNING RESOURCES 275 5.1 The Main Library 275 5.2 Units and Centers 279 Special Needs Resource Unit (SNRU) 279 Information Technology (IT) Centre 281 Career Guidence and Counseling Unit (CGCU) 282 6. STUDENT WELFARE 283 6.1 Arts Faculty Students‘ Welfare Centre 283 6.2 Dining 284 6.3 Halls of Residence 284
6
6.4 Health Centre 289 6.5 Physical Education 292 6.6 Student Safety 293 6.7 Other Services and Amenities 295 7 STUDENT LIFE 297 7.1 Arts Faculty Students‘ Union (ASU) 297 7.2 Student Societies 299 7.3 Cultural Centre 302 8 STUDENT DISCIPLINE 303 8.1 Prohibitions 303 8.2 Marshals‘ Division 305 8.3 Senior Student Counselors 306 Appendix I Appendix II MAP
7
1. GOVERNANCE
1.1 UNIVERSITY OF PERADENIYA
The University of Peradeniya (University), formerly known as the University of Ceylon, was established in
1942. It has earned its reputation as the largest, residential University in Sri Lanka comprising of nine
academic faculties covering all major disciplines. The University is one of the largest and most
comprehensive in the Sri Lankan university system in terms of trained academics, infrastructure facilities,
research and development, and undergraduate and postgraduate student output. Its diverse student body is
representative of all ethnic communities and come from various parts of the country making it a truly national
University.
The University of Peradeniya currently functions under the purview of the University Act No.16 of 1978 and
its subsequent amendments. The organizational structure of the University consists of the following
administrators and administrative bodies to ensure the smooth functioning of the institution.
Chancellor
The Chancellor is the titular head of the University who presides over the Convocation of the University. The
President of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka nominates the Chancellor for a period of five
years.
Officers of the University
Vice Chancellor
The Vice Chancellor is the principle executive, academic and accounting officer of the University. The Vice
Chancellor is also responsible for the maintenance of discipline. The President of the Democratic Socialist
8
Republic of Sri Lanka appoints the Vice Chancellor for a period of three years from the nominations made by
the Council of the University.
Deputy Vice Chancellor
The Deputy Vice Chancellor is appointed by the University Grants Commission (UGC) on the approval of the
Council of the University, and is responsible for student affairs. The Deputy Vice Chancellor substitutes for
the Vice Chancellor when it is necessary.
Deans
The Faculty Boards elect Deans for their respective faculties from among the Heads of Departments for a
period of three years. A Dean is the academic and administrative head of the Faculty.
Librarian
The Council appoints the Librarian under the direction and control of the Vice Chancellor. The Librarian is
responsible for the administration of the libraries of the University.
Registrar
The Council of the University appoints the Registrar. The Registrar is responsible for general administration,
examinations, and the discipline of the non-academic staff and functions under the direction of the Vice
Chancellor. The Deputy Registrar, the Faculty Registrars and other administrative departments and divisions
assist the Registrar in general administration of the University. The Registrar is also the custodian of records
and property of the University.
9
Bursar
The Bursar is appointed by the Council of the University, and is responsible for the financial administration of
the University including the maintenance of accounts subject to the direction and control of the Registrar.
Authorities of the University
Council
The Council is the chief body and governing authority of the University. It is made up of the Vice Chancellor,
the ex-officio chairperson, the Deputy Vice Chancellor, the Deans, two elected representatives of the Senate
and thirteen members appointed by the UGC.
Senate
The Senate is the academic authority of the University that makes recommendations to the Council regarding
teaching, research, examinations and related matters. The Senate consists of the Vice Chancellor, the ex-
officio chairperson, the Deputy Vice Chancellor, the Deans, Directors of Postgraduate Institutes, Heads of
Departments, Librarian, Permanent Professors of the University, and two teachers elected by the Faculty
Boards from among their permanent members as faculty representatives.
Faulty Board
The Dean of the Faculty is the Chairperson of the Faculty Board. The academic Departments of Study are
subject to the purview of the respective Faculty. A Head of the Department of Study is appointed by the
Council upon the recommendation of the Vice Chancellor from among the senior members of the academic
staff of a department.
10
The central administration with its different departments comes under the control of the Registrar while the
Bursar supervises the Finance Branches of the Faculty.
In accordance with the University Act, the respective authorities appoint standing committees and ad-hoc
committees to discharge the duties effectively and to attend to special matters of the University.
11
1.2 THE OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PERADENIYA
Chancellor Professor K.M. de Silva
Vice-Chancellor
Professor Upul B. Dissanayake +94-81-2392300
+94-81-2388151
Deputy Vice-Chancellor Professor R.L. Wijeyeweera +94-81-2392304
+94-81-2389140
Deans of Faculties
Agriculture Professor D.K.N.G. Pushpakumara
B.Sc. Agric., M.Sc., Ph.D.
+94-81-2395010
+94-81-2388041
Allied Health Sciences Professor D.B.M. Wickramarathne
B.Sc., Ph.D. M.I.Chem.C., C.Chem.
+94-81-2392138
+94-81-3806641
Arts Professor O.G. Dayaratna Banda
B.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.
+94-81-2392500
+94-81-2388933
Dental Sciences Professor W.M. Thilakaratne
BDS, M.Sc., FDSRCS, Ph.D., FRCPath.
+94-81-2397201
+94-81-2388045
Engineering Professor L. Rajapaksha
B.SC.Eng. C.Eng., Ph.D., MIMechE.
+94-81-2393300
+94-81-2388322
Medicine Professor V.S. Weerasinghe
BDS, M.Phil., Ph.D.
+94-81-2396200
+94-81-2388840
Science Professor S. R. Kodituwakku
B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.
+94-81-2394400
+94-81-2389126
12
Veterinary Medicine & Animal
Science
Professor H.B.S. Ariyaratne
B.V.Sc., M.Phil., PhD.
+94-81-2395700
+94-81-2395700
Management Acting Dean, Dr. M. Alfred
Ph. D.
+94-81-3832611
+94-81-2385707
Registrar Mr. U.D. Dodanwela +94-81-2392302
+94-81-2387395
Bursar Mr. E.A.R.M. Edirisinghe +94-81-2392400
+94-81-2388104
Acting Librarian Mr. R. Maheswaran +94-81-2392470
+94-81-2388678
13
1.4 UNIVERSITY FLAG
1.4 FACULTY OF ARTS COLOUR
14
1.5 FACULTY OF ARTS - VISION AND MISSION STATEMENTS
The Vision of the Faculty of Arts is excellence in education, research,
and creative thinking in the Social Sciences and Humanities for the
betterment of individuals and society.
Its Mission is to produce a graduate who is committed to the
advancement of knowledge through critical and independent
scholarship, and is imbued with human qualities and a sense of duty
toward society.
15
1.6 OUR HISTORY
The history of the Faculty of Arts (Faculty) of the University of Peradeniya dates back to the early beginnings
of university education in Sri Lanka. The predecessor to the Faculty of Arts was established in Colombo as
part of the University of Ceylon in two faculties called the Faculty of Arts and the Faculty of Oriental Studies.
These two Faculties were moved to Peradeniya in 1952, and were amalgamated in 1972 to form the Faculty of
Arts as it is known today.
The twenty years from 1952 to 1972 saw the expansion of the Faculties of Arts and Oriental Studies. The
original seven departments of study of the two Faculties were Classics, Economics, English, Geography,
History, Oriental Languages, and Philosophy. The Department of Oriental Languages was divided in 1943
into the four separate Departments of Sinhala, Tamil, Pali and Sanskrit. This was followed by the addition of
several other academic disciplines to the Faculty: Law and Arabic in 1945; Sociology, Education and Modern
Languages in 1949 (French and German had been taught for many years as subsidiary subjects); Archaeology
in 1959; and Buddhist Philosophy in 1964. The most recent additions to the Faculty are the Departments of
Fine Arts, and Law established respectively in 2001 and 2009. A sub-department of English for the teaching
of English as a second language was set up after svabhāshā (i.e., non-English medium) students entered the
University. In addition, French is also available as a subject for the Bachelor of Arts (General) Degree
Programme.
The Faculty is one of the premier centres of teaching and research in the humanities and the social sciences in
Sri Lanka. It has a long established research tradition and a highly respected publication record. It also
conducts the oldest continuing academic seminar series in the Sri Lankan university system, the Ceylon
Studies Seminar. In 1942 the Faculty brought out the first academic journal in the social sciences and the
humanities to be published in Sri Lanka, The University of Ceylon Review. After the publication of this journal
was discontinued in 1965, the Faculty commenced the publishing of two separate journals, the Sri Lanka
Journal of the Humanities and Modern Sri Lanka Studies. In 2002 the Faculty commenced publishing two
new journals, Sambhavana (in Sinhala) and Palkhalai (in Tamil).
16
Individual members of the academic staff of the Faculty of Arts participate in projects funded by many local
and foreign agencies. Members of the Faculty also provide consultancy services to various organizations. The
Department of Archaeology cooperates with the Department of Archaeology, Sri Lanka, in many activities
including the Cultural Triangle Project. The Departments of Economics, Education, Geography, Sociology,
Political Science, Philosophy and Psychology, and Pali and Buddhist Studies, among others, also provide
expertise and consultancy services to various government agencies.
17
1.7 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE OF THE FACULTY
LECTURER INSTRUCTOR RESEARCH ASSISTANT TUTOR
DEAN
ACADEMIC NON ACADEMIC
HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS
SENIOR ASSISTANT BURSAR
SENIOR ASSISTANT REGISTRAR
TECHNICAL STAFF
CLERICAL STAFF
SUPPORTING STAFF
SENIOR
PROFESSOR/
PROFESSOR/
ASSOCIAT
PROFESSOR
SENIOR
LECTURER
GRADE I & II
LECTURER TEMPORAR
STAFF
18
1.8 ADMINISTRATION OF THE FACULTY
1.8.1 ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Dean Professor O.G. Dayaratna
Banda
B.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.
+94-81-2392500
+94-81-2388933
Senior Assistant
Registrar (SAR)
Ms D.M.R.S. Dassanayake
M.B.A., B.A.
+94-81-2392501
Assistant
Registrar
(AR)
Mr W.V.L. Kumara
M.HRM., DAE., EDHRM,
ACLT, MLT.
+94-81-2392506
19
Senior Assistant
Bursar (SAB)
Mr M.D.S.M. Rodrigo B.Sc., APFA.
+94-81-2392509
Registration
Online Registration Honours Degree Programme
Mr. Tharindu Perera
+94-81-239-2508
Mr. M.N.M. Ilham
+94-81-239-2503
First Year Student Matters LL.B./B.Com./B.Ed.
Ms. S. Farisa Ismail
+94-81-239-2503
Ms. Thushari Jayaweera
+94-81-239-2503
General Degree Programme Inquiries and Student Requests
Ms. Geetha Kumari
+94-81-239-2503
Ms. S. Farisa Ismail
+94-81-239-2503
20
Examinations
Mr. Milinda Rajakaruna
+94-81-239-2503/2505
Scholarships Hall Reservations
Ms. Shanika Mahaliyadda
+94-81-239-2507
Mr. Amitha Andagala
+94-81-239-2831
Mr. Sanjaya Keerthiratne
+94-81-239-2507
21
1.8.2 HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS
Arabic & Islamic
Civilization
Mr. M.L.M. Haniffa
B.A. (Hons.), M.A., M.Phil.
+94-71-2238300
Archaeology Professor R.M.M.
Chandraratne
B.A. (Hons), M.A., Ph.D.
+94-771708169
Classical Languages Dr. W.M.W.G.C.S.M.
Wickramasinghe
B.A., Ph.D.
+94-81-2392587,
+94-81-2392525
Economics & Statistics Mr. S Vijesandiran
B.A. (Hons.), Msc.
+94-71-8146487
22
Education Dr .P.R.K.A Vitharana
B.Sc., M.Sc. Ph.D.
+94-71-8152102
English Professor C. S.
Wickramagamage
B.A. (Hons.), Ph.D.
+94-77-1159760
Fine Arts Dr. Manoj Alawathukotuwa
B.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.
+94-777627931
Geography Mr. M.A.S.Jayakumara
B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil.
+94-71 440 2551
+94-81-492 2880
23
History Dr. N.A. Wimalasena
B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil., Ph.D.
+94-71-4418953
Law Dr. S.S.K.B.M. Dorabawila
B.A. (Hons.), M.Sc. M.A.,
Ph.D.
+94-81-2392082
Pali & Buddhist
Studies
Professor R. G. D.
Jayawardena
B.A. (Hons.), M.A., Ph.D.
+94-81-2385339
Philosophy Dr. Charitha Herath
B.A. (Hons.), M.A., Ph.D. [email protected]
Psychology Dr..B.D.D.Pathirana
B.A. (Hons.), M.A., Ph.D.
24
Political Science Dr. M.W.A.G. Withanawasam
Ph.D.
+94-773708241
Sinhala Dr. W.D.S.K. Premasiri
B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil., Ph.D.
+94-71 8575308
Sociology Dr. Rathnayake M.
Abeyrathne
B.A. (Hons.), M.A., Ph.D.
+94-771525535
Tamil & Hindu
Civilization
Dr. (Mrs) S. R. Theaver
M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.
+94-71 3130025
+94-81-2422848
25
1.8.3 THE FACULTY BOARD
The Dean (Chairperson)
Senior Assistant Registrar (Secretary)
Heads of Department
All permanent and confirmed academic members of staff of the Departments of
Arabic & Islamic Civilization Law
Archaeology Pali & Buddhist Studies
Classical Languages Philosophy
Economics & Statistics Psychology
Education Political Science
English Sinhala
Fine Arts Sociology
Geography Tamil
History
Two members elected from the probationary lecturers
Two members elected from the instructors of the Faculty‘s centres/units
Three outside members nominated by the Faculty Board of Arts
Non-Voting Members:
Two student representatives
Invited Members:
The Librarian
26
1.8.4 THE MEMBERS OF THE ACADEMIC STAFF
Department of Arabic & Islamic Civilization
M.L.M. Haniffa B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-2238300
M.S.A. Barie B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil. Senior Lecturer +94-777-802401
M.Z.M. Nafeel B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-8441715
M.A.M. Yaseer B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-8156804
M.S.M. Saleem B.A.(Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-8401333
0777407978
S.M. Thameem B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil. Lecturer +94-71-4962168 [email protected]
27
● Department of Archaeology
R.M.M.
Chandraratne
B.A. (Hons.)
M.A. Ph.D.
Professor +94-771708169
D.K. Jayaratne B.A. (Hons.),
M.Sc., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-776901189
M.W.C.N.K.
Rambukwella
B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-718600523
A.M.P. Senanayake B.A. (Hons.)
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-777795572
piyathissa-
A.S.T. Rajapaksha BA (Hons.)
M.A. Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-714395277
A.G.D.N.
Karunarathna
B.A. (Hons.)
M.Phil. Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-714418676
28
● Department of Classical Languages
W. M. W. G. C.S.M.
Wickramasinghe
B.A., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-81-2392587,
+94-81-2392525 [email protected]
W.M.S.K.
Wijesundara
B.A., M.A., PhD Senior Lecturer +94-718130771
V. Edirisinghe B.A., M.A., PhD Senior Lecturer +94-779949721
K.M.R.N. Kulatunga B.A., M.Phil Lecturer +94-765504445
R. Seneviratne B.A., M.Phil.,
D.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-72 2948743
Ven. J. Dhammaloka B.A., M.Phil.,
Royal Pandith
Lecturer
Probationary
29
● Department of Economics and Statistics
D.N.B. Gunewardena B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Professor of
Economics
+94-77-7426346
A.S.P. Abhayaratne B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Professor +94-71-4402529
O.G. Dayaratna
Banda
B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Professor +94-77-9890035
M.A. Jayawickrama B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Professor +94-712897257
W.L.P. Perera B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Professor +94-77-7379726
C.R. Abayasekara B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-239-2622
J. Nigel B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-77-5062091
S. Sivarajasingham B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-77-1660169
S. Vijesandiran B.A. (Hons.), M.Sc. Senior Lecturer +94-71-8146487
H.M.W.H.A. Herath B.A. (Hons.), M.Sc.,
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-779809984
K. Gnaneswaran B.A., M.A. Senior Lecturer +94-77-9677644
T. Rajeswaran B.A., M.Phil. Senior Lecturer +94-77-9975586
30
S. Rajendran M.Phil. Senior Lecturer +94-77-7844368
J.G.S. Ranjith B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-77-5393462
A.V.K. Madhavie B.A., M.Phil Senior Lecturer +94-77-3066461
M.B. Ranathilaka B.A., M.A., M.Sc.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-5328308
Dr. S.S.K.B.M.
Dorabawila
Ph.D., B.A., M.Sc.,
MA
Senior Lecturer +94-71-8570737
S.J.S. de Mel B.Sc. (Eng.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-777588861
A.D.H.K.
Kankanamge
B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-77-557 6715
P.P.A.W. Athukorala B.A., M.Phil, Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-77-6862021
K.M.R.
Karunarathna
M.Sc., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-71-8061246
T.N. Vithanage M.Phil., Ph.D. Lecturer +94-71-8282830
T. Vinayagathasan M.A., M.P.P., Ph.D. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-77-9353302
R.K.M. Rajapaksa B.A. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-78-4605041
A.N. Thatil B.Sc., M.Sc.
Instructor +94-77-5062091
31
● Department of Education
S.M.P.W.K Sethunga B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D. Associate
Professor
+94-71-8339793
P.R.K.A Vitharana
B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D Senior Lecturer
+94-71-8152102
S. D. K. Wijesundera B.Sc. (Hons.), M.
Sc., M. Sc., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer
+94-77-4009974
E.K.S.K. Embekke B.Sc. (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer
+94-77-9678960
K.S.H.M.V.W.W.
Senavirathne
B.Com. (Hons.),
M.Phil. Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-3521530
H.M. Samarakoon
Banda
B.Com. (Hons.),
M.Phil. Ph.D.
Lecturer +94-71-8899749
T.M.S.
S.K.Yatigammana
Ekanayake
B.Sc. , M.Sc.,
Ph.D.
Lecturer +94-71-8133471
32
● Department of English
S.W. Perera M.A., Ph.D. Senior Professor +94-81-2223616
A. Parakrama B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Professor
of English
+94-81-239 2502
C. S.
Wickramagamage
B.A. (Hons.), Ph.D. Professor +94-77-1159760
S. Sivamohan Ph.D. Professor +94-71-8016081
L.N.A. Fernando Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-77-6923260
K. Herat Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-774841160
N.M. Kalugampitiya Ph.D. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-6-8988895 [email protected]
33
● Department of Fine Arts
M. Alawathukotuwa B.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-777627931
alawathukotuwa.manoj@gmail
.com
L. Seneheweera B.A., M.Sc., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-716808312
A. Samarakoon B.A., M.Sc. Senior Lecturer +94-773253927
W.M.P.S Bandara B.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-717683226
S. Manthilake B.A., M.Sc. Lecturer
K. Dharmasiri B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-719575316
● Department of Geography
S.K. Hennayaka B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Professor +94-77784 0640
T. Hewawasam B.Sc. (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D
Professor +94-71445 3418
H.A.N. Hennayaka B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-77 919 7793
K.W.G.R. Nianthi B.A. (Hons.),
M.Sc., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 493 3025
T.W.M.T.W.
Bandara
B.A. (Hons.), M.
Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-77 717 9630
+94-81-567 8799
34
A.K.
Wickramasooriya
B.Sc. (Hons.),
M.Phil
Senior Lecturer +94-77 9406168
+94-81-223 5719
K.R.M.U. Bandara B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 848 0846
M.A.S. Jayakumara B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil
Senior Lecturer +94-71 440 2551
+94-81-492 2880
F. Azmi B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil, Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-77 774 8168
+94-81-221 7355
M.S.M. Razik B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil,
Senior Lecturer +94-71 811 8230
+94-81-221 0030
P.P. Masakorala B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 816 2683
+94-81-239 2120
M.A.M. Isthikar B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-77 793 0935
D.M.L. Dissanayake B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 807 5726
+94-81-238 5782
A. Arularasi B.A (Hons.),
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-77 787 3761
M.M.P. Perera B.A (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-77 665 7847
M.P. Rambukkange B. Sc. (Hons.),
M.Sc., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-77 524 3484
35
C.S. Hettiarachchi B. Sc. (Hons.),
Ph.D.
Lecturer +94-71 442 6816
R.M.K. Kumarihamy B. Sc. (Hons.),
M.Sc.
Lecturer
Probationary
+94-77 570 7067
+94-37 387 5691
T.G.T.N. Kithsiri B.A. (Hons.), M.A. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-77 146 4761
S. Chithra B.A. (Hons.), M.A Lecturer
Probationary
+94-77 666 5040
M.M. Alikhan B.A. (Hons.). Lecturer
Probationary
+94-77 757 7799
+94-81-231 0192
S.I.S. Subasinghe B.A. (Hons.),
M.Sc., Ph.D.
Lecturer
Probationary
+94-78 388 9766
● Department of History
M. Somathilake B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Professor of History +94-71-8385954
om
N.A. Wimalasena B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-4418953
M.S. Gunarathne B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-4474515
Ven. M. Sobhitha B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-2398390
sobhitham@yahoo. com
36
R. Hettiarachchi B. A. (Hons.),
M.A., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-6382246
S. M. Dharmarathne B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil.
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-75-0106533
K.M.R. Dassanayake B. A. (Hons.),
M.SSc. Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-3212616
kmrdasanayaka @ yahoo.com
S.A.C. Feroziya B. A. (Hons.),
M.A., M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-6259979
A.M.M. Chandrika B. A. (Hons.),
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-7904912
malanichandrika42@
yahoo.com
C.S Hewawasam B. A. (Hons.),
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-2288086
subashanihewawasam@yahoo.
com
R.D Jayaneththi B.A. (Hons.) Lecturer
Probationary
+94-71-7960985
awnkjayathilake@ gmail.com
G. Jeyatheewsaran B. A. (Hons.) Lecturer
Probationary
+94-77-9460385
A.W.N.K.
Jayathilake
B.A. (Hons.) Lecturer
Probationary
+94-71-7960985
awnkjayathilake@ gmail.com
37
● Department of Law
N.D. Udagama LL.B. (Hons.),
LL.M., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-81-2392088
K.K. Madugalla LL.B. (Hons.),
LL.M.
Lecturer +94-716308018
L.K. Nilmini LL.B. (Hons.),
LL.M.
Lecturer
Probationary
+94-711697333
● Department of Pali & Buddhist Studies
Ven. K. Rahula B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Professor +94-77-7957406
Ven. M. Gnanananda Royal Pandit, B.A.,
M.A., M.Phil.,
Ph.D.
Professor +94-71-5313712
Ven. B.
Shanthawimala
Royal Pandit,
Thripitakavedee,
B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-81-2388975
R. G. D.
Jayawardena
B.A., M.A., Ph.D.
Professor +94-81-2385339
S. Ratnayaka B.A., M.Litt. Senior Lecturer
+94-71-8502153
H.M. Mahinda
Herath
B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-71-9891005
Ven. M. Indarathana Royal Pandit, B.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71-2527155
D.M.K. Dharmasiri B.A., M.A., M.Phil. Lecturer +94-81-2392520
38
● Department of Philosophy
P.M. Jamahir B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil.,
Ph.D.
Professor [email protected]
C. Herath B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer [email protected]
M. Rajaratnam B.A. (Hons.), M.A. Senior Lecturer [email protected]
H.R.N.P.K.
Handagama
B.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer [email protected],
S. Pushpakumara B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil. Senior Lecturer saman.pushpakumara534@gm
ail.com
S. Weerawardhana B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil. Senior Lecturer [email protected]
J. Bogoda B.A. (Hons.) Lecturer
Probationary
M. Aboobucker B.A. (Hons.), M.Phil. Senior Lecturer
39
● Department of Political Science
G.D.R.U.U.
Abeyrathne
Ph.D. Professor of Political
Science
+94-718739737
M.W.A.G.
Withanawasam
Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-773708241
W.K.R. Dickwella M.A. Senior Lecturer +94-719699300
A.K.J.S. Kumara Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-718267313
M.M. Ihjas M.A. Senior Lecturer +94-715348100
S. Baskaran Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-771133247
B. Malini Ph.D. Lecturer +94-714208109
A. Sarjoon Ph.D. Lecturer +94-773080654
R. Ramesh M.A. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-768629870
N. Sivakumar M.A. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-779262369
40
● Department of Psychology
B.D.D. Pathirana B.A (Hons.), M.A., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer [email protected]
D. Karunanayake B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer [email protected]
G. Dissanayake B.A., M.Phil., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer [email protected]
R. Usoof B.A. (Hons.), M.Sc.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer [email protected]
M. Gunasekera B.A. (Hons.), M.A. Senior Lecturer [email protected]
● Department of Sinhala
H.M. Attanayake B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71- 8999151
E.M.M.R.P.L.
Nugapitiya
B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 8163569
G.G.S. Kularathne B.A. (Hons.),
M. Phil. Ph.D.
Professor +94-71 4958597
W.A. Liyanage B.A. (Hons.), M.A.
Ph.D.
Professor +94-77 4428198
S.K.M.D.D.
Gunathilake
B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 8450656
K.R.K.R.A.
Senarathne
B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-77 7413217
W.D.S.K. Premasiri B.A.(Hons.),
M.Phil., Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 8575308
D.M.M.K.
Disanayake
B.A. (Hons.), M.A.,
M.A.
Senior Lecturer +94-72 1226608
41
W.N.D.N. Wijesiri B.A. (Hons.), M.A.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 8040458
C.K. Guruge B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 8003265
R.M.S.N.
Seneviratne
B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-72 3867379
R.M.M. Rathnayake B.A. (Hons.),
M.Phil.
Senior Lecturer +94-71 8086167
● Department of Sociology
D. Amarasekara B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Professor
+94-718155661
M. Pinnawala B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Professor +94-718188147
R. M. Abeyrathne B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-771525535
abeyrathnayake87
W. A. S. N.
Wijesinghe
B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-777806240
M.G. Manurathne B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-713073102
S. Gamlath B.A., M.Sc., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-777513439
H. M. K. S.
Wanninayake
B.A., M.Sc., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-718489896
W.M.S.M.K.
Thoradeniya
B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-771516586
U. Weerakoon B.A., M.Phil.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-718495489
42
D. Herath B.A., Ph.D. Senior Lecturer +94-718003605
H. D. P. Premarathne B.A., M.Phil. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-714430517
S. Rasnayake B.A., M.Phil. Senior Lecturer +94-713888753
T. Kamalrathna B.A., M.Phil. Senior Lecturer +94-718158493
D. Kowsalya
Duraisamy
B.A. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-725396964
A.K.A.S. Gnanaratne B.A. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-718233659
● Department of Tamil
V. Maheswaran M.A., M.Phil.,
Ph.D.
Professor +94-77 9071543
081 2389961
S.R. Theaver M.A., MPhil.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-81-2422848
sothimalar [email protected]
S. Pirashanthan M.A., MPhil.,
Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer +94-77 3053241
p. Sarawanakumar B.A. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-71 5372368
S. Anne Yalini M.A. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-77 0062011
S. Sutharsan M.A., M.Phil. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-77 2323734
M.M. Jayaseelan B.A. Lecturer
Probationary
+94-770617082
43
1.8.5 STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
Presently, there are eighteen management committees in the Faculty that have been established to facilitate
its smooth and effective functioning. The Faculty Board nominates the members to these committees from
among its qualified and experienced academic staff. The AR/SAR is mandated to provide secretarial
assistance to all these committees. They are as follows:
Heads of Department Committee
Chaired by the Dean, comprises of all Heads of
Departments. Its mandate covers all academic,
administrative and financial matters related to the
Departments and Faculty.
Faculty English Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its members, and
includes the Head/English Language Teaching Unit (ELTU),
the English Language Teaching (ELT) Coordinator and
representatives from all Departments. The members are
appointed for a period of three years. It deals with matters
related to ELT of the Faculty.
Faculty Scholarships Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its members, and its
membership is comprised of representatives from all the
Departments. The term of office of its members is three
years. It handles all matters pertaining to scholarships.
Faculty Non-Funded Research
Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its nine members
appointed by the Faculty Board. The term of office of its
members is three years. The committee handles all non-
funded research projects of the Faculty.
Faculty Student Requests and
Admissions Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its members who are
appointed by the Faculty representing all Departments for a
term of three years. Its mandate covers all matters related to
student requests and admissions.
44
Faculty Research Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its nine members
appointed by the Faculty Board. The committee handles
research and development activities of the Faculty. The term
of office of its members is three years.
Faculty Land, Building and
Maintenance Committee
The Dean chairs the committee comprised of representatives
from all Departments and the SAB of the Faculty. It presides
over land, building and maintenance matters of the Faculty.
Faculty Academic Development and
Quality Assurance Committee
The Chairperson is nominated from among its nine members
appointed by the Faculty Board. Their term of office is three
years. All matters pertaining to existing/new curricula, study
programmes, quality assurance and development of the
Faculty fall within its purview.
Faulty ICT Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its nine members
appointed by the Faculty Board for a period of three years.
All IT and web development matters are handled by this
committee.
Faculty Library Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its nine members
appointed by the Faculty Board, and the representative from
the Library. For a period of three years the membership is
expected to deal with matters related to the Library.
Faculty Student Counselors and
Welfare Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its members. All
Senior Student Counselors and the Welfare Coordinator of
the Faculty comprise of its membership that lasts for three
years. Student welfare, grievances, guidance and counseling
fall within its purview.
Faculty Internship Committee The Chairperson is elected from among its members who are
representatives of all the Departments. Their term of office
is three years and they handle the Internship programmes of
the Faculty.
45
Faculty Nominations and Selections
Committee
The Dean presides over this committee as the Chairperson.
Its membership includes all Heads of Departments. They
select nominations to the Faculty Board to fill the voluntary
positions of the Faculty that, in some cases, may involve an
election at the Faulty Board.
Faculty Publications Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its members. All the
Editors of the four Faculty Journals, the Coordinator of the
Faculty Seminar Series and five members appointed by the
Faculty Board consists of its membership. Their term is for
three years during which they deal with all the publication
matters of the Faculty.
Faculty Committee of Coordinators
The Dean is the Chairperson of this committee and its
membership comprises of all the chairpersons of the
Faculty‘s management committees.
Coordinating Committee of the General
Degree
The Dean chairs and overseas the activities of this
committee. Representatives from each of the Departments
form its membership mandated for three years. The
committee handles all matters related to the General Degree
programme of the Faculty.
Faculty Arts Council
The Chairperson is elected from among its nine members
appointed by the Faculty Board for a period of three years.
Their mandate involves the promotion of the arts in the
Faculty.
Faculty Staff Development Committee
The Chairperson is elected from among its nine members
appointed for a term of three years. It is responsible for staff
development activities of the Faculty.
46
47
2. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
2.1 ADMISSION REQUIREMENT
Students are admitted to the Undergraduate Programme, primarily on the basis of their performance at the
General Certificate of Education (Advanced Level) Examination. The number to be admitted each year and
the required performance level are determined by the UGC.
For further information please visit: http://www.ugc.ac.lk/en/university-admissions.html
2.2 STRUCTURE OF THE ACADEMIC PROGRAMME
The Faculty has adopted a semester based Course Unit System with effect from 2000 which includes
continuous assessment, in addition to the semester-long courses typically of fifteen weeks‘ duration. The
Course Unit System provides greater flexibility and choice to both the students and lecturers to enhance the
teaching and learning process.
DEGREE
PROGRAMMES
OFFERED
DURATION MEDIUM OF
INSTRUCTION*
CUMULATIVE CREDIT VALUE
Bachelor of Arts
(General) Degree
03 Years
Sinhala
Tamil
English
90
Bachelor of Arts
(Honours) Degrees in
17 Department
04 Years
Sinhala
Tamil
English
120
Bachelor of
Commerce (B.Com.)
Degree
04 Years
Sinhala
Tamil
English
120
48
Bachelor of Law
(LL.B.) Degree
04 Years
English 129
Bachelor of
Education (B.Ed.)
Degree
04 Years
Sinhala
English
124
* NB: At the descrition of the relevant Deapartment.
2.3 SEMESTER BREAKDOWN
All the undergraduate degree programmes of the Faculty are structuted according to the Semester breakdown
as follows:
ACADEMIC
YEAR
LEVEL SEMESTER
I
SEMESTER
II
First 100 1 √ 2 √
Second 200 3 √ 4 √
Third 300 5 √ 6 √
Fourth 400 7 √ 8 √
2.4 FOUNDATION AND ENGLISH LANGUAGE COURSES
All degree programmes require students to register for and successfully complete Foundation and English
Language Courses. All five Foundation courses (FND) must be completed in the first academic year. The
English Language Teaching Unit (ELTU) conducts all English as a Second Language (ESL) courses leading
to Certificates of Competence at the completion of Intermediate and Advanced Levels.
49
Foundation Courses
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE SEMESTER
FND 101 Basic Mathematics 1
FND 102 Logic 1
FND 103 Writing Skills 1
FND 114 Law and Ethics 2
FND 115 ICT Skills 2
English Language Courses
Course Requirements
and Performance-
based Credits
Basic
Competence
Level in English
Intermediate
Competence
Level in English
Advanced
Competence
Level in English
Minimum
Requirement to
Graduate
Performance at
Placement Test (held at
end of Intensive
Course)
Placement Test
Mark Range:
00% - 39%
Placement Test
Mark Range:
40% - 69%
Placement Test
Mark Range:
70% - 100%
Students who
successfully
complete the
Advanced course
will be awarded a
Diploma
Certificate in
English.
Performance-based
Credit Hours Exempted
00 Credit Hours
(Must take all 6
courses)
08 Credit Hours
(Exempt from two
courses)
16 Credit Hours
(Exempt from four
courses)
The equivalent of
24 credit hours (06
four-credit hour
courses) should be
completed, and this
is measured by the
passing of ELA
305 & ELA 306.
Performance-based
Credit Hours
Required
24 Credit Hours 16 Credit Hours 08 Credit Hours
50
Required Courses 1
ELA 101
(Semester 1)
ELA 102
(Semester 2)
(Equivalent to UTEL
Level 4)
Students whose
performance in the
Placement Test is
achieving the
Basic Level should
take these courses
in their first year.
Students who have
performed in the
Placement Test
achieving the
Intermediate Level
are exempted from
taking these
courses.
Students who have
performed in the
Placement Test
achieving the
Advanced Level
are exempted from
taking these
courses.
Students who
successfully
complete ELA 101
and ELA 102 with
Grades of C or
above will receive
a Certificate stating
that they have
Basic Level
competence in
English (equivalent
to UTEL 4)
Required Courses 2
ELA 203
(Semester 3)
ELA 204
(Semester 4)
(Equivalent to UTEL
Level 5)
Passing ELA 101
& ELA 102
respectively are
pre-requisites for
sitting ELA 203 &
ELA 204 (in
second year).
Intermediate Level
students will
commence their
English program
with these two
courses (in the first
year).
Advanced Level
students are
exempted from
taking these
courses.
Students who
successfully
complete ELA 203
and ELA 204 with
Grades of C or
above will receive
a Certificate stating
that they have
Intermediate Level
competence in
English (equivalent
to UTEL 5). This is
the minimum
requirement for
graduation in the
Faculty of Arts.
Required Courses 3
ELA 305
(Semester 5)
Passing ELA 203
& ELA 204
respectively are
pre-requisites for
sitting 305 & 306
Passing in ELA
203 & ELA 204
respectively are
pre-requisites for
sitting ELA 305 &
Advanced Level
students will
commence their
English program
Students who pass
ELA 305 and ELA
306 will receive a
Diploma
51
ELA 306
(Semester 6)
(Equivalent to UTEL
Level 6)
(in the third year) ELA 306 (in the
second year)
with these two
courses (in the first
year)
Certificate in
Advanced English.
This level is
determined to be
the fulfillment of
24 credit hours of
studying English.
TOTAL COURSE-
LOAD
06 four-credit hour
courses to be taken
two per academic
year (for the first
three years).
Students who fail
can complete these
courses during
their fourth year.
04 four-credit hour
courses to be taken
two per academic
year (for the first
two years).
Students who fail
can complete these
courses during
their third or fourth
years.
02 four-credit hour
courses to be taken
two per academic
year (in the first
year). Students
who fail can
complete these
courses during
their second, third
or fourth years.
On completion of
the Advanced
course they will
receive a Diploma.
For students who
complete their
minimum degree
eligibility
requirements early,
additional courses
can be designed
(e.g. Advanced
Diploma in
English).
For course descriptions of Foundation and English as a Second Language courses see chapter 3 on the
Academic Programmes.
52
2.5 COURSE REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ARTS (GENERAL) DEGREE
(30 COURSES/90 CREDITS)
YEAR FOUNDATION
COURSES
03 MAIN DISCIPLINES OTHER
DISCIPLINES
01 04 A total of 06 courses, 02 from each discipline 00
02 00 A total of 09 courses, 03 from each
discipline*
01
03 00 A total of 09 courses, 03 from each
discipline*
01
TOTAL 04 24 02
* The 09 courses can be structured in a manner that s student has the reuired credits at the end of the year.
Coordinator:
Ven. Dr. M. Sobitha
Department of History
+94-71-2398390
53
BACHELOR OF ARTS (HONS.) DEGREE
(40 COURSES/120 CREDITS)
YEAR FOUNDATION
COURSES
MAIN DISCIPLINE OTHER
DISCIPLINES
01 04 A total of 06 courses from the three main
disciplines chosen for the first year
00
02 00 A total of 08 courses from the main
discipline
04
03 00 A total of 08 courses from the main
discipline
04 00 A total of 08 courses from the main
discipline + 2 semesters of dissertation
TOTAL 04 32 04
Each Head of Department is responsible for the coordination of their respective Honours Degree
Programme/s.
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (B.COM) DEGREE
(40 COURSES/120 CREDITS)
YEAR FOUNDATION
COURSES
COMPULSORY
COURSES
ELECTIVE COURSES
FROM THE
DEPARTMENT OF
MANAGEMENT
STUDIES
ELECTIVE
COURSES FROM
OTHER
DEPARTMENTS
01 04 02 00 04
02 00 08 00 02
03 00 08 00 02
04 00 05 03 02
TOTAL 04 23 03 10
54
Coordinators:
Head Dr. M. Ranathilake
Department of Economics & Statistics Department of Economics & Statistics
+94-71-8146487 +94-71-5328308 [email protected] [email protected]
BACHELOR OF LAW (LL.B.) DEGREE
(129 CREDITS)
COURSE TYPE NUMBER OF CREDITS
Foundation courses 09
Compulsory Law courses 73
Compulsory Social Sciences and
Humanities courses
24
Optional aw courses 15
English Courses 08
Total 129
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (B.Ed.) DEGREE
(124 CREDITS) YEAR FOUNDATION
COURSES
MAIN DISCIPLINE OTHER DISCIPLINES
COMPULSORY OPTIONAL
1 12 00 00 18
2 00 27 00 06
3 00 25 02 06
4 00 26 02 00
TOTAL 12 78 04 30
55
2.6 COURSE UNIT SYSTEM iudisl $mdGud,d tall l%uh
gUt / ghl myF Kiw TERMINOLOGY mdßNdIsl nrhw;gj tpsf;fq;fs;
Semester: iudislh gUtk;
A semester is a half-year term. An academic year is divided into two semesters,
usually identified as the first semester and the second semester of a particular
academic year. iudislhla hkq w¾O j¾I ld, iSudjls' wOHhk j¾Ihla iudisl follska iukaú;h' idudkHfhka wod< wOHhk j¾Ih m<uq iudislh yd fojk iudislh jYfhka iudisl follg fnod olafõ' xU gUtk; vd;gJ miuahz;bidf; Fwpf;Fk;. xU fy;tpahz;L Kjw;gUtk;> ,uz;lhk; gUtk; vd tFf;fg;gl;l ,uz;L gUtq;fisf; nfhz;bUf;Fk;.
Course
Unit/Courses: mdGud,d tallhla $mdGud,dj ghl myF/fw;if newp
A course unit is a complete course taught within a semester generally with three
contact hours per week. Course unit can also be offered with a minimum of one
contact hour or more than three contact hours. iudislhl oS idudkHfhka i;shg meh ;=kla ne.ska W.kajd iïmQ¾K l< hq;= mdGud,djla mdGud,d tallhla jYfhka i,lhs' wju jYfhka mdGud,d tallhlg iïuqL mehla fyda meh ;=klg jvd fyda ,nd oS ;sìh yelsh' xU ghl myF vd;gJ nghJthf xt;nthU thuKk; %d;W njhlu;G kzpj;jpahyq;fisf; nfhz;ljhf xU gUtj;jpw;Fs; fw;gpf;fg;gLk; Kw;WKOjhd xU fw;if newpahFk;. ghl myF Fiwe;jJ xU njhlu;G kzpj;jpahyk; my;yJ %d;wpw;F Nkw;gl;l njhlu;G kzpj;jpahyq;fs; vd;w mbg;gilapYk; mikayhk;.
Credit: w¾>hla kjpg;ngz;
The abstract value assigned to a course on the basis of the contact hours per week is
identified as a credit. A course which has three contact hours is a three credits
course. Thus, one credit is 15 hours per semester. A three credits course will have
three contact hours per week and 45 contact hours per semester. i;shlg wh;a jk iïuqL meh .Kkg wkql+,j mdGud,djlg ,nd fok w¾>h ;SrKh flf¾' fufia tla mdGud,djla i`oyd i;shlg iïuqL meh ;=kla we;s úg Bg w¾> ;=kla ysñfõ' fï ksid iudislhlg w¾>hl we;s iïuqL meh .Kk
56
myf<djls' w¾> ;=kl mdGud,djl i;shg iïuqL meh ;=kla o iudislhlg iïuqL meh y;,sia myla o ysñfõ' kjpg;ngz; : xU fw;if newpf;F cupa njhlu;G kzpj;jpahyq;fspd; mbg;gilapy; toq;fg;gLk; ngWkhdkhf mikfpd;wJ. xU fw;if newp %d;W njhlu;G kzpj;jpahyq;fisf; nfhz;bUg;gpd; mJ %d;W kjpg;ngz;fisf; nfhz;l xU fw;if newpahff; fUjg;gLk;. mjhtJ> xU kjpg;ngz; vd;gJ xU gUtj;jpy; 15 njhlu;G kzpj;jpahyq;fisf; nfhz;bUf;Fk;. %d;W kjpg;ngz;fisf; nfhz;l fw;if newpfs; xU thuj;jpy; %d;W njhlu;G kzpj;jpahyq;fis mjhtJ> xU gUtj;jpy; 45 njhlu;G kzpj;jpahyq;fisf; nfhz;like;jpUf;Fk;.
Grade Point: fY%AKs ,laIHh Gs;sp mbg;gilapyhd juq;fs; (Gs;spj;juq;fs;)
The actual marks (0-100) a student obtains is calibrated into a scale of 0-4. mdGud,djl oS YsIHfhl=f.a Ydia;S%h ksmqK;dj fmkakqï lrkafka fYA%Ks ,laIHfhks' mdGud,djla wjidkfha oS YsIHfhl= úiska ysñ lr .kq ,nk ,l=Kq m%udKh ^0-100& u; th rod mj;S' ,enQ ,l=Kq m%udKh cd;Hka;r mßudKhla jk 0-4 ld¾h Y+r;d ñïu u.ska ukskq ,nhs' xU khztd; / khztp ngw;Wf; nfhs;Sk; cz;ikahd Gs;sp (0 - 100)> 0 – 4 vd;w tPr;Rf;F khw;wg;gLk;.
Grade Point
Average (GPA): fY%AKs ,laIHh idudkHh Gs;spj;jur; ruhrup
The average of all the grade points obtained for courses. This can be calculated for a
semester or for the entire academic programme. The final result of the degree will
be determined on the basis of the Grade Point Average. This will be calculated to
the second decimal place and is an indicator of the academic performance of the
student. mdGud,d i|yd ,nd .;a ish¨ fYa%Ks ,laIHhkaf.a idudkHhhs' fuh iudislhla i|yd fyda wOHhk jev igyka ud,dfõ iudisl wg i|yd .Kkh l< yelsfõ' Wmdê wjidk m%;sM,h ;SrKh jkafka fYA%KS ,laIH idudkHh u;h' fuh oYuia:dk follg .Kkh flfrk w;r th YsIHhdf.a wOHhk ld¾h idOkfha o¾Ylh fia ie,fla' rfy fw;if newpfSf;Fk; Gs;spj;jur; ruhrup ngw;Wf; nfhs;sg;gLk;. ,J xU gUtj;jpw;Nfh my;yJ KOf; fy;tpahz;Lf;fhd ghlj;jpl;lj;ijNah cs;slf;fpajhff; fzpg;gPL nra;ag;glyhk;. gl;lg;gbg;gpd; ,Wjpg; ngWNgwhdJ> Gs;spj;jur; ruhrupapd; mbg;gilapNyNa jPu;khdpf;fg;gLk;. ,J ,uz;L jrkjhdk; xd;wpw;Ff; fzpg;gPL nra;ag;gLtJld; khztu;fsJ fy;tpj;jpwidf; fhl;lf;$ba Fwpfhl;bahfTk; mikAk;.
57
Independent
Study: iajdëk wOHhk mdGud,d RNal;irahd fw;if newp:
An independent study is a course where a student independently reads/ researches
on a specific topic with the advice of a lecturer. The student can propose the topic
with the advice of a lecturer. The student can propose the topic but it must be
accepted by the lecturer and the department. lssishï YsIHfhl= foaYljrfhl=f.a uÕ fmkaùu yd wOHhkdxYfha wkque;sh hgf;a f;dard .;a ud;Dldjla ms<sn| iajdëkj lrkq ,nk wOHhkhls' YsIHfhl=g ;ud leu;s ud;Dldjla f;dard .; yels jqj;a ta i|yd foaYljrhdf.a yd wOHhkdxYfha wkque;sh ,nd.; hq;=h' ,J xU tpupTiuahsupd; MNyhridAld; khztd; / khztp xU Fwpg;gpl;l jiyg;G njhlu;ghd Ma;T xd;wpid Nkw;nfhs;tjhFk;. khztd; / khztp jdf;F tpUg;gkhd jiyg;gpid Kd;nkhopayhk;. Mdhy;> mJ Fwpg;gpl;l mt; tpupTiuahsupdhYk;> JiwapdhYk; Vw;Wf; nfhs;sg;gl;ljhf mikjy; Ntz;Lk;.
Non-Credit
Course: w¾> rys; mdGud,d kjpg;ngz; mw;w fw;if newpfs;:
A course that a student offers in excess of the minimum number of credits required
for a degree. This will not be counted for the GPA. Wmdêhla i|yd wjYH wju mdGud,d ixLhdjg w;sf¾lj YsIHfhl= úiska yodrkq ,nk mdGud,djh' fuh fYa%Ks ,laIH idudkHh i`oyd wod< lr fkd.kS' ,J xU khztd; / khztpapdhy; gl;lg;gbg;ig g+u;j;jp nra;aj; Njitg;gLk; Fiwe;j gl;r kjpg;ngz;fSf;F Nkyjpfkhf vLf;fg;gLk; kjpg;ngz;fisf; Fwpf;Fk;. ,J GPA fzpg;gPl;by; Nru;j;Jf;nfhs;sg;gl KbahjJ.
Audit Course: Y%jK iyNd.S;aj mdGud,d nrtp kLj;jy; fw;if newpfs;:
A course that a student offers through an informal arrangement with the lecturer
concerned. A student is not required to fulfill the assignment requirements. Audit
course will not be counted for the GPA or listed in the official transcripts. foaYljrhdf.a wkque;sh iys;j mdGud,dj,g iyNd.Sùu fï hgf;a .efka' Y%jK iyNd.S;aj mdGud,d" fYa%Ks ,laIH idudkHh .Kkh lsÍu i`oyd wod< lr fkd.kakd w;r m%;sf,aLkfha i|yka fkdjk mdGud,dj iïnkaOfhka we;s mejreï isiqfjl=g wksjd¾hh fkdfõ' xU khztd; / khztpapdhy; Fwpg;gpl;l tpupTiuahsuplk; MNyhrpj;jjd; gpd;du; gpd;gw;wg;gLk; Kiwrhuh fw;if newpfis ,J Fwpf;Fk;. ,jpy; khztd; / khztp fw;ifnewpapd;> kjpg;gPL njhlu;ghd Njitfisg; g+u;j;jp nra;a Ntz;ba mtrpak; ,y;iy. nrtpkLj;jy; fw;if newpfs; GPA fzpg;gPl;by; Nru;j;Jf; nfhs;sg;glkhl;lhJ. mJ Nghd;Nw cj;jpNahfg+u;t
58
tpupthd rhd;wpjopYk; Nru;j;Jf; nfhs;sg;glkhl;lhJ. Foundation
Courses: mokï mdGud,d mbg;gilf; fw;if newpfs;:
Common courses offered in the first and second semester of the first academic year
at Faculty level. Namely, FND 101 Basic Mathematics, FND 102 Logic, FND 103
Writing Skills, FND 114 Law and Ethics, FND 115 ICT Skills. m<uq jk wOHhk j¾Ih ;=< m<uq yd fojk idudislj,oS mSG uágñka fmdÿfõ msßkuk mdGud,dh' tu mokï mdGud,d FND 101 uQ,sl .Ks;h" FND 102 ;¾l Ydia;%h" FND 103 f,aLk l=i,;d" FND 114 kS;sh yd wdpdr O¾u" FND 115 f;dr;=re yd mß.Kl ;dCIKh f,i o ye`Èka fõ' gPlkl;lj;jpy; Kjyhk; fy;tpahz;by; Kjyhk; kw;Wk; ,uz;lhk; gUtq;fspy; toq;fg;gLk; nghJthd fw;if newpfshFk;. mitahtd: FND 101 mbg;gilf; fzpjk;, FND 102 ju;f;ftpay;, FND 103 vOj;jhf;fj; jpwd;fs;> FND 114 rl;lKk; epakq;fSk;, FND 115 jfty; kw;Wk; fzpdpj; njhopDl;gj; jpwd;fs;.
Compulsory
Courses: wksjd¾h mdGud,d fl;lhakhd fw;if newpfs;
A course that a student in a particular degree program must offer. wod< Wmdê mdGud,dj i|yd YsIHhka Wfoid wksjd¾hfhka msßkuk mdGud,dh' xU khztd; / khztpapdhy; fl;lhakhfj; njupT nra;a Ntz;ba fw;if newpfshFk;.
Optional Courses: ffjl,amsl mdGud,d tpUg;gj;njupTf; fw;ifnewpfs;:
A course that a student can choose. iajlSh wNsu;h mßos YsIHhdg f;dard .; yels mdGud,d h' xU khztd; / khztpapdhy; jkJ tpUg;gj;Jf;F Vw;gj; njupTnra;af;$ba ghlnewpfshFk;.
Prerequisites: mQ¾jdjYH;d Kd;jifikfs; Kd; epge;jidfs;:
Courses at a lower level that are required to offer higher-level courses are
prerequisite courses. by< uÜgfï mdGud,d yeoEßug iïmQ¾K úh hq;= my< uÜgfï mdGud,d h' cau; kl;lj;jpYs;s fw;if newpnahd;wpid gpd;gw;wj; NjitahFk; Fiwe;j kl;lf; fw;if newpnahd;wpw;fhd Kd; jifik / epge;jid vdyhk;.
Course Code: mdGud,d fla;h fw;if newpf; FwpaPL
A three digit number prefixed by three letters to represent a subject. wxl ;=klg bosßfhka we;s wlaIr ;=k u; úIh ixfla;j;a lsÍu isÿfõ' xU ghlj;ijg; gpujpepjpj;Jtg;gLj;Jk; tifapy; mike;j %d;W vOj;Jf;fis Kd;dhy; nfhz;l ,yf;fq;fs;.
59
RULES AND REGRLATIONS OF THE SEMESTER / COURSE UNIT SYSTEM
iudisl$mdGud,d tall l%ufha kS;s rS;s
gUtf; fw;if my;yJ ghl myF Kiwikf;fhd rl;ljpl;lq;fs ;
1. Academic year: An academic year consists of two semesters lasting for 15 weeks each. The semester
timetable may be adjusted to compensate for the loss of week days due to public holidays by
allocating additional days. wOHhk j¾Ih( wOHhk j¾Ihla iudisl follska hqla; jk w;r iEu iudislhla u i;s 15 lska iukaú; fõ' i;sfha oskj, fhfok rcfha ksjdvq osk i|yd w;sf¾l Èk fhdod .ksñka iudisl ld,igyk ilia lrkq ,efí' fy;tpahz;L: xU fy;tpahz;lhdJ> ,uz;L gUtq;fisf; nfhz;Ls;sJld; mit xt;nthd;Wk; 15 thuq;fisf; nfhz;ljhf cs;sJ. thuehl;fspy; nghJtpLKiw nfhLf;fg;gLk;NghJ> mjid eptu;j;jp nra;a> Nkyjpf ehl;fis xJf;FtjD}lhf gUtfhy ml;ltiziar; rupnra;J nfhs;s KbAk;.
2. Courses and credit values: Generally, the faculty offers three (3) credit courses. A contact hour is
defined to include formal lectures, tutorials, discussion and review classes, practical classes or any
other form of acceptable academic interaction with the students. The lecturer will decide how to
utilize the three contact hours among various forms of interaction. Two hours of practical work is
equivalent to one lecture hour. Any department may offer two or four credit courses within the
stipulated total number of credits for the degree as required. The dissertation in the fourth academic
year will carry six credits. mdGud,d yd w¾> w.hhka( idudkHfhka i;shlg meh 3 ne.ska hq;= w¾> iys; mdGud,d ;=kla Ydia;% mSGh úiska bÈßm;a flf¾' iïuqL meh" foaYk" ksnkaOk mka;s" idlõPd iy úu¾Yk mka;s" m%dfhda.sl mka;s fyda fjk;a wdldrfha ms<s.; yels isiqka iu. isÿ jk wOHhk wka;¾ in|;d f,i ks¾Kh lrkq ,efí' meh foll m%dfhda.sl mka;shla foaYk mehlg iudkfõ' we;eï wOHhkdxY Wmdêh i|yd kshñ; fYA%Ks ixLHdjg .e<fmk mßos w¾> fofla fyda y;f¾ mdGud,d bosßm;a lrkq we;' f;jk fyda isõ jk fyda wOHhk j¾Ihg kshñ; m¾fhaIK ksnkaOhg w¾> meh yhla we;=<;a fõ'
60
fw;if newpfSk; kjpg;ngz; ngWkhdq;fSk;: nghJthf fiyg;gPlkhdJ> xU thuj;jpy; %d;W kzpj;jpahy kjpg;ngz;fisf; nfhz;Ls;s %d;W ghlnewpfis toq;Ffpd;wJ. mj;NjhL xU tpupTiu Neuk; vd;gJ> tpupTiufs;> fye;Jiuahly;fs;> gapw;rp tFg;Gf;fs;> kPsha;T tFg;Gf;fs; Nghd;wtw;wpid cs;slf;fpajhff; fhzg;gLk;. ,j;njhlu;G Neuq;fis vt;thW> vj;NjitfSf;Fg; gad;gLj;JtJ vd;gjid fw;if newpAld; njhlu;Gila tpupTiuahsu;fs; jPu;khdpg;gu;. ,uz;L kzpj;jpahy ntspf;fs my;yJ gapw;rp eltbf;iffs; xU kzpj;jpahy tpupTiuf;Fr; rkkhdjhFk;. xt;nthU JiwAk; ,uz;L my;yJ ehd;F kjpg;ngz; (credits) fw;if newpfis> gl;lnkhd;wpidg; ngw;Wf;nfhs;tjw;F mtrpak; vd epu;zapf;fg;gl;l kjpg;ngz; ngWkhdq;fSf;F cl;gl;ljhf toq;fyhk;. %d;whtJ my;yJ ehd;fhtJ tUlj;jpy; vOjg;gLk; Ma;Tf;fl;LiuahdJ 06 kjpg;ngz;fisf; nfhz;bUf;Fk;.
3. Non-credit (not counted for the GPA) courses: The option of non-credit (non-GPA) courses
provides an opportunity for students to take interesting courses, which are not required for the
respective degree. A student who is offering a non-credit course must fulfill all the requirements of
the course. Non-credit courses will not be counted for calculating the GPA. They will be listed in the
transcripts with their relevant Grade Point. The maximum number of non-credit courses that a student
can offer during an academic program should be equivalent to 18 credits for any Honours degree
students and 12 credits for general degree students. A student can offer only 3 credit equivalents of
non-credit courses in a semester. This is in addition to the ESL (English as a second Language)
courses. w¾> rys; ^fYA%KS ,laIH idudkHhg fkd.efkk mdGud,d&( wod< Wmdê mdGud,djg wksjd¾h fkdjk w¾> rys; mdGud,d ^fYA%KS ,laIH idudkHhg fkd.efkk & f;dard .ekSu u.ska wdl¾IKSh mdGud,d yeoEÍfï wjia:dj isiqkag ysñfõ' w¾> rys; mdGud,d yodrk YsIHhka wksjd¾fhkau ish Wmdêh i`oyd wjYH wfkl=;a ish¨ wjYH;d iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h' w¾> rys; mdGud,d fY%AKs ,laIH idudkH i|yd fkd.efka' tfy;a tajdg wod< fYA%Ks ,laIH iu. m%;sM, f,aLkhg we;=<;a lrkq ,efì' f.!rj Wmdê mdGud,dj yodrk YsIHfhl=g yeoEßh yels w¾> rys; mdGud,d ixLHdj w¾> 18lg iudk Wmßuhla olajd;a iSud fõ' YsIHfhl=g tla iudislhla ;=< yeoEßh yelafla w¾> ;=klg iudk w¾> rys; mdGud,d ixLHdjla muKs' fï iSudj i`oyd bx.%Sis fojk NdId mdGud,dj (ESL) wod< fkdfõ' kjpg;ngz; mw;w fw;if newpfs; (GPA fzpg;gPl;by; Nru;j;Jf; nfhs;sg;glkhl;lhJ): kjpg;ngz; mw;w fw;if newpfs; vd;gJ Fwpg;gpl;l gl;lg;gbg;Gf;Fupa fw;if newpfspdhy; fl;lhakhf;fg;glhjJk; khztu;fSf;F Mu;tkhd fw;if newpfisj; njupT nra;tjw;fhd
61
tha;g;gpid toq;FtJkhd ghlnewpfshFk;. kjpg;ngz; mw;w fw;if newpnahd;wpidg; gpd;gw;Wk; khztu;fs; mf;fw;if newpapd; rfy NjitfisAk; g+u;j;jp nra;jpUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. kjpg;ngz; mw;w fw;if newpfs; GPA apy; cs;slf;fg;glhtpl;lhYk;> tpupthd khztu; rhd;wpjo;fspy; mtw;wpd; juq;fSld; mJ gw;wpa tpsf;fq;fs; Fwpg;gplg;gl;bUf;Fk;. kjpg;ngz; mw;w fw;if newpfisg; nghWj;jtiuapy;> rpwg;Gg; gl;lg;gbg;ig Nkw;nfhs;Sk; khztu;fs; 18 kjpg;ngz;fs; ngWkjpahd fw;if newpfisAk;> nghJg; gl;lg;gbg;ig Nkw;nfhs;Sk; khztu;fs; 12 kjpg;ngz; ngWkjpahd fw;if newpfisAk; khj;jpuNk gapyyhk;. mj;Jld;> ESL (,uz;lhk; nkhopahf Mq;fpyk;) fw;if newpfSf;F Nkyjpfkhdjhf xU gUtj;jpy; xU khztd;/khztp 03 kjpg;ngz; ngWkjpAs;s fw;if newpnahd;iw khj;jpuNk gapyyhk;.
4. Independent study courses: Independent courses can only be offered by lecturers with the approval
of the department. A single lecturer cannot offer more than one independent study course per
semester. A duly completed C-1 Form should be submitted to the department for approval by the
lecturer. The assessments of an independent study course must be marked by a second examiner
approved by the department, Independent courses are offered only at the 400 level. iajdëk wOHhk mdGud,d( wdpd¾hjrfhl=g iajdêk wOHhk mdGud,d bosßm;a l< yelafla wod< fomd¾;fïka;=fõ wjirh we;sj muKs' tla wdpd¾hjrfhl=g tla iudislhla ;=< b.ekaúh yelafla tla iajdëk wOHhk mdGud,djla muKs' wod< wdpd¾hjrhd úiska kshñ; f,i iïmQ¾K lrk ,o C1 wdlD;s m;%h kshñ; fõ,djg wOHhk wxYhg bosßm;a l< hq;=h' iajdëk wOHhk mdGud,djg wod< we.hqï fomd¾;fïka;=j úiska wkqu; lrk ,o fojk mÍlaIlfhl= o mÍlaId l< hq;=h' iajdëk mdGud,d bosßm;a l< hq;af;a 400 uÜgfï oS muKs' RNal;irahd my;yJ RahjPdf; fw;if newpfs;: ,j;jifa fw;if newpfs; Fwpj;j Jiwapd; mDkjpAld; tpupTiuahsu;fshy; kl;LNk toq;fg;glyhk;. xU tpupTiuahsupdhy; xU gUtj;jpy; xd;wpw;F Nkw;gl;l jd;dpr;irahd fw;if newpfis toq;f KbahJ. mt;tpupTiuahsupdhy; rpwe;j Kiwapy; g+u;j;jp nra;ag;gl;l C1 gbtk; xd;W Fwpg;gpl;l Jiwapd; mDkjpf;Fr; rku;g;gpf;fg;gl Ntz;Lk;. ,j;jifa fw;if newpapd; kjpg;gPlhdJ> Jiwapdhy; mDkjpf;fg;gl;l ,uz;lhtJ guPl;rfu; xUtupdhy; jpUj;jg;gly; Ntz;Lk;. NkYk;> ,j;jifa fw;if newpfs; 400 kl;lj;jpy; kl;LNk toq;fg;glKbAk;.
5. Audit courses: A student can audit a particular course with the consent of the lecturer, who will
prescribe what course requirements, if any, should be satisfied by the student. Audit courses will not
62
be counted for calculating the GPA nor listed in the transcripts. A standard letter shall be issued on
request by the relevant department to indicate that the student has audited the course in consultation
with the lecturer. A letter should be issued only to those students who have fulfilled the 80%
attendance requirement in the audited courses. Y%jK iyNd.s;aj mdGud,d( lsishï YsIHfhl=g wjYH kï Y%jK iyNd.s;aj mdGud,djlg iyNd.s úh yelsh tfia Y%jK iyNd.s;aj mdGud,djg iyNd.s úh hq;af;a wod< wdpd¾hjrhd wkque;sh we;sj mdGud,djg iïnkaOùu i|yd wjYH uQ,sl iqÿiqlï fjf;d;a tajd wod< wpd¾hjrhdf.ka úuid oekf.k ^tajd imqrd we;akï kï& muKs' fuu mdGud,d fYa%Ks ,laIHh idudkH .Kkh i|yd fhdod fkd.efkk w;r m%;sM, igykaj, o i|yka fkdfõ' b,a,Sula lrkq ,enqjfyd;a wod< YsIHhd wdpd¾hjrhdf.a Wmfoia u; Y%jK iyNd.s;aj YsIHfhl= f,i tu mdGud,djg iyNd.S jQ nj m%ldY flfrk ks, ,smshla wdpd¾hjrhdf.a wkque;sh u; wOhHk wxYh úiska ksl=;a flfrkq we;' tu ,smsh ksl=;a l, hq;af;a wod< mdGud,djg 80] l Y%jK iyNd.s;ajhla oela jQ YsIHhkag muKs' nrtpkLj;jy; fw;if newpfs;: xU khztd;/ khztp Fwpg;gpl;l tpupTiuahsupd; mDkjpAld; ‗nrtpkLj;jy;‘ vd;w mbg;gilapy; Fwpg;gpl;l fw;if newpapidg; gpd;gw;wyhk;. ‗nrtpkLj;jy;‘ fw;ifnewpfs; GPA fzpg;gPl;by; Nru;j;Jf; nfhs;sg;glkhl;lhJ. mJ Nghd;Nw> rhd;wpjopYk; Fwpg;gplg;glkhl;lhJ. khztu;fs; NfhUk; gl;rj;jpy; tpupTiuahsupdhy;> mtu;fs; mf;fw;if newpiag; gpd;gw;wpaijf; Fwpg;gpLk; Kiwahd fbjk; xd;W toq;fg;glyhk;. mJTk; Fwpg;gpl;l khztu; 80% tuitg; g+u;j;jp nra;jpUf;Fk; re;ju;g;gj;jpy; khj;jpuNk ,f;fbjk; toq;fg;gLk;.
6. Foundation courses: The foundation courses must be offered in the two semesters of the first year. A
list of foundation courses offered by the faculty has been given in the previous page of this handbook.
6.1 All students in the Honours and General Degree in Arts Programs must offer 12 credits of
foundation courses offered by the faculty.
6.2 ------.
6.3 All students in the LLB Program must offer 9 credits of foundation courses offered by the
faculty in their first academic year. mokï mdGud,d( m<uq jirg wod< iudisl fol ;=< § mokï mdGud,d msßkeñh hq;= h' mSGh u.ska m%Odkh flfrk fuu mokï mdGud,d ms<sn| ,hsia;=j mSG w;afmd; iu. ,ndfokq we;'
63
6'1 ( f.!rj fyda idudkH fyda mdGud,d yodrk iEu YsIHfhl= u mSGh u.ska imhk w¾> 12lska iukaú; mokï mdGud,d yeoEßh hq;=h'
6'2 (
6'3 ( kS;s mdGud,dj yodrk ish¨u isiqka mSGh u.ska bosßm;a lrkq ,nk w¾> 9l mokï mdGud,d m<uq wOHhk j¾IfhaoS yodrd ;sìh hq;=h'
mbg;gilf; fw;if newpfs;: Kjy; tUlj;jpy; ,uz;L gUtq;fspYk; ,f;fw;if newpfs; toq;fg;gLk;. gPlj;jpdhy; toq;fg;gLk; mbg;gilf; fw;if newpfs; gw;wpa tpguq;fs;
gPlf;ifE}ypy; (Handbook) jug;gLk;.
6.1. fiyj;Jiwapy; nghJ my;yJ rpwg;Gf;fw;ifia Nkw;nfhs;Sk; rfy khztu;fSk;> gPlj;jpdhy; toq;fg;gLk; mbg;gilf;fw;if newpfspy; fl;lhak; 12 kjpg;ngz;fis vLj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
6.2...
6.3. L.L.B fw;if newpapYs;s rfy khztu;fSk; mtu;fsJ gPlj;jpdhy; toq;fg;gLk; mbg;gilf;fw;if newpfspy; Kjy; tUlj;jpNyNa 09 kjpg;ngz;fisg; g+u;j;jp nra;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
7. Courses and levels: Courses are offered at four levels from 100-400. In order to complete the degree,
students must offer the required number of courses from each level. First year students can only offer
100 level courses. From the second year onwards, students may offer courses from 200-400 levels.
First year level courses 100 – 199
Second year level courses 200 – 299
Third year level courses 300 – 399
Fourth year level courses 400 – 499 mdGud,d iy uÜgï( wOHhk mdGud,d uÜgï y;rla hgf;a bosßm;a lrkq ,efí' Wmdêh iïmQ¾K lsÍu i\yd YsIHhd iEu uÜgulskau wod< mdGud,d ixLHdj yodrd ;sìh hq;=h' m<uq jif¾ isiqkag yeoEßh yelafla 100 uÜgfï mdGud,d muKla jk w;r fojk jif¾ isg bosßhg 200 isg 400 olajd ´kEu uágulska mdGud,d yeoEßh yelsh'
64
m<uq jir uÜgfï mdGud,d 100 - 199 fojk jir uÜgfï mdGud,d 200 - 299 ;=kajk jir uÜgfï mdGud,d 300 - 399 isõjk jir uÜgfï mdGud,d 400 - 499 fw;if newpfSk; kl;lq;fSk;: fw;if newpfs; 100 – 400 tiu 04 kl;lq;fspy; toq;fg;gLk;. gl;lj;jpidg; ngw;Wf;nfhs;tjw;F> Njitg;gLk; vz;zpf;ifapyhd fw;if newpfis xt;nthU kl;lj;jpypUe;Jk; gpd;gw;wpapUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. Kjyhk; tUl khztu;fs; 100 vd;w kl;lj;jpy; toq;fg;gLk; fw;if newpfis kl;LNk gpd;gw;wyhk;. ,uz;lhk; tUlj;jpypUe;J khztu;fs; 200 – 400 kl;lq;fspy; fhzg;gLk; fw;if newpfisg; gpd;gw;wyhk;. Kjyhk; tUlj;jpw;fhd fw;if newpfs; 100 – 199 ,uz;lhk; tUlj;jpw;fhd fw;if newpfs; 200 – 299 %d;whk; tUlj;jpw;fhd fw;if newpfs; 300 – 399 ehd;fhk; tUlj;jpw;fhd fw;if newpfs; 400 – 499
8. Courses outside the main disciplines: An Honours degree student is required to offer 24 credits
outside their main discipline, apart from the foundation courses. The 24 credits are composed of 12 at
100 level, 06 at 200 level, and 06 at 300 or 400 levels. Departments may recommend specific courses
from other departments for their Honours degree students to follow. Similarly, a General degree
student is required to offer 6 credits outside their three main disciplines which can either be form 200
or 300 level courses.
LLB students must offer 24 credits outside their main discipline from the Social Sciences and the
Humanities. m%Odk úIh Odrdjg mßndysr mdGud,d( f.!rj Wmdê mdGud,dj yodrk YsIHfhl= Tyqf.a m%Odk úIh Odrdjg;a mokï mdGud,dj,g;a wu;rj w¾> 24 la yodrd ;sîu wksjd¾h fõ' tu w¾> 24 iukaú; úh hq;af;a 100 uágñka w¾> 12la o 200 uágñka w¾> 06 la o 300 fyda 400 uágfuka w¾> 6la o jYfhks' f.!rj mdGud,dj yodrk isiqkag yeoEßu i|yd we;eï wOHhkdxY u.ska iqÿiq úIh ndysr mdGud,d ks¾foaY l< yelsh' tfiau idudkH mdGud,dj yodrk isiqka o ;ukaf.a m%Odk úIh Odrd ;=kg mßndysrj 200 fyda 300 uÜgïj,ska w¾> 6l úIh mßndysr mdGud,d yodrd ;sìh hq;=h' kS;sfõ§ Wmdêh yodrkq ,nk isiqka úiska ;u m%Odk úIh Odrdjg mßndysrj iudcSh úoHd fyda udkj Ydia;% úIhhkj,ska fyda w¾> 24la yeoEßh hq;=h' gpujhd JiwapypUe;J ntspapy; fhzg;gLk; fw;if newpfs;: mbg;gilf; fw;if newpfisj; jtpu> rpwg;Gf; fw;ifia Nkw;nfhs;Sk; khztu;fs;> mtu;fSila gpujhd ghlnewpf;Fg;
65
Gwk;ghf 24 kjpg;ngz;fis ntspapypUe;J ngw;Wf;nfhs;Sjy; Ntz;Lk;. me;j 24 kjpg;ngz;fspy; cs;slq;Ftditahf: 100 kl;lj;jpy; 12 kjpg;ngz;fs;> 200 kl;lj;jpy; 06 kjpg;ngz;fs;> 300 my;yJ 400 kl;lq;fspy; 06 kjpg;ngz;fs;. jkJ rpwg;Gf;fw;if khztu;fSf;F> xt;nthU JiwAk;> Vida JiwfspypUe;J Fwpg;gpl;l fw;if newpfisg; gupe;Jiu nra;ayhk;. ,J Nghd;Nw nghJg;gl;lg;gbg;G khztu;fs;;> mtu;fsJ %d;W gpujhd ghlnewpfSf;Fk; ntspapy; 06 kjpg;ngz;fisg; ngw;Wf;nfhs;Sjy; Ntz;Lk;. ,J 200 MtJ kl;lj;jpNyh my;yJ 300 MtJ kl;lj;jpNyh fhzg;glyhk;. LLB khztu;fs; mtu;fsJ gpujhd ghlnewpf;Fg; Gwk;ghf> r%f tpQ;Qhdq;fspYk; khDltpaypYk; ,Ue;J nkhj;jkhf 24 kjpg;ngz;fisg; ngw;Wf;nfhs;sy; Ntz;Lk;.
9. Field work courses: A course or a component of a course containing field work of 30 work hours is
equivalent to one credit. lafIa;% wOHhk mdGud,d( meh 30l lafIa;% wOHhkhla wvx.= mdGud,djla fyda mdGud,djl fldgila fyda tla w¾>hlg iudk fõ' fsMa;it mbg;gilahff; nfhz;l fw;if newpfs;: xU fw;if newp my;yJ mf;fw;if newpapd; xU $W 30 kzpj;jpahy fsMa;T Neuj;jpidf; nfhz;bUg;gpd;> mjid xU kjpg;ngz;Zf;Fr; rkkhdjhff; fUjyhk;.
10. Minimum and maximum number of credits: The maximum number of credits that can be offered
by a student per semester is 18 credits excluding re-take courses. This includes the equivalent credit
value of the non-credit (non-GPA) courses, if taken. The minimum number of credits that can be
offered by a student per semester is 12 credits. wju yd Wmßu w¾> ixLHdj( YsIHfhl=g kej; úNd.h i|yd fmkS isák úIhkag wu;rj tla iudislhla ;=< yeoEßh yels Wmßu w¾> ixLHdj 18ls' w¾> rys; mdGud,d yodrkakfka kï tajdfha w¾> w.h;a ñg we;=<;a fõ' YsIHfhl=g tal iudislhla ;=< yeoEßh yels wju w¾> ixLHdj 12ls' Fiwe;jgl;r my;yJ cr;rkl;l kjpg;ngz;: xU khztuhy; xU gUtj;jpy; ngw;Wf; nfhs;s KbAkhd cr;rkl;l kjpg;ngz;fs; 18 MFk;. ,jpy;> kPsr; nra;ag;gLk; ghlnewpfspd; kjpg;ngz;fs; cs;slq;fhJ. kjp;g;ngz; mw;w (GPA mw;w) fw;if newpfs; vLf;fg;gl;bUg;gpd; mtw;wpd; kjpg;ngz; ngWkhdj;jpw;Fr; rkkhdjhfTk; ,J fhzg;gLk;. xU gUtj;jpy; khztu; xUtupdhy; vLf;ff;$ba Mff;Fiwe;j kjpg;ngz; 12 MFk;.
66
11. Registration for courses: Students must register for courses within 7 days from the first day of the
semester by using the duly completed S – 1 form.
11.1 Adding and dropping of courses: A course can be added or dropped (withdrawal) within two
weeks (14 days) from the first day of the semester. When adding a course, the student must obtain
authorization from the lecturer and the relevant department. If a student fails to complete a course
which has not been recorded as dropped (withdrawal), it will be counted for the degree program and
a grade of F will be awarded.
11'úIhhka i|yd ,shdmosxÑ ùu ( iudislh wdrïN ù osk 7 we;=<; ksjerosj
iïmQ¾K lrk ,o S-1 wdlD;s m;%h u.ska mdGud,d i|yd ,shdmosxÑ úh hq;=h'
11'1 úIhlska bj;a ùu" w;ayeÍu" fjkia lsÍu fyda w¨;a úIhla yeoeÍu'
iudislfha wdrïNl oskfha isg i;s folla we;=<; mdGud,djla w;yeÍu fyda fjkia lsÍu fyda l< hq;=h' mDGud,djg iïnkaO jk úg wod< wOHhk wxYfhka yd wdpd¾hjrhdf.ka wjirh ,nd .; hq;=h' YsIHfhl= mdGud,djla iïmQ¾K lsÍug wiu;a jqjfyd;a yd mdGud,dfjka bj;a jQ nj f,aLk.;ù fkd;snqkfyd;a tlS mdGud,dj Tyqf.a Wmdê mdGud,djg .Kka .efkk w;r tlS úIhh i|yd tla fYa%Kshla Tyqg ysñ fõ'
11. fw;if newpfSf;fhfg; gjpT nra;jy; : khztu;fs; gUt Muk;gj;jpypUe;J VO
ehl;fSf;Fs; rupahd Kiwapy; g+u;j;jp nra;ag;gl;l S1 gbtj;jpid epug;gp> fw;if newpfSf;fhfg; gjpT nra;J nfhs;sy; Ntz;Lk;.
11.1. fw;if newpfisr; Nru;j;jYk;> ePf;FjYk; : xU fw;if newpahdJ> gUt Muk;g ehspy; ,Ue;J ,uz;L fpoikfSf;Fs; (14 ehl;fs;) Nru;j;Jf; nfhs;sg;glyhk; my;yJ tplg;glyhk;. xU fw;if newpiar; Nru;j;Jf;nfhs;Sk; nghOJ xU khztd; my;yJ khztp Fwpg;gpl;l tpupTiuahsuplkpUe;Jk;> JiwapypUe;Jk; mDkjp ngw;Wf;nfhs;sy; Ntz;Lk;. xU khztuhy;
tplg;gl;l fw;if vd;W gjpthfhj xd;iwg; g+u;j;jp nra;aj; jtWk; gl;rj;jpy;> mJ> F vd;w juk; nfhLf;fg;gl;L> gl;lg;gbg;gpy; Nru;j;Jf;nfhs;sg;gLk;.
67
12. Undergraduate degrees offered by the faculty: The faculty offers five degree programmes:
Bachelor of Arts (General) Degree, Bachelor of Arts (Hons.) Degrees in different areas of
specialization, Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com) degree, and the Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.). The B.
Com is offered by the Department of Economics and Statistics in collaboration with the Faculty of
Management. The LLB program is offered by the Department of Law.
Students following LLB programs are enrolled in them from their first year onwards; others registered
in the Faculty of Arts must choose three or four disciplines in their first year and satisfactorily
complete all 100 level course requirements after which they will be enrolled in one of the other three
degree programs (BA General, BA Honours, B.Com.) listed above.
In the Rules and Regulations on the Semester Course Unit System, the term Honours Degree
automatically covers B. Com. and LLB degree programs unless otherwise specified.
mSGh u.ska m%Odkh lrk uQ,sl Wmdê ( mSGh u.ska Wmdê mdGud,d myla msßkukq ,efí' tajd kï
Ydia;%fõoS idudkH Wmdêh ^B.A.&" Ydia;%fõoS f.!rj Wmdêh ^BA Honours&" jdKscfõoS Wmdêh
^B.Com.&" wOHdmkfõ§ ^B.Ed.& iy kS;s Wmdêh ^L.L.B.& hkq tajd hs' kS;sfõ§ Wmdê mdGud,dj kS;s wOHhkdxYh u.ska o wOHdmkfõ§ Wmdê mdGud,dj wOHdmk úoHd wOHhkdxYh u.ska o jdKscfõ§ Wmdê mdGud,dj wd¾Òl úoHd yd ixLHdk wOHhkdxYh u.ska l<ukdlrK mSGh iuÕ tlaj o
msßkefï' Ydia;%fõ§ idudkh yd úfYAI Wmdê mdGud,d fomd¾;fïka;= 17la u.ska úIh ODRD 24la wdjrKh lrñka m%odkh flf¾'
kS;sfõ§ mdGud,djg m%:u jif¾ mgka YsIHhka n|jd .kq ,nk w;r Ydia;% mSGhg we;=¿ jk wfkl=;a YSIHhka m%:u jif¾oS úIh Odrd ;=kla fyda y;rla hgf;a fyda 100 uÜgfï úIhhka ksis mßos iïmQ¾K l< miq Tjqka wfkla Wmdê mdGud,d i|yd f;dard .kq ,efí' iudisl mdGud,d tall l%ufha kS;s Í;sj,g wkqj jdKscfõ§ yd kS;sfõ§ hk Wmdê mdGud,d ksrdhdifhka u úfYAIfõoS mdGud,d .Khg we;=<;a jk w;r tfia fkdue;s kï úfYaIfhka i|yka flfrkq we;'
gPlj;jpdhy; toq;fg;gLk; gl;lg;gbg;Gfs; : ,g;gPlkhdJ Ie;J gl;lg;gbg;Gf; fw;if newpfis toq;Ffpd;wJ.
68
nghJg; gl;lg;gbg;Gf; fw;if newp (BA)
rpwg;Gg; gl;lg;gbg;Gf; fw;if newp (BA.Special)
tu;j;jfg; gl;lg;gbg;Gf; fw;if newp (B.com)
fy;tpapay; gl;lg;gbg;Gf; fw;if newp (B.Ed.)
rl;lj;Jiw gl;lg;gbg;Gf; fw;if newp (LLB)
Kfhikj;Jtf; fw;ifj; JiwapdhNyNa B.Com Mfpa gl;lg;gbg;Gf;fs; toq;fg;gLk;. LLB gl;lg;gbg;G> rl;lj;Jiwapdhy; toq;fg;gLk;. nghJ kw;Wk; rpwg;Gf;fw;if newpfs; 24 ghl newpfis cs;slf;fpa 17 Jiwfspdhy; toq;fg;gLk;.
LLB fw;if newpfisf; fw;Fk; khztu;fs; ,f;fw;if newpfspy; Kjy; tUlj;jpypUe;Nj cs;slf;fg;gLthu;fs;. fiyg;gPlj;jpy; gjpT nra;ag;gl;l Vida khztu;fs; mtu;fsJ Kjy; tUlj;jpNyNa fl;lhakhf %d;W my;yJ ehd;F ghlq;fisj; njupT nra;tJld; 100 kl;lj;jpYs;s mbg;gilj; jifikfisg; g+u;j;jp nra;jjd; gpd;dNu Vida %d;W gl;lg;gbg;G
ghlnewpfSf;Fkhd (B.A.General, BA Special, B.Com) fw;if newpfspy; Nru;j;Jf;nfhs;sg;gLtu;. gUt myF Kiwikapd; rl;l tpjpfspd; mbg;gilapy;> rpwg;Gg;gl;lk;
vd;w nrhy;yhdJ B.Com, LLB vd;w gl;lg;gbg;G fw;if newpfis (rpwg;ghff; Fwpg;gplg;glhj gl;rj;jpy;) cs;slf;fpajhf mikAk;.
13. Credit requirements of the Honours Degrees and B. Com Programmes: An Honours degree
student (in the BA Honours and B. Com Programmes) should earn 120 credits to complete the degree.
This consists of 12 credits of foundation courses offered in the first two semesters of the first
academic year and 108 subject related credits. Out of these 108 credits, a student must earn 84 credits
from the main discipline of specialization and 24 credits from other disciplines. Out of the 84 credits
from the discipline of specialization, six (6) credits will be allocated to the dissertation. The remaining
78 credits will consist of a combination of compulsory and optional courses as decided by the
department. In addition, all students should complete the English language requirement.
69
Ydia;%fõoS f.!rj iy jdKscfõoS Wmdê mdGud,d i|yd w¾> wjYH;d ( Ydia;%fõoS f.!rj Wmdê YsIHfhl= Wmdêh iïmQ¾K lsÍu i|yd w¾> 120la ,nd.; hq;=h' fuh m<uq jif¾ iudisl foflaoS bosßm;a lrk mokï mdGud,dj, w¾> 12ka yd m%Odk úIhhkaj,ska ,nd.kakd w¾> 108ka iukaú; fõ' fuu w¾> 108 ka 84la f.!rj mdGud,djg wod< m%Odk úIh Odrdfjkq;a wfkla w¾> 24 ndysr úIh Odrdjkaf.kq;a ,nd.; hq;=h' m%Odk úIh Odrdjg wh;a w¾> 84 ka 6la f.!rj Wmdêh i|yd bosßm;a lrk ksnkaOh i|yd fjka lr we;' b;sß w¾> 78 wOHhkdxYh u.ska bosßm;a lrk wksjd¾h yd ffjl,amsl úIhhkaj,ska iukaú; fõ' Bg wu;rj YsIHhka bx.%sis fojk ni
^ESL&mdGud,d yeoEßh hq;=h'
B.Com kw;Wk; rpwg;Gg;gl;lg;gbg;Gf; fw;if newpfSf;fhd kjpg;ngz; Njitfs; : xU rpwg;Gg; gl;lg;gbg;G khztd;> gl;lg;gbg;gpid g+u;j;jp nra;a 120 kjpg;ngz;fisg; ngw;wpUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. ,J Kjyhk; fy;tpahz;by; ,uz;L gUtq;fspYk; toq;fg;gLk; 12 kjpg;ngz;fs; ngWkjpAs;s mbg;gilf;fw;if newpfisAk;> 108 ghlq;fSld; njhlu;Gila kjpg;ngz;fisAk; cs;slf;fpajhf mikAk;. 108 kjpg;ngz;fSs; khztu;fs;> 84 kjpg;ngz;fisr; rpwg;Gj; Nju;r;rp ngWk; ghlnewpapy; ,Ue;Jk; 24 kjpg;ngz;fis Vida ghlnewpfspy; ,Ue;Jk; ngwNtz;Lk; vd;gJ fl;lhakhFk;. rpwg;Gj;Nju;r;rp ngWk; ghlnewpfspypUe;J ngw;Wf;nfhs;Sk; 84 kjpg;ngz;fspy; 06 kjpg;ngz;fs; ,Wjp tUl Ma;Tf;fl;Liuf;fhf xJf;fg;gLk;. vQ;rpa 78 kjpg;ngz;fSk; fl;lha kw;Wk; tpUg;gj;jpw;Fupa fw;if newpfis cs;slf;fpajhf mt;tt; Jiwfspdhy; jPu;khdpf;fg;gLk;. ,jidj;jtpu khztu;fs; Mq;fpyf; fw;if newpapy; rpj;jp ngw;wpUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
14. Credit requirements of the General Degree Programme: A General degree student should earn 90
credits to complete the degree. This consists of 12 credits from foundation courses offered in the first
two semesters of the first academic year and 78 subject related credits. Out of these 78 credits, a
student must earn 72 credits from the three main disciplines offered for the General degree and 6
credits from subjects outside those three main disciplines. The department can stipulate the
combination of compulsory and optional courses relevant to the General degree. In addition, all
students should complete the English language requirement.
14.1: Special intake students must select the discipline that they are taken for under the special intake
as one of the three main general degree disciplines. 14' Ydia;%fõoS idudkH Wmdê mdGud,dj i|yd w¾> wjYH;dj( YsIHfhl= f.!rj Wmdêhla iïmQ¾K lsÍu i|yd w¾> 90la ,nd.; hq;=h' fuh m%:u jif¾ iudisl foflaoS bosßm;a lrk mokï
70
mdGud,dj,ska ,nd.kakd w¾> 12ka iy wfkla úIhhkaj,ska ,nd.kakd w¾> 78ka iukaú; fõ' fuu w¾> 78ka w¾> 72la Ydia;%fõoS idudkH Wmdêh i|yd yodrk m%Odk úIhhka ;=fkka ,nd.; hq;= w;r b;sß w¾> 6 m%Odk úIhhkag mßndysr úIhhkaf.ka ,nd.; hq;=h' Ydia;%fõoS idudkH Wmdêh i|yd wod< wksjd¾h yd ffjl,amsl úIhhka wod< wOHhkdxYhg kshu l< yelsh' Bg
wu;rj YsIHhd úiska bx.%Sis fojk ni ^ESL& mdGud,d yeoEßh hq;=h'
14'1 úfYAI we;=<;a lsÍfï YsIHhka Tjqkag wksjd¾h fldg n|jd.;a úIh Odrdj Ydia;%fõoS idudkH Wmdêfha wfkla úIhhka ;=fkka tlla f,i f;dard .; hq;=h'
14. nghJg; gl;lg;gbg;gpw;fhd kjpg;ngz; Njitfs; : xU nghJg; gl;lg;gbg;G khztd;/ khztp gl;lg;gbg;igg; g+u;j;jp nra;a 90 kjpg;ngz;fis vLj;jpUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. ,J Kjyhk; fy;tpahz;by; ,uz;L gUtq;fspYk; toq;fg;gLk;. mj;NjhL> mbj;jsf; fw;if newpfSf;fhd 12 kjpg;ngz;fisAk; ghlq;fs; njhlu;ghd 78 kjpg;ngz;fisAk; cs;slf;fpajhFk;. 78 kjpg;ngz;fSs; khztu;fs; 72 kjpg;ngz;fis mtu;fSila gpujhd %d;W ghl newpfspy; ,Ue;Jk; 06 kjpg;ngz;fis Vida ghlnewpfspy; ,Ue;Jk; ngw;Wf;nfhs;tJ fl;lhakhFk;. xt;nthU JiwAk;> nghJg; gl;lg; gl;lg;gbg;gpw;F Njitg;gLk;> fl;lha> tpUg;gj;jpw;Fupa ghlq;fis epu;zapf;fyhk;. ,jidj;jtpu khztu;fs; Mq;fpyf; fw;if newpapy; rpj;jp ngw;wpUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. 14.1 rpwg;G cs;thq;fy; vd;w tifapy; njupT nra;ag;gl;l khztu;fs; mtu;fsJ nghJg; gl;lj;jpw;fhd gpujhd %d;W ghlq;fSs; mtu;fs; rpwg;G cs;thq;fy;fSf;fhf mDkjpf;fg;gl;l ghlj;jpidf; fl;lhakhf vLj;jpUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
15. --------
16. Credit requirements of the Bachelor of Laws Degree Programme: A LL.B. degree student should
earn 129 credits to complete the degree. This consists of 9 credits from foundation courses offered in
the first two semesters of the first academic year and 120 subject related credits. Out of these 120
credits, a student must earn 88 credits from law courses, 24 credits from compulsory Social Science
and Humanities courses, and 08 credits from English courses. The department of Law can stipulate
the combination of compulsory and optional courses relevant to the degree. kS;sfõ§ mdGud,dj i|yd w¾> wjYH;dj
71
ks;sfõ§ Wmdêh iïmQ¾K lsßu i|yd YsIHfhl= w¾> 129 la ,nd.; hq;=h' fuh m%:u jif¾ iudisl fofla§ yodrk mokï mdGud,dj,ska ,nd .kakd w¾> 9 ka yd úIhdkqnoaOj ,nd .kakd w¾> 120 ka iukaú; fõ' tu w¾> 120 ka 88 la kS;s mdGud,dj,skq;a 24 la wksjd¾h iudÔh úoHd yd udkj Ydia;% mdGud,dj,skq;a b;sß w¾> 8 bx.%sis mdGud,dj,skq;a ,nd.; hq;=h' Wmdêhg wksjd¾h yd ffjl,ams; mdGud,d wka;¾.;h kS;s wOHhkdxYhg ks¾foaY l< yelsh'
rl;lj;Jiw gl;lg;gbg;gpw;fhd kjpg;ngz; Njitfs;: rfy LLB khztu;fSk; mtu;fsJ gl;lbg;gbg;gpid g+u;j;jp nra;a 129 kjpg;ngz;fisg; ngw;wpUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. ,J Kjyhk; fy;tpahz;by; ,uz;L gUtq;fspYk; toq;fg;gLk; mbg;gilf; fw;if newpfspy; ,Ue;J 9 kjpg;ngz;fisAk; ghlj;Jld; njhlu;Gila 120 kjpg;ngz;fisAk; cs;slf;fpahf mikAk;. 120 kjpg;ngz;fSs; khztu;fs; 88 kjpg;ngz;fis rl;l ghlq;fspy; ,Ue;Jk;> 24 kjpg;ngz;fis fl;lhakhf;fg;gl;l r%ftpay;> khdpltpay; fw;iffspy; ,Ue;Jk; ngw;Wf;nfhs;tJld; 8 kjpg;ngz;fis Mq;fpyf; fw;if newpapy; ,Ue;J ngw;Wf; nfhs;Sjy; Ntz;Lk;. rl;lj;JiwahdJ gl;lg;gbg;G fw;if newpf;Fg; nghUj;jkhd fl;lha kw;Wk; tpUg;gj;jpw;Fupa ghlq;fis epu;zapf;fyhk;.
17. Change of main discipline in the General Degree: General degree students who want to change one
of their main disciplines may do so only in the first semester of the second academic year. The two
100 level courses taken during the first year must be replaced with two new 100 level courses of the
newly chosen discipline in the first and second semester respectively of the second year. These new
courses will be considered as retakes and therefore will be subjected to Regulation No. 31.5 of this
document. Requests to change one of the main disciplines should be forwarded to the Dean‘s Office
within 7 days of the beginning of the first semester of the second academic year. Ydia;%fõoS idudkH Wmdêfha úIh Odrd fjkia lsÍu' Ydia;%fõoS idudkH Wmdê yodrk YsIHfhl=g m%Odk úIh Odrdjkaf.ka tlla udre lsÍug wjYH kï th fojk wOHhk j¾Ifha uq,a iudislh ;=< oS muKla l< yelsh' Ydia;%fõoS idudkH Wmdêh i|yd w¨f;ka f;dard.;a úIh Odrdfõ 100 uÜgfï mdGud,d fol fojk wOHhk j¾Ifha m<uq yd fojk iudislj,oS iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h' fuu w¨;a mdGud,d fol kej; fmkS isá mdGud,d folla f,i ie,flk w;r fuu f,aLkfha 31'5 lrk fldkafoaishg th hg;a fõ' m%Odk úIh Odrd ;=fkka tlla udre lsÍu i|yd flfrk b,a,Su fojk wOHhk j¾Ifha m<uq iudislh wdrïN ù osk y;la we;=<; mSGdêm;s ld¾hd,hg fhduq l< hq;=h'
72
nghJg; gl;lg;gbg;gpy; gpujhd ghl newpia khw;Wjy;: nghJg; gl;lg;gbg;G khztu;fs; mtu;fsJ gpujhd %d;W ghlnewpfSs; VjhtJ xd;wpid khw;w Ntz;Lkhapd; mjid ,uz;lhk; fy;tpahz;bd; Kjyhk; gUtj;jpy; khj;jpuNk nra;ayhk;. 100 kl;lj;jpy; Kjyhk; tUlj;jpy; vLj;j ,uz;L 100 kl;l fw;iffSk; jd;dhy; Gjpjhf njupT nra;ag;gl;l fw;if newpfSld; njhlu;Ggl;l fw;ifnewpfspdhy; gjpyPL nra;ag;gly; Ntz;Lk;. ,jid khztu;fs; ,uz;lhk; tUlj;jpy; KiwNa Kjyhk;> ,uz;lhk; gUtq;fspy; vLj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. Gjpa ghlq;fs; kPs vLf;fg;gl;l ghlq;fshfNt fUjg;gLk;. mjd; fhuzkhf ,t; Mtzj;jpy; 31.5 tpjpf;F cl;gl;ljhf ,t;tplak; mikAk;. gpujhd ghlnewpfSs; xd;wpid khw;Wtjw;fhd Ntz;LNfhshdJ ,uz;lhk; fy;tpahz;bd; Kjyhk; gUtk; njhlq;fpa VO ehl;fSs; gPlhjpgjp fhupahyaj;jpw;F mDg;gg;gly; Ntz;Lk;.
18. Level based requirements for the Honours Degrees and B. Com degree: I. 100 level: a total of 30 credits; foundation courses (12); three main disciplines (18)
II. 200 level: a total of 24 from the Honours degree discipline
III. 300 level: a total of 24 from the Honours degree discipline
IV. 400 level: a total of 30 from the Honours degree discipline
V. The remaining 12 credits from subjects outside the Honours degree discipline can be taken
from any level from 200 – 400.
Ydia;%fõ§ f.!rj yd jdKscfõ§ Wmdê i|yd uÜgï mdol wjYH;d(
¸' 100 uÜgu ( w¾> tl;=j 30 ls' mokï mdGud,d ^12& m%Odk úIh Odrd ^18&
¸¸' 200 uÜgu ( f.!rj Wmdêh i|yd w¾> tl;=j 24 ls'
¸¸¸' 300 uÜgu ( f.!rj Wmdêh i|yd w¾> tl;=j 24 ls'
¸¹' 400 uÜgu ( f.!rj Wmdêh i|yd w¾> tl;=j 30 ls'
73
¹' b;sß w¾> 12 f.!rj úIh Odrdjg mßndysr úIh Odrdjkaf.a 200
uÜgfï isg 400 uÜgu olajd mdGud,djkaf.ka ,nd.; yelsh'
rpwg;G gl;lg;gbg;G kw;Wk; B.com gl;lg;gbg;Gf;fhd kl;lq;fspd; mbg;gilapyhd Njitfs:;
I. 100 kl;lk; : nkhj;jkhf 30 kjpg;ngz;fs;;: mbg;gilf;fw;if newpfs; (12): %d;W gpujhd ghlnewpfs; (18).
II. 200 kl;lk; : vy;yhkhf rpwg;Gg; ghlnewpfspy; ,Ue;J 24 kjpg;ngz;fs; III. 300 kl;lk; : rpwg;Gg; ghlnewpfspy; ,Ue;J vy;yhkhf 24 kjpg;ngz;fs; IV. 400 kl;lk; : rpwg;Gg; ghlq;fspy; ,Ue;J vy;yhkhf 30 kjpg;ngz;fs; V. rpwg;Gf; fw;if newpf;F ntspNa fhzg;gLk; ghlq;fspy; ,Ue;J vQ;rpa 12 kjpg;ngz;fSk; 200 njhlf;fk; 400 kl;lq;fspy; ngw;Wf;nfhs;sg;glyhk;.
19. Level based requirements for the General Degree Program: I.100 level: a total of 30 credits: foundation courses (12); three main disciplines (18)
II. 200 level: a total of 24 credits (18 credits from the three main disciplines, and 6 credits from any
other discipline outside the three main disciplines)
III. 300 or 400 level: a total of 36 credits (30 credits from the three main disciplines, 6 from any other
discipline outside the three main disciplines)
Ydia;%fõ§ idudkH Wmdêh i|yd uÜgï mdol wjYH;d( ¸' 100 uÜgu ( w¾> tl;=j 30 ls' mokï mdGud,d ^12& m%Odk úIh Odrd ^18& ¸¸' 200 uÜgu ( w¾> tl;=j 24 ls' ^m%Odk úIhOdrd ;=fkka w¾> 18 la yd m%Odk úIh Odrd ;=kg mßndysr ´kEu úIh Odrdjlska w¾> 6 ls& ¸¸¸' 300 $ 400 uÜg w¾> 36 ls' ^m%Odk úIh Odrd ;=fkka w¾> 30 la yd m%Odk úIh Odrd;=kg mßndysr ´kEu úIh Odrdjlska w¾> 6 ls& nghJg;gl;lg;gbg;gpw;fhd kl;lq;fspd; mbg;gilapyhd Njitfs;:
100 kl;lk; : nkhj;jkhf 30 kjpg;ngz;fs;;;;;. mbg;gilf; fw;iffs; (12): %d;W gpujhd fw;ifj; Jiwfs; (18).
74
200 kl;lk; : nkhj;jkhf 24 kjpg;ngz;fs; (%d;W gpujhd ghl newpfspy; ,Ue;Jk; 18 kjpg;ngz;fs;> gpujhd ghlnewpf;F ntspapy; ,Ue;J 6 kjpg;ngz;fs;)
300 my;yJ 400 kl;lk; : nkhj;jkhf 36 kjpg;ngz;fs; (%d;W gpujhd ghl newpfspy; ,Ue;Jk; 30 kjpg;ngz;fs;> gpujhd ghlnewpf;F ntspahf Vida VjhtJ ghlnewpfspy; ,Ue;J 6 kjpg;ngz;fs;)
20. -------
21. Declaration of courses for the Honours, B. Com and General Degree Programmes: Students in
their first year have the option of offering four main disciplines. However, in the beginning of the first
semester of the second year, they must declare which three main disciplines they will offer for the
general degree or the disciplines that they would like to consider for the Honours degree selection.
The two courses of the fourth main discipline will then be automatically transferred to the category of
non – credit (non – GPA) courses. idudkH" f.!rj yd jdKscfõ§ Wmdê i|yd mdGud,d m%ldYhg m;a lsÍu' YsIHhkag ;u m%:u wOHhk j¾Ifha§ úIh Odrd y;rla f;dard .ekSfï wjldY we;' flfia jqj;a fojk wOHhk j¾Ifha m<uq iudislh wdrïNfha§u Tjqka idudkH Wmdêh i|yd f;dard .eksug wNsu; ljr úIh Odrd ;=klao hkak;a f.!rj Wmdêh i|yd f;dard.eksug wNsu; ljr úIh Odrdjlao hkak;a m%ldY l< hq;=h' y;r jk m%Odk úIh Odrdfõ b;sß mdGud,d fol ksrdhdifhkau w¾> rys; ^fY%aKs ,laIH idudkHhg fkd.efkk& mdGud,d .Kfha ,d i,lkq ,efí' rpwg;G B.com nghJf;fiy gl;lq;fSf;fhd fw;if newpfs; : khztu;fs; mtu;fsJ Kjyhk; tUlj;jpy; 4 gpujhd ghlnewpfisg; gpd;gw;Wk; njupitf; nfhz;Ls;sdu;. vdpDk; khztu;fs;> nghJg;gl;lj;jpw;fhd %d;W gpujhd ghlnewpfisNah my;yJ rpwg;G gl;lj;jpw;Fj; Njitahd ghlnewpfisNah ,uz;lhk; tUlj;jpd; Kjw; gUtj;jpNyNa mwpag;gLj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. ehd;fhtJ ghlnewpapy; mlq;Fk; ,uz;L fw;if newpfSk; RakhfNt kjpg;ngz; mw;w tiff;Fs; mlq;Ftdthf khwptpLk;. ,it (GPA ,y;yhj) fw;if newpfshFk;.
22. Declaration of students for the open category: A student who is unable to complete any one of the
semesters in the first academic year will automatically be placed in the open category until such time
as the student completes the necessary course requirements. The student will be considered for the
Honours degree only after she or he completes the first year course work. Regulations 26, 27 and 28
75
on completion of degree programs, extensions and leave of absence will be applicable to such
students. The status of Open Category should be indicated in the student‘s record book. újD; .Kh i|yd YsIHhka m%ldYhg m;a lsÍu( lsishï YsIHfhl= m<uq wOHhk j¾Ifha lsisÿ iudislhla iïmQ¾K lsßug wfmdfydi;a jqjfyd;a Tyq fyda weh újD; .Khg ksrdhdifhkau wh;a jk w;r tlS ld,h we;=<; Tyq fyda weh m<uq jif¾ mdGud,d wjYH;d iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h' tu YsIHd úfYaI Wmdêh i|yd iqÿiqoehs i,ld n,kq ,nkafka Tyq m%:u jir mdGud,d iïmQ¾K l< miqj muKs' 26" 27 yd 28 hk fr.=,dis u; Wmdêh iïmQ¾K lsÍu" ld,h §¾> lsÍu iy fkdmeñKs ld,h i|yd ksjdvq ,nd .ekSu tu isiqkag wod< fõ' újD; .Kfha iajNdjh YsIH jd¾;d fmdf;a igyka l< hq;=h' jpwe;j tifg;ghl;Lf;Fs; mlq;Fk; khztu;fs; : Kjyhk; fy;tpahz;by; ve;jnthU gUtj;jpidAk; g+u;j;jp nra;a Kbahj khztu;fs; fw;if newpj; Njitfisg; g+u;j;jp nra;Ak; tiuapy; jpwe;j vd;w gpupTf;Fs; cs;slf;fg;gLtu;. ,j;jifa khztu;fs; Kjy; tUlf; fw;if newpfisg; g+u;j;jp nra;jjd; gpd;dNu rpwg;Gg; ghlj;jpid Nkw;nfhs;s mDkjpf;fg;gLthu;fs;. ,j;jifa khztu;fSf;Ff; fw;ifnewpiag; g+u;j;jp nra;jy; tpLKiw vLj;jy; vd;gJ njhlu;ghd 26> 27> 28 Mk; ,yf;f tpjpfs; nry;YgbahFk;. jpwe;j vd;w gpupthdJ khztu; gjpTg; Gj;jfj;jpy; Fwpg;gplg;gl;bUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
23. Credit Transfers: Credit transfers are allowed only from the national and international universities
that have an equivalent semester / course unit system. However, departmental recommendation and
Faculty Board approval is required for such credit transfers. Students must present original transcripts
from such universities to be considered for credit transfers. w¾> yqjudrej( wm mSGhg iudk iudisl$ mdGud,d tall l%uhla iys; cd;sl yd cd;Hka;r úYajúoHd,j,ska muKla w¾> yqjudrej i|yd wjir ,nd fokq ,efí' flfia jqj;a tjeks yqjudrejla i|yd wod< wOHhk wxYfha ks¾foaYh yd mSG uKav,fha wkque;sh wjYH fõ' w¾> yqjudrejg i,ld ne,Su i|yd by; wkaofï úYajúoHd,j,ska ,;a m%;sf,aLKj, uq,a msgm;a bÈßm;a l< hq;=h' kjpg;ngz; khw;wq;fs;: xg;ghd gUt my;yJ ghl myF Kiwiaf; nfhz;bUf;Fk; Njrpa my;yJ ru;tNjr gy;fiyf;fofq;fSld; khj;jpuNk kjpg;ngz; khw;wq;fs; Nkw;nfhs;sg;glyhk;. vdpDk;> ,j;jifa kjpg;ngz; khw;wq;fSf;Fj; JiwapdJk; gPlj;jpdJk; mDkjp mtrpakhFk;. ,j;jifa re;ju;g;gq;fspy; khztu; tpupthd fy;tpr; rhd;wpjopd; %yg; gpujpiar; rku;g;gpj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
24. Selection for the Honours and B. Com Degree Programmes: Selection of students for the Honours,
B. Com and B.Ed. degrees shall be made at the end of the first academic year, after the completion of
76
the first two semesters‘ academic programme. The minimum GPA to qualify for an Honours degree in
any discipline is 2.3. The departments can stipulate any other requirements each year and the students
should be informed of these requirements through the Handbook every year. Special intake students
must specialize in the discipline they are selected for in following an Honours degree.
Transfer students must have fulfilled the above and any other requirements as stipulated by the
departments. Ydia;%fõ§ f.!rj" wOHdmkfõ§ yd jdKscfõ§ mdGud,d i|yd f;dard .ekSu( Ydia;%fõ§ f.!rj" wOHdmkfõ§ yd jdKscfõ§ mdGud,d i|yd f;dard .ekSu m<uq wOHhk j¾Ifha m<uq iudisl fol wjika lsÍfuka wk;=rej isÿ lrkq ,efí' ´kEu úIh Odrdjlska f.!rj Wmdêh yeoEÍu i|yd wjYH wju fY%aKs ,CIH idudkH 2'3 ls' ta úIh Odrd i|yd wjYH fY%aKs ,laIH idudkH yd fjk;a uq,sl iqÿiqlï iEu j¾Ihl§u wod< wOHhkdYhg ;SrKh l< yels w;r YsIH w;afmd; u.ska oekqj;a l< hq;=h' úfYaI ks¾foaY hgf;a we;=<;a lr.;a isiqka Tjqkag ks¾foaYs; úIh u f.!rj Wmdêh i|yd f;dard.; hq;=h' yqjudre jq isiqka by; oela jq lreKq yd wOHhkdYh ks¾foaY lrk wfkl=;a wjYH;do iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h'
rpwg;G kw;Wk; B.Com gl;lg;gbg;gpw;fhd njupT: fy;tpahz;bd; Kjy; tUlj;jpd; ,uz;L
gUtq;fisAk; g+u;j;jp nra;jjd; gpd;du; rpwg;G kw;Wk; B.com, B.Ed. gl;lg;gbg;gpw;fhd khztu;fisj; njupT nra;jw;fhd gbKiw ,lk;ngwy; Ntz;Lk;. ve;jf; fy;tpj;JiwapYk;
rpwg;Gf; fw;if newpapid Nkw;nfhs;tjw;F ,Uf;fNtz;ba Fiwe;j gl;r GPA 2.3 MFk;.
xt;nthU JiwAk; jdpg;gl;l fy;tpj;Jiwf;F Njitahd GPA apid epu;zapj;Jf; nfhs;syhk;. xt;nthU tUlKk; khztu; ifE}ypy; ,J njhlu;ghd Vida epge;jidfs;> Njitfs; khztu;fSf;F mwptpf;fg;gly; Ntz;Lk;. rpwg;G cs;thq;fy; khztu;fs; mtu;fs; njupT nra;;ag;gl;l fy;tpj;Jiwf;fhd ghlq;fspNyNa rpwg;G fw;if newpapid Nkw;nfhs;sy;
Ntz;Lk;. ,lkhw;wk; ngw;w khztu;fs; (Transfer Students) Nkw;Fwpg;gpl;l Njitfisg; g+u;j;jp nra;tJld;> mt;tj; Jiwfspdhy; epu;zapf;fg;gLk; NjitfisAk; g+u;j;jp nra;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
25. Dissertation: Completion of the dissertation is a partial requirement to obtain the Honours degree
from the Faculty of Arts. The dissertation is valued at six credits recognizing the high level of effort
required to produce it. f.!rj Wmdê ksnkaOh(
77
f.!rj Wmdê ksnkaOh iïmQ¾K lsÍu Ydia;% mSGfhka f.!rj Wmdêhla ,nd.ekSu i|yd imqrd,sh hq;= iqÿiqlïj,ska tlls' f.!rj Wmdê ksnkaOh w¾> yhl wx.hlska hq;= jk w;r th iïmQ¾K lsÍu i|yd úfYaI mßY%uhla oeßh hq;=h' Ma;Tf;fl;Liu: fiyg;gPlj;jpd; rpwg;Gg; gl;lj;jpidg; ngw;Wf;nfhs;tjw;fhd epge;jidfSs; ghjpapidg; g+u;j;jp nra;Ak; tifapy; Ma;Tf; fl;Liuiag; g+u;j;jp nra;jy; vd;gJ mikfpd;wJ. Ma;Tf; fl;Liu 6 kjpg;ngz;fisf; nfhz;lJ. mf;fl;;Liuia cUthf;f vLf;fg;gLk; cau;kl;l Kaw;rpapd; mbg;gilapNyNa ,g;ngWkhdk; toq;fg;gLfpd;wJ.
26. Completion of degree programmes: To obtain a merit pass (class), an Honours degree, B.Com,
LL.B. and B.Ed. students must complete all the requirements within 4 years or less and a General
degree student within 3 years or less from the date of admission. For medical or otherwise acceptable
exceptional reasons, the time limit could be extended by the Faculty Board to determine the eligibility
for a merit pass. The maximum time – limit to complete the degree without a merit pass (class) is 8
years for the Honours degree programme and 6 years for the General degree programme. Any further
extensions beyond the maximum time limit require faculty approval.
26.1 The candidacy of students who have exceeded the maximum time period given to complete the
above degrees will be automatically cancelled unless they are granted extensions under either 27.1,
27.2 or 27.3.
Wmdê mdGud,dj iïmQ¾K lsÍu( Ydia;%fõ§ f.!rj" wOHdmkfõ§" jdKscfõ§ yd kS;sfõ§ isiqka mka;s idud¾:Hhla ,nd .ekSug wjYH kï úYajúoHd,hg m%úIag jq Èkf¾ isg jir y;rla we;=<; fyda Bg fmro idudkH Wmdê isiqka jir ;=kla we;=<; fyda Bg fmro ish mdGud,d wjYH;d iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h' ffjoH fyda fjk;a ms<s.; yels idOdrK fya;= u; ld, jljdkqj §¾> lr.; yels w;r mka;s idu¾:Hh i|yd fhda.H;dj ;srKh lrkq ,nkafka mSG uKav,h úisks' mka;s idud¾:Hhla rys;j f.!rj Wmdêhla iïmQ¾K lsÍu i|yd ,efnk Wmßu ld, iSudfjka Tíng ,nd.kakd ´kEu ld,iSud È.=jla i|yd mSGuKav, wkque;sh wjYH fõ' mka;s idud¾:hla iys;j Wmdêhla iïmQ¾K lsÍug ,efnk Wmßu ld,h f.!rj Wmdêh i|yd jir 8 la o idudkH Wmdêh i|yd jir 6 la o fõ' 26'1' by; oela jq Wmdê mdGud,d wjika lsÍu i|yd kshñ; ld,iSudjka blaujd .sh isiqka
27'1" 27'2 fyda 27'3 hgf;a ld, iSudj È.=jla ,ndf.k ke;skï Tjqkaf.a wfmaCIl;ajh ksrdhdifhkau wj,x.= jkq we;'
78
gl;lg;gbg;gpid g+u;j;jp nra;jy;: rpwg;Gr; rpj;jpiag; ngWtjw;F (tFg;G)> rpwg;Gg; gl;lg;gbg;G>
B.com, B.Ed. kw;Wk; LLB khztu;fs;> fw;if newpfs; njhlu;ghd rfy NjitfisAk; ehd;F my;yJ mjw;Ff; Fiwthd tUl fhyg;gFjpapy; g+u;j;jp nra;jy; Ntz;Lk;. ,NjNghy; nghJg;gl;lg;gbg;G khztu;fs; ,j;Njitfis %d;W tUlq;fSf;Fs;Nsh my;yJ mjw;Ff; Fiwthd fhyg;gFjpapNyh g+u;j;jp nra;jy; Ntz;Lk;. kUj;Jt uPjpapyhd fhuzk; fUjp my;yJ> NtW VjhtJ jtpu;f;f Kbahj fhuzq;fs; fUjp> fw;if newpia ePbf;f Ntz;b Vw;gbd;> mj;jifa khztu;fs; rpwg;Gr; rpj;jpf;Fj; (tFg;G) jifikahdtu;fsh vd;gjidj; jPu;khdpg;gjw;fhd mjpfhuk; gPlj;jpw;F cz;L. rpwg;Gg;gl;lg;gbg;G khztu;fisg; nghWj;jtiu gl;lg;gbg;igr; rpwg;Gr; rpj;jpapy;yhJ (tFg;G ,y;yhJ) g+u;j;jp nra;af;$ba mjpfgl;rf; fhyk;> 8 tUlq;fshFk;. nghJg;gl;lg;gbg;G khztu;fSf;F ,f;fhyg;gFjp 6 tUlq;fshFk;. ,J jtpu;e;j fhy ePbg;G vd;gJ gPl mDkjpapd; gpd;du; kl;LNk toq;fg;gLk;.
26.1. tpjpfs; 27.1> 27.2> 27.3 vd;gdtw;wpd; fPo; my;yJ Nkw;Fwpg;gpl;l gl;lq;fisg; ngWtjpy; mDkjpf;fg;gl;l fhyj;jpw;F Nkyjpf fhyj;jpid khztu;fs; nrytpl;bUg;ghu;fshapd;> mtu;fsJ guPl;rhu;j;jp vd;w jifik RakhfNt ,uj;Jr; nra;ag;gLk;.
27. Extensions for the completion of the degree programmes with a class:
rpwg;Gr; rpj;jpnahd;Wld; (tFg;G) gl;lg;gbg;gpid g+u;j;jp nra;tjw;fhd fhy ePbg;G:
27.1 Extensions on medical grounds: Extensions beyond three years for the general degree and four
years for Honours, B. Com, LL.B. and B.Ed. degree students can be granted on medical grounds.
When extensions are granted on acceptable medical grounds certified by the CMO/Medical Board,
students are eligible to be considered for classes. Extensions can be granted for up to two years. A
student must submit a medical certificate approved by the Chief Medical Officer of the University
Health Centre with the request.
27'1 mka;s idu¾:Hhla iys;j Wmdê mdGud,dj iïmQ¾K lsÍu i|yd ld,h §¾> lr .ekSu ffjoH fya;= u; ld,h §¾> lsÍu jir ;=kl idudkH Wmdêh" jir y;rl f.!rj" jdKscfõ§" wOHdmkfõ§ yd kS;sfõ§ mdGud,d yodrk isiqkag tlS kshñ; ld,iSudfjka Tíng ld, È.=jla ,nd.; yelsh' m%Odk ffjoH ks,Odß$ ffjoH iNdj iy;sl lrk ,ÿj ms<s.; yels ffjoH fya;= u; ld, È.=jla ,o YsIHfhda mka;s idud¾:Hhla i|yd i,ld ne,Sug iqÿiqlï ,n;s' ld, È.=j jir
79
folla olajd ,ndÈh yelsh' YsIHhd ish wNshdpkh iuÕ fmardfoKsh úYajúoHd,fha ffjoH uOHia:dkfha m%Odk ffjoH ks,Odß úiska iy;sl lrk ,o ffjoH iy;slo ta iu. bÈßm;a l< hq;=hs'
27.1 kUj;Jt uPjpahd fhuzq;fspd; mbg;gilapy;: kUj;JtuPjpapyhd fhuzq;fs; vd;w mbg;gilapy; nghJg;gl;lg;gbg;ig Nkw;nfhs;Sk; khztu;fSf;F %d;W tUlq;fSf;F
NkyhfTk;> rpwg;Gg;gl;lg;gbg;G> B.Com, B.Ed kw;Wk; LLB gl;lg;gbg;Gf;fis Nkw;nfhs;Sk; khztu;fSf;F ehd;F tUlq;fSf;F NkyhfTk; fhy ePbg;gpid toq;fyhk;. gpujhd kUj;Jt
cj;jpNahfj;jpduhy; (CMO) my;yJ kUj;Jtr;rigapdhy;> cWjp nra;ag;gl;L Vw;Wf;nfhs;sg;gl;l kUj;Jtf; fhuzq;fSf;fhf ePbg;Gf;fs; toq;fg;gLk; khztu;fs;> rpwg;Gr;rpj;jp (tFg;G) ngwj;jifikAilatu;fs;. ,j;jifa fhy ePbg;ghdJ ,uz;L tUlq;fs; tiuapy; toq;fg;glyhk;. ,t;thwhd fhy ePbg;Gf;fSf;F mDkjp Nfl;Fk; khztu;fs;> gy;fiyf;fof Rfhjhu epiya kUj;Jt nghWg;gjpfhupapdhy;> Vw;Wf;nfhs;sg;gl;L> cWjp nra;ag;gl;l kUj;Jtr; rhd;wpjioAk; rku;g;gpj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
27.2 Extensions on non-medical grounds: Requests for extensions beyond three years for the
general degree and four years for the Honours, B. Com, LL.B. and B.Ed. degree students on non-
medical grounds will be considered on an individual basis by the Faculty Board to determine their
acceptability, and if acceptable, whether or not the student is eligible for honors. Extensions can be
granted only up to one year.
27'2 ffjoH fkdjk fya;= u; ld, È.= ,nd.ekSu idudkH Wmdêhla i|yd jir ;=klska Tíng;a jdKscfõ§" kS;sfõ§" wOHdmkfõ§ yd f.!rj Wmdê yodrkq ,nk isiqka i|yd jir y;rlska Tíng;a ffjoH fkdjk fya;+ u; ld, È.=jla ,nd§u i|yd ^YsIHhd f.!rj mdGud,dj i|yd iqÿiqlï ,nd isáh;a ke;;a& msG uKav,h u.ska tla tla YsIHhdf.a b,a,Sï fjka fjka jYfhka i,ld n,kq ,efí' ld, È.= ,ndÈh yelafla tla j¾Ihla olajd muKs' 27.2 kUj;JtuPjpahd fhuzq;fs; my;yhj fhy ePbg;G : nghJg;gl;lg;gbg;G khztu;fshy;
%d;W tUlq;fSf;F NkyhfTk;> rpwg;G gl;lg;gbg;G> B.Com, B.Ed, kw;Wk; LLB gl;lg;gbg;G
80
khztu;fshy;> ehd;F tUlq;fSf;F NkyhfTk;> kUj;Jt uPjpahd fhuzq;fs; my;yhJ Vida VjhtnjhU fhuzk; fUjpf; fhy ePbg;nghd;wpw;F mDkjp Nfhug;gLkhapd; mf;Nfhupf;ifffs; jdpg;gl;l mbg;gilapy; ftdj;jpw; nfhs;sg;gl;L fiyg;gPl mDkjp ngw;Wf;nfhs;sg;gl;l gpd;dNuNa toq;fg;gLk;. ,J Nghd;Nw ,j;jifa mDkjpfs; toq;fg;gl;l khztu;fs; rpwg;Gj; Nju;r;rpf;Fj; jifik cilatu;fsh vd;gjidAk; fiyg;gPlNk jPu;khdpf;Fk;. fhy ePbg;G vd;gJ xU tUlj;jpw;F khj;jpuNk toq;fg;glKbAk;.
27.3 Extensions beyond the maximum time: Requests for extensions beyond the maximum time
(eight years for the Honours, B.Com, LL.B. and B.Ed. degrees and six years for the general degree)
will be considered on an individual basis by the Faculty Board to determine their acceptability.
Extensions can be granted on medical or other grounds, but students will not be eligible for a merit
pass. Extensions can be granted only up to one year.
27'3 Wmßu ld,h blaujd ld, È.= ,nd§u( jdKscfõ§" kS;sfõ§" wOHdmkfõ§ iy Ydia;%fõ§ f.!rj Wmdê mdGud,d yodrk isiqka i|yd jir wgl ld, È.=jl=;a Ydia;%fõ§ idudkH Ydia;%fõ§ isiqka i|yd jir yhl ld,È.=jl=;a ,nd.ekSu i|yd b,a,Sï l< yels w;r tajdfha fhda.H;dj mSG uKav,h u.ska fjka fjka jYfhka i,ld n,kq ,efí' ffjoH fyda ffjoH fkdjk fya;= u; ld, È.=j m%odkh l< yels w;r mka;s idud¾:Hh i|yd mj;sk iqÿiqlï YsIHhdg wysñ fõ' ld, È.=j ,ndÈh yelafla tla jirla i|yd muKs' 27.3 cr;rtuk;ig tpl Nkyhd fhy ePbg;G: cr;rtuk;igtpl Nkyhd fhy ePbg;ghdJ (rpwg;G>
B.Com, B.Ed, kw;Wk; LLB gl;lq;fSf;fhd cr;rtuk;G 8 tUlq;fs;> nghJg;gl;lj;jpw;fhd cr;rtuk;G 6 tUlq;fs;) jdpg;gl;l mbg;gilapy; ftdj;jpw;nfLf;fg;gl;L> fiyg;gPl mDkjpf;fhf tplg;gLk;. Nkyjpf fhy ePbg;G vd;gJ kUj;Jt my;yJ kUj;Jtky;yhf; fhuzq;fspd; mbg;gilapy; toq;fg;glyhk;> Mdhy;> mj;jifa khztu;fs; rpwg;Gj; Nju;r;rpf;Fj; jifikahdtu;fshff; fUjg;gl KbahJ. fhy ePbg;ghdJ xU tUlj;jpw;F khj;jpuNk toq;fg;glKbAk;.
27.4 All requests for extensions must be submitted on the prescribed S-9 form with the relevant
documentation, authorization and supporting evidence, if any, attached.
81
27'4 ld, È.=j i|yd flfrk ish¨ b,a,Sï S-9 wdlD;s m;%fha kshu lr we;s mßÈ wod< j,x.= ,sÅ; Wmldrl idOl wef;d;a tajdo wuqKd túh hq;=hs'
27.4 fhy ePbg;gpw;fhd Nfhupf;iffis S9 gbtj;Jld;> Njitahd Mjhuq;fs;> Mtzq;fs; Nghd;wtw;wpid ,izj;Jr; rku;g;gpf;f Ntz;Lk;.
27.5 When extensions are granted and approved by the Faculty Board, eligibility for a merit pass
(class) shall be clearly stated in the decision and the student shall be informed of the decision in
writing by the Assistant Registrar of the faculty.
27'5 ld, È.=jla m%odkh lrk úg yd mSG uKav,h u.ska wkqu; lrk úg mka;s idud¾:Hh i|yd we;s j,x.=Ndjh meyeÈ,sj tlS ;SrKfha igyka l< hq;= w;r Ydia;% mSGfha iyldr f,aLldêldÍ ta ms<sn`o YsIHhd oekqj;a l< hq;=h'
27.5 gPlj;jpdhy; mDkjpf;fg;gl;l fhy ePbg;Gf;fs; toq;fg;gLk; gl;rj;jpy;> ,J njhlu;ghd jPu;g;ig toq;Fk; Mtzj;jpy; rpwg;Gj; Nju;r;rpf;fhd jifik njhlu;ghfj; njspthff; Fwpg;gpl;bUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. ,e;j Kbit gPlj;jpd; cjtpg;gjpthsu; vOj;J %yk; mk;khztu;fSf;F mwptpj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
27.6 A student who takes more than 4 years to complete the Honours degree and more than 3 years
for the General degree will not be eligible for residential facilities and financial aid provided by the
University.
27'6 YsIHfhl= f.!rj Wmdêh i`oyd jir y;rlg jeäfhka o idudkH Wmdêhlg jir ;=klg jeäfhka o l,a ,nd.;a miq Tyqg fyda wehg fyda fkajdisl myiqlï i|yd;a úYajúoHd,h u.ska msßkuk YsIHdOdr i|yd;a we;s iqÿiqlu wysñ fõ'
27.6 rpwg;Gg;gl;lg;gbg;gpid g+u;j;jpnra;a ehd;F tUlq;fSf;F Nky; vLf;Fk; khztu;fSk;> nghJg;gl;lg;gbg;gpidg; g+u;j;jp nra;a %d;W tUlq;fSf;F Nky; vLf;Fk; khztu;fSk;>
82
gy;fiyf;fofj;jpdhy; toq;fg;gLk; tjptpl trjpfSf;Nfh> epjp uPjpahd cjtpfSf;Nfh jifikahdtu;fs; my;yu;.
28. Leave of absence: If a student wishes, she/ he can take leave of absence from the academic
programme, usually for a semester. The student must apply in writing using the S-9 form to the Dean
of the Faculty, preferably before the commencement of the semester, but no later than the end of the
second week. Where the request is granted, the student must finish the degree programme within the
stipulated time period to obtain the degree and especially to qualify for a merit pass (refer to 26, 27
above), unless the leave of absence is on medical or other grounds which are acceptable to the Faculty
Board. Leave of absence can be granted for a maximum of two semesters taken either together or
separately. The period of leave granted will be exempted from the stipulated duration allowed for an
academic programme. ksjdvq ,nd.ekSu( YsIHfhl=g fyda YsIHdjlg fyda wjYH kï tla iudislhla i|yd wOHhk mdGud,dfjka ksjdvq ,nd.; yelsh' Tyq fyda weh S-9 wdlD;s m;%h u.ska iudislh wdrïNùug fmrd;=j fyda iudislh wdrïN ù fojk i;sh blau hdug u;af;ka b,a¨ï l< hq;=h' Tjqkag ksjdvq m%odkh lrkq ,enqj;a ksjdvq ,nd f.k we;af;a mSG uKav,hg ms<s.; yels mßÈ ffjoH fyda fjk;a fya;=jla u; fkdfõ kï Wmdêh ,nd .ekSfï§;a úfYaIfhka mka;s idud¾:Hh ,nd .eksfï§;a ^by; 26" 27 fldkafoais n,kak& kshñ; ld, iSudj we;=<; Wmdê mdGud,dj wjika l< hq;=h' ksjdvq m%odkh l< yelafla tlajr fyda fjka fjka jYfhka ,nd.; yels mßÈ Wmßuh iudisl folla olajd muKs' m%odkh l< ksjdvq ld,h wOHhk mdGud,djg kshñ; ld, iSudfjka ys,õ lr.kq ,efí' tpLKiw vLj;jy;: xU khztu; tpUk;Gk; gl;rj;jpy;> fy;tp eltbf;iffspy; ,Ue;J tpLKiwiag; ngw;Wf;nfhs;syhk;. toikahf xU gUtj;jpw;F ,j;jifa tpLKiwiag; ngw;Wf;nfhs;syhk;. ,j;jifa khztu;fs;> gUtk; njhlq;Ftjw;F Kd;du; my;yJ njhlq;fp ,U thuq;fSf;Fs; ,j;jifa tpLKiwf;fhd S - 9 gbtj;jpid g+u;j;jp nra;J> gPlhjpgjpaplk; mDkjp Nfhuyhk;. ,j;jifa tpLKiwahdJ kUj;Jt my;yJ NtW fhuzq;fspd; mbg;gilapy; gPl mDkjpapd; fPo; toq;fg;gl;lhyd;wp> khztu;fs; gl;lg;gbg;gpid Fwpg;gpl;l fhyj;jpw;Fs; g+u;j;jp nra;jy; Ntz;Lk;. mjhtJ> mtu;fs; NfhUk; tpLKiwahdJ toq;fg;gLk; gl;rj;jpy;> epu;zapf;fg;gl;l fhyg;gFjpf;Fs; mtu;fs; fw;if newpapidg; g+u;j;jp nra;jy; Ntz;Lk;. mt;thW mtu;fSf;fhf mDkjpf;fg;gl;l fhyg;gFjpf;Fs; gl;lg;gbg;ig Kbj;Jf;nfhz;lhy; khj;jpuNk> rpwg;Gj; Nju;r;rpf;Fj; jifikngw KbAk;. tpLKiwahdJ njhlu;r;rpahf my;yJ jdpj;jdpahf ,uz;L gUtq;fSf;F khj;jpuNk toq;fg;glKbAk; (26> 27 mbg;gilapy;). toq;fg;gl;l tpLKiwf;
83
fhykhdJ xU fy;tp eltbf;iff;fhf mDkjpf;fg;gl;l> epu;zapj;j fhyg;gFjpapypUe;J jtpu;j;Nj Nehf;fg;gLk;.
29. Withdrawal from the Honours Degree Programme: If a student wants to switch over to the
General degree from an Honours degree programme, she/ he shall notify the Dean through the
relevant department two weeks before the beginning of the first semester of the third academic year.
The student must finish all the credit requirements for the general degree. This regulation is not
applicable to LL.B. degree students. f.!rj mdGud,dfjka bj;aùu( hful=g f.!rj Wmdê mdGud,dfjka idudkH Wmdê mdGud,djg udreùug wjYH kï Tyq fyda weh ;=kajk wOHhk j¾Ifha m%:u iudislh wdrïN ùug i;s follg fmr wod< wOHhk wxYh ud¾.fhka mSGdêm;sg oekqï Èh hq;=h' tu YsIHhd idudkH Wmdêhla i|yd wjYH ish¨ w¾> wjYH;d iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h' fuu fldkafoaish kS;sfõ§ YsIHhkag wod< fkdfõ' rpwg;Gg; gl;lg;gbg;gpy; ,Ue;J tpyfy;: xU khztd; / khztp rpwg;Gg; gl;lg;gbg;gpypUe;J nghJg;gl;lg; gbg;gpw;F khw tpUk;gpdhy;> mk;khztd; / khztp %d;whk; fy;tpahz;bd;> Kjyhk; gUtk; njhlq;f ,uz;L thuq;fSf;F Kd;du; Fwpg;gpl;l Jiwa+lhf> gPlhjpgjpf;F mjid mwptpj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. me;j khztd; / khztp nghJg;gl;lnkhd;wpw;fhd rfy kjpg;ngz;fisAk; ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;. ,e;j tpjpahdJ LLB khztu;fSf;Fr; nry;YgbahfhJ.
30. English as a Second Language (ESL) programme: All students should complete the Certificate in
Intermediate Competence in English to obtain the degree. fojeks nila f,i bx.%Sis mdGud,dj( Wmdêh ,nd.ekSu i|yd ish¨ YsIHhka wka;¾ udOH bx.%Sis m%ùK;d iy;slh ,nd .; hq;= h' ,uz;lhk; nkhop Mq;fpyf; fw;if newp : ,e;jg; gl;lj;jpidg; ngw;Wf; nfhs;tjw;F midj;J khztu;fSk; Mq;fpy nkhop ,ilepiyf; fw;ifapy; rpj;jp ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;.
31. Evaluation of student performance for degree programmes: 31.1 Evaluation procedure: The lecturer will be responsible for designing a scheme of student
assessment for each course for the computation of the course grade with the approval of the
department. All such schemes will be a combination of continuous assessment and an end-semester
examination. Where it can be justified and is accepted by the Faculty Board and the Senate, a course
may be evaluated entirely through continuous assessment. The detailed scheme of assessment and the
84
lecture program approved by the department should be made available to students at the beginning of
the course in the C-1 form. The deadlines for submitting the assignments and semester papers must be
given in writing at the beginning of the semester and should fall within the semester. Wmdê mdGud,dfõ YsIH l%shdldrlï we.hSu( we.hSï l%shdj,sh iEu mdGud,djla i|yd ud YsIH we.hSï mámdáhla ie,iqï lsÍu yd wOHhkdxYfha wkque;sh iys;j tajd .Kkh lsÍu wod< wdpd¾hjrhdf.a j.lSula fõ' ta iEu mámdáhlgu wLKav we.hsï in|;djlska iy iudisldka; mßCIKhlska iukaú; úh hq;=h' wLKav we.hsï u.ska mdGud,dj uq¿ukskau we.hSulg ,la l< yels úh hq;= w;r mSG uKav,hg yd ikd;k iNdjgo th ms<s.; yels yd idOdrKslrKh l< yels úh hq;=h' wOHhkdxYh u.ska wkqu; lrk ,o foaYk" mdGud,dj yd úia;rd;aul we.hsï l%ufõoh foaYk wdrïNfha§ u C-1 wdlD;s m;%h u.ska YsIHhkag ,nd .ekSug bvlv ie,ish hq;=h' mejreï yd iudisl m;%sld Ndr§u wod< iudislh we;=<; § isÿúh hq;= w;r ta ms<sn| úia;r iudislh wdrïNfha§u ,sÅ;j isiqkag ,ndÈh hq;=h' gl;lg;gbg;gpw;fhd khztu;; nraw;jpwd; kjpg;gPL: kjpg;gPl;Lg; gbKiw: xt;nthU fw;if newpf;Fk; nghWg;ghfTs;s tpupTiuahsu;fs; khztu;fspd; kjpg;gPL njhlu;ghf fw;if newpf;fhd Gs;spfis toq;Fk; nghUl;L mt;tj; Jiwapd; mDkjp ngw;w kjpg;gPl;Lj; jpl;lnkhd;iwj; jhNd cUthf;Ftjw;Fg; nghWg;ghf ,Uj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. ,j;jifa jpl;lq;fs; njhlu;ghd njhlu; kjpg;gPL gUt ,Wjpg;guPl;ir Nghd;wtw;wpid cs;slf;fpajhf ,Uj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. gPlj;jpdhYk; gy;fiyf;fof nghJ epu;thf rigapdhYk; epahag;gLj;jg;gl;L Vw;Wf;nfhs;sg;gLk; gl;rj;jpy; xU fw;if newpahdJ Kw;WKOjhf njhlu; kjpg;gPl;bd; %yKk; kjpg;gPL nra;ag;glyhk;. C1 gbtj;jpy; mt;tt; Jiwapdhy; Vw;Wf;nfhs;sg;gl;l tpupthd ghlj;jpl;lKk; kjpg;gPl;Lj; jpl;lk; njhlu;ghd tpsf;fq;fSk; fw;ifnewp njhlq;Fk;NghJ khztu;fSf;F toq;fg;gly; Ntz;Lk;. xg;gilfs; ifaspf;fg;gl Ntz;ba ,Wjpj; jpfjp gw;wpa tpguk; vOj;J %yk; khztu;fSf;F mwptpf;fg;gLtJld;> mt; ,Wjpj; jpfjp Fwpg;gpl;l gUtj;jpw;F cl;gl;ljhf mikjy; Ntz;Lk;. 31.2 Assessment Scheme: The instructor will assess the student based on the course grade guide, the
Grade Point ranging from 0-4.00 and corresponding letter grades of F to A/A + according to the
following table. In this scheme, D+ and D are considered weak passes. The grade F indicates failure.
The course grade guide is given below.
85
A+ = 4.00 B+ =3.30 C+ =2.30 D+ =1.30
A = 4.00 B = 3.00 C = 2.00 D = 1.00
A - = 3.70 B- = 2.70 C- = 1.70 E = 0.00
we.hqï mámdáh(
mdGud,d fY%aKs kshuqj mdol fldg f.k WmfoaYljrhdg YsIHhd j ;lafiare l< yels w;r fY%aKs
,laIH iSud 0- 4'0 olajd mj;sk w;r Bg wod< fY%aKs F isg A / A+ olajd fõ' fuu mámdáfha§ D iy
D/D " ÿ¾j, idu¾:H f,i ie,fla' F ,l=K wiu;a nj i,l=Kq lrhs' mdGud,d fY%aKs kshuqj my; oelafõ'
A+ = 4.0 B+ = 3.3 C+ = 2.3 D+ = 1.3
A = 4.0 B = 3.0 C = 2.0 D = 1.0
A- = 3.7 B- = 2.7 C- = 1.7 D-= 0.0
kjpg;gPl;Lj; jpl;lk;: tpupTiuahsu;fs; ghlnewp jug;gLj;jy; xOq;FfSf;fika khztu;fis
kjpg;gPL nra;jy; Ntz;Lk;. jug;Gs;sp 0 – 4.00 tiu fhzg;gLk;. ,jw;F nghUe;Jk; vOj;J
tbtj;juq;fs; F ,y; ,Ue;J A/A+ tiu gpd;tUk; ml;ltizia mbg;gilahff; nfhz;L
fhzg;gLk;. D+ kw;Wk; D vd;gd gytPdkhd rpj;jpahff; fUjg;gLk;. F vd;w juk; rpj;jpailatpy;iy vd;gjidf; Fwpf;Fk;. ghlnewpj; juq;fs; gw;wpa tpsf;fq;fs; gpd;tUk; ml;ltizapy; fhzg;gLfpd;wd.
A+ = 4.0 B + = 3.3 C + = 2.3 D + = 1.3
A = 4.0 B = 3.0 C = 2.0 D = 1.0
A - = 3.7 B - = 2.7 C - = 1.7 F = 0.0
31.3 G P A calculation: The GPA for each student is calculated using the formula GPA=Ʃcigi/Ʃci
where ci and gi are respectively the number of credits and the grade point for the ith course.
86
fY%aKs ,laIH idudkH .Kkh
ieu YsIHfhl= i|ydu fY%aKs ,laIH idudkHh .Kkh lrkq ,nkafka
∑
∑ hk iq;%h mdol lr .ksñks'
GPA fzpg;gPl;L Kiw: gpd;tUk; #j;jpuj;jpd; mbg;gilapy; xt;nthU khztuJk; GPA fzpg;gPL nra;ag;gLk;.
GPA = Σ cigi / Σ ci
c1vd;gJk; g1vd;gJk; KiwNa ith vd;w fw;if newpapy;; kjpg;ngz;zhfTk; jug;Gs;spahfTk;
mikAk;.
31.4 Incomplete Grade: A student who could not sit for the end semester examination for medical or
other reasons acceptable to the lecturer and department can be given an incomplete grade for the
course if the student informs the department within 7 days from the date of the examination. Requests
for incompletes have to be justified with documentary proof. The Department has the discretion to
accept or decline the request for an incomplete. The lecturer and the department must stipulate the
time limit (a maximum six weeks from the day of the end –of – semester examination) within which
the student must remove the incomplete and obtain a grade point. For this purpose, the lecturer will
design a special examination (make – up examination) for the student/s concerned. wiïmQ¾K fY%aKs( foaYljrhdg yd wOHhkdxYhg ms<s.; yels wdldrfha ffjoH fyda fjk;a idOlhla u; fyd YsIHfhl=g iudisldka; mßCIKhg fmkS isàug fkdyels jqjfyd;a iy YsIHfhl= úNd.h mej;s Èk isg Èk y;la we;=<; wOHhkdxYhg oekajqjfyd;a Tyqg ta mdGud,dj i|yd wiïmQ¾K fY%aKshla ,ndÈh yelsh' wiïmQ¾K;ajh i|yd flfrk wNshdpkh ms<s.; yels jd¾;dj,ska idOdrKSlrKh l< hq;=h' tlS wNshdpkh ms<s.ekSu fyda m%;slafIam lsÍu fyda wOHhkdxYfha wNsu;h mßÈ isÿfõ' wdpd¾hjrhd yd wOHhkdxYh ld, iSudj ^iudisl mßCIKh wjika ù i;s yhl Wmßuhla we;=<;& ks¾Kh l< hq;= w;r ta jljdkqj we;=<; YsIHhd wiïmQ¾K;ajh ilid f.k fY%aKs ,laIH ,nd.; hq;=h' foaYljrhd úiska fï l%shdj,sh i|yd úfYaI úNd.hla ^wdjrK mßCIKhla& ie,iqï flf¾'
87
g+uzg;gLj;jg;glhj juk;: tpupTiuahsu;fshYk; Fwpg;gpl;l JiwapdhYk; Vw;Wf;nfhs;sg;gl;l kUj;Jt uPjpahd fhuzq;fSf;fhfNth my;yJ NtW fhuzq;fSf;fhfNth xU khztd; my;yJ khztp gUt ,Wjpg;guPl;irf;F Njhw;w KbahJ Nghdhy; mk;khztDf;F my;yJ khztpf;F g+uzkw;w juj;jpid toq;fyhk;. Mdhy;> guPl;irapd; gpd; VO ehl;fSf;Fs; ,t;tplak; mwpaj;jug;gl;bUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. g+uzkw;w juj;jpid NfhUk; nghOJ mJ Mtz Mjhuq;fSld; ep&gpf;fg;gly; Ntz;Lk;. g+uzg;gLj;jg;glhj juq;fs; njhlu;ghd Nfhupf;iffis Vw;Wf;nfhs;sTk; epuhfupf;fTk; mt;tt; JiwfSf;F mjpfhuq;fs; cs;sd. tpupTiuahsUk; Fwpg;gpl;l mj;JiwAk; Nru;e;J g+uzg;gLj;jg;glhj juk; xd;wpidg; g+uzg;gLj;j Ntz;ba fhy mtfhrj;jpidj; jPu;khdpf;f Ntz;Lk; (,Wjpg;gUtg; guPl;ir ehspy; ,Ue;J MW thu fhyq;fSf;Fs;;). ,f;fhyg;gFjpf;Fs; khztd; my;yJ khztp juj;jpidg; g+uzg;gLj;jpf; nfhLj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. ,jw;fhf tpupTiuahsu;fs; mj;jifa khztu;fSf;fhf tpNrlg;guPl;ir xd;wpid elj;jyhk;.
31.5 Retaking of courses: There will be no repeat examinations. If a student obtains a grade of F for
a course in any semester, she/ he shall retake the course when it is offered next time with the grade of
retake replacing the original grade (F). Only two retake attempts are allowed for any course, and the
maximum grade obtainable on a retake is C. If a student fails in a course in her/his last year in the
University, the student still has to follow the entire course and fulfill all the requirements when it is
offered next. Such students must request an extension of time from the Dean if they exceed the
maximum time period given to complete the degree (See Regulation 27 for details on extensions), and
officially inform the Faculty. mdGud,d i|yd kej; fmks isàu( ñka bÈßhg mqk¾mÍCIK mj;ajkq fkd,efí' YsIHfhl= lsishï
mdGud,djla i|yd hï iudislhl§ F fY%aKshla ,nd.; fyd;a Tyqg fyda wehg fyda B,Õ jdrfha th
kej; bÈßm;a lrk úg fmkS isàug isÿjk w;r tysÈ ,nd .kakd fY%aKsh uq,ska ,nd .;a F fY%aKsh fjkqjg wdfoaY l< yelsh' ´kEu mdGud,djla i|yd kej; fmkS isáh yels Wmßu jdr .Kk
folla jk w;r tysÈ Wmßu jYfhka ,efnkqfha C idud¾:hls' YsIHfhl= Tyqf.a wjika wOHhk j¾Ifha§ hï mdGud,djlska wiu;a jqjfyd;a Tyqg B<Õ jdrfha uq¿ mdGud,dj u yodrd tlS W!k;dj msßuid,Sug isÿfõ' tn÷ YsIHfhl= Wmdêh iïmQ¾K lsÍu i|yd ,nd fok ld, iSudj blaujd f.dia we;akï ^ld, È.=jlg úia;r i|yd 27 jk fldkafoaish n,kak& ld, È.=jla i|yd mSGdêm;s fj; wNshdpkhla bÈßm;a l< hq;= w;r th mSGhg ,sÅ;j oekqïÈh hq;=h'
88
fw;ifnewpfis kPs vLj;jy;: kPs; guPl;irfs; eilngwkhl;lhJ. xU khztd; my;yJ
khztp VjhtJ xU gUtj;jpy; F vd;w juj;jpidg; ngw;Wf;nfhz;lhy; mg;guPl;ir kPz;Lk; elj;jg;gLk; re;ju;g;gj;jpy; mjw;Fj; Njhw;wp mg;guPl;irapy; ngw;w ngWNgw;wpidg; gioa juj;jpw;Fg; gjpyhf khw;wPL nra;Jnfhs;syhk;. ve;jf; fw;if newpf;Fk; ,uz;L Kiwfs; khj;jpuNk kPs vLj;jy; vd;w Kiwapd; fPo; guPl;irf;Fj; Njhw;wyhk;. kPs vLj;jypd; fPo;
ngw;Wf;nfhs;sf;$ba mjp cr;r jukhdJ C MFk;. xU khztd; my;yJ khztp gy;fiyf;fof ,Wjp tUlj;jpy; fw;ifnewpnahd;wpy; rpj;jp va;jhJ tpLk;NghJ me;j fw;if newp kPz;Lk; toq;fg;gLk; NghJ mjid KOjhfg; gpd;gw;wp mJ njhlu;ghd Njitfisg; g+u;j;jp nra;J nfhs;sy; Ntz;Lk;. gl;lg;gbg;igg; g+u;j;jp nra;Ak; fhyj;jpid tpl $Ljyhd fhyj;jpid vLg;ghu;fshdhy;> mj;jifa khztu;fs; gPlhjpgjpaplk; ,Ue;J fhy ePbg;gpw;fhd mDkjpiag; ngw;Wf;nfhs;sy; Ntz;Lk; (tpjp ,yf;fk; 27 fhy ePbg;G njhlu;ghd tpsf;fq;fis toq;Ffpd;wJ). ,t;tplak; gPlhjpgjpf;F cj;jpNahfg+u;tkhf mwptpf;fg;gly; Ntz;Lk;.
31.5.1 Retaking of courses with grade “D”: If a student obtains a grade of D+ or D for a course in
any semester, she or he may retake the course when it is offered the next time with the grade of the
retake replacing the original grade. Only two retake attempts are allowed for any course, and the
maximum grade obtainable on a retake is C.
D fY%aKshla iuÕ mdGud,djkag kej; fmkS isàu( lsishï iudislhl§ YsIHfhl= D fyda D+ fyda fY%aKshla lsishï mdGud,djla i|yd ,o fyd;a B<Õ wjia:dfõ th kej; mj;ajk úg fmks isáh hq;= w;r tysÈ ,nd .kakd fY%aKsh uq,a fY%aKsh fjkqjg wdfoaY l< yelsh' ´kEu mdGud,djla i|yd ,nd fokafka mqk¾mßCIK folla muKla jk w;r tysÈ Wmßu jYfhka ,efnkafka C iud¾:Hhls' D juj;jpidg; ngw;w fw;if newpfis kPs vLj;jy;: xU khztd; my;yJ khztp VjhtnjhU gUtj;jpy; xU fw;if newpf;fhf D my;yJ D + ,idg; ngw;Wf;nfhs;Sk; gl;rj;jpy; mf;fw;if newp kPz;Lk; toq;fg;gLk;NghJ mjidg; gpd;gw;wp ngw;Wf;nfhs;sg;gLk; juj;;jpid Kd;ida guPl;irapy; ngw;Wf;nfhz;l juj;jpw;Fg; gjpyPL nra;J nfhs;syhk;. ve;jf; fw;if newpiaAk; 2 jlitfs; khj;jpuNk kPs vLf;fyhk;. kPs vLj;jypd; NghJ ngw;Wf;nfhs;sf;$ba mjp cr;rj;jukhdJ C MFk;.
89
31.5.2 Retaking of optional courses: When a failed course is an optional course, the student may,
with the approval of the department (s) concerned, substitute an alternative course and complete it
within the stipulated minimum time period for the completion of the degree.
ffjl,ams; mdGud,d i|yd kej; fmkS isàu(
wiu;a mdGud,dj ffjl,ams; úIhhla jq l,ays wOHhkdxYfha wjir mßÈ úl,am úIhhla f;dardf.k Wmdêh iïmQ¾K lsßug ,nd§ we;s wju ld,h ;=< th iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h'
tpUg;gj;jpw;Fupa ghlq;fis kPs vLj;jy;: rpj;jpailahj ghlkhdJ tpUg;gj;jpw;Fupa ghlkhf ,Uf;Fk; gl;rj;jpy; Fwpj;j Jiwapd; mDkjpAld; mf;fw;if newpf;Fg; gjpyhf khw;Wf;fw;if newpnahd;iwg; gpd;gw;wp gl;lg;gbg;igg; g+u;j;jpahf;f epu;zapf;fg;gl;l fhyg;gFjpf;Fs; mf;fw;if newpiag; g+u;j;jp nra;J nfhLf;Fk; tha;g;ig khztu;fs; nfhz;bUf;fpd;whu;fs;.
31.6 Examination rules: The university regulations on violations of examination rules shall be
applicable to all components of continuous assessment and examinations. úNd. kS;s( úNd. kS;s W,a,x>kh ms<sn| iEu fr.=,dishlau iEu wLKav we.hsï wxYhla i|yd;a mßCIKhla i|yd;a tl f,i wod< fõ' guPl;ir tpjpfs;: njhlu; kjpg;gPLfspd; NghJk; guPl;irfspd; NghJk; gy;fiyf;fofg; guPl;ir rl;l tpjpfis kPWk;NghJ vLf;Fk; rl;l ebtbf;iffs; nry;YgbahFk;.
31.7 Issuing of semester results: Semester results must be released within two weeks of the
beginning of the next semester. iudisl mßCIK m%;sM, ksl=;a lsßu( iudisl mßCIK m%;sM, B<Õ iudislh wdrïN ù i;s folla we;=<; ksl=;a l< hq;=h' úNd. m%;sM, ksl=;a lsÍu i|yd jk mSG uKav,fha ;yjqre ùug kshñ; mdGud,d fY%aKs wOHhkdxY úiska m%o¾Ykh l< hq;=h' gUtg;guPl;ir ngWNgWfs;: guPl;ir KbTfs; mLj;j gUtk; njhlq;fp 2 thuq;fSs; ntspaplg;gl Ntz;Lk;. gPlg; guPl;irfs; FOtpd; cWjpg;gLj;jYf;F mika xt;nthU JiwAk; fw;if newpfSf;fhd juq;fisf; fhl;rpg;gLj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
90
31.8. Scrutiny Boards: Scrutiny board/s shall be appointed within each department to ensure the
smooth functioning of the evaluation procedure. The scrutiny board/s shall consist of the Head of the
Department and the respective examiners. ksÍCIK uKav,( we.hsï mámdáfha ksis meje;au wëCIKh lsßu i|yd wOHhkdxY úiska wëlaIK uKav, m;a lrkq ,efí' wxYdêm;sjrhdf.ka yd wod< mßCIljrekaf.ka wëCIK uKav, iu;aú; fõ' jzpf;iff; FOf;fs;: xt;nthU JiwapYk; guPl;irfs; njhlu;ghd jzpf;iff; FO xd;W ,Uj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. ,J kjpg;gPl;L gbKiwapd; rpwe;j nraw;ghl;bw;F cjTk;. ,f;FOtpy; Jiwj;jiytUk; Fwpg;gpl;l guPl;rfUk; ,Uj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
31.8.1 All course grades will be reviewed and necessary adjustments, if any, will be effected by the
Scrutiny Board before the grades are sent to the Faculty Examination Board.
úNd. mßCIljrekaf.a mSG uKav, /iaùïj,g fY%aKs bÈßm;a lsÍug fmr wëCIK uKav, úiska ish¨ fY%aKs mÍCId fldg ish¨ .eg¨ ksrdlrKh l< hq;=h'
gPlg;guPl;irf; FOTf;F guPl;ir KbTfis mDg;g Kd;du; rfy fw;if newpfspd; juq;fSk; jzpf;iff; FOthy; kPsha;T nra;ag;gLk;. Njitg;gbd; khw;wq;fs; Nkw;nfhs;sg;glyhk;.
31.8.2 All complaints (from the students) regarding grades must be inquired into and dealt with by the
Scrutiny Board/s before marks are sent to the Faculty Examination Board.
úNd. mßCIljrekaf.a mSG uKav, /iaùïj,g meñKSug fmr fY%aKs ms<sn| ish¨ YsIH meñKs,s wëlaIK uKav,h fj; bosrsm;a l< hq;= w;r ta iïnkaOfhka wjYH lrk ms<shï wëlaIK uKav,h úiska .kq we;'
juq;fs; njhlu;ghd khztu;fsplkpUe;jhd rfy Kiwg;ghLfSk; guPl;irf; FOtpw;F mDg;gg;glKd;du; jzpf;iff; FOtpdhy; guprPypf;fg;gl Ntz;Lk;.
91
31.8.3 All grades for courses must be approved by the Scrutiny Board/s and duly signed by the
members before they are sent to the Faculty Examination Board.
mdGud,d i|yd jk ish¨ fY%aKs wëCIK uKav,fhka wkqu; úh hq;= w;r tajd úNd. mÍCIl uKav, /iaùug heùug fmr wëCIl uKav,fha idudðlhka úiska ksis mßÈ w;aika ;nd wkqu; l< hq;=h'
fw;if newpfSf;fhd rfy juq;fSk; jzpf;if FOtpdhy; Vw;Wf;nfhs;sg;gl;ljhf mikjy; Ntz;Lk;. mit gPlj;jpw;F mDg;gg;gl Kd;du; FO mq;fj;jtuhy; ifnahg;gkplg;gl;L cWjpg;gLj;jg;gl;bUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;.
31.9 Provision of Transcripts to students: All students will be provided with a current transcript for
every semester by the Dean‘s Office. The transcript will include the course code, title of the course,
letter grade and the grade points for credit and non-credit courses. The transcript will also have a
legend that explains the grades, GPA, and other necessary details. At the end of the degree program, a
full transcript will be provided with above details and the final GPA and class (if any). An official
university transcript (for semester or full degree program) can be requested from the Dean‘s Office. A
fee will be charged for this transcript.
YsIHhkag m%;sf,aLk iemhSu( msGdêm;s ld¾hd,h u.ska iEu iudislhla i|ydu Bg wod< m%;sf,aLK imhkq ,efí' mdGud,dfõ ku" w¾> iys; fyda w¾> rys; mdGud,d i|yd ,nd.;a fY%aKs wlaIrh yd fY%aKs ,laIH tu m%;sf,aLkj, wka;¾.; jkq we;' fY%aKsh" fY%aKs ,laIH idudkH iy fjk;a w;HjYH meyeÈ,s lsÍfï úia;ro m%;sf,aLKj, wka;¾.; jkq we;' Wmdê mdGud,dj wjidkfha§ by; oela jq úia;r yd wjika fY%aKs ,laIH idudkHh;a mka;s idud¾:hla fjf;d;a th;a we;=<;a mQ¾K m%;sf,aLKhla iemfhkq we;' iudislhla i|yd fyda iïmQ¾K Wmdê mdGud,djla i|yd fyda jk kS;Hdkql+, m%;sf,aLkhla kshñ; mßÈ uqo,a f.ùu u.ska mSGdêm;s ld¾hd,fhka b,a¨ï l< yelsh'
khztu;fSf;F tpupthd rhd;wpjo;fis toq;fy;: gPlhjpgjp fhupahyaj;jpdhy; khztu;fSf;F xt;nthU gUtj;jpw;Fkhd tpupthd rhd;wpjo; xd;W toq;fg;gLk;. ,J fw;if newpf; FwpaPL>
92
fw;if newpj;jiyg;G> vOj;J tbtj;juk;> kjpg;ngz; cila ,y;yhj fw;if newpfSf;fhd
GPA ngWkjp vd;gtw;iw cs;slf;fpajhff; fhzg;gLk;. ,r;rhd;wpjopy; GPA, juk; kw;Wk; Vida Njitahd tpguq;fis tpsf;Fk; FwpaPl;L tpsf;fk; xd;Wk; fhzg;gLk;. gl;lg;gbg;gpd;
,Wjpapy; Nkw;Fwpg;gpl;l tplaq;fisAk; GPA, jpwikr;rpj;jp (ngw;wpUg;gpd;) Nghd;wtw;iwf; Fwpg;gpl;L xU KOikahd rhd;wpjo; toq;fg;gLk;. epu;zapf;fg;gl;l fl;lzj;ijr; nrYj;Jtjd; %yk; gPlhjpgjpapd; fhupahyaj;jpy; ,Ue;J xU gUtj;jpw;fhd my;yJ KOg; gUtq;fSf;Fkhd cj;jpNahf g+u;t gy;fiyf;fof tpupthd rhd;wpjiog; ngw;Wf;nfhs;syhk;.
31.10 Attendance: In line with university regulations, the faculty requires 80% attendance for all
components of a course. The lecturer shall sign the semester – end examination application during the
last week of the course authorizing the student to sit for the examination. The lecturer must maintain
records of attendance at lectures and/ or discussion classes and information regarding assignments,
etc.
meñKsu(
úYajúoHd,hSh ks;sÍ;sj,g wkqj ish¨ mdGud,d wx. i|ydu 80] meñKsu w;HjYH fõ' wod< mdGud,dfõ iudisldka; mßCIKhg fmkS isàug YsIHhdg n,h mejÍu i|yd iudislfha wka;su i;sfha§ wod< foaYljrhd úiska YsIHhdf.a úNd. b,a ï m;%fha w;aika ;eìh hq;= w;r foaYk yd idlÉPd mka;sj,g meñKsï yd iajdëk mejreï iïnkaO f;dr;=re hkdÈhg iïnkaO jd¾;d wod< wdpd¾hjrhd úiska mj;ajdf.k hd hq;=h'
khztu; tuT: gy;fiyf;fof rl;l tpjpfspd; gb xU fw;if newpapd; rfy eltbf;iffspYk; 80 % tuT fl;lhakhFk;. tpupTiuahsu;fs; fw;if newpapd; ,Wjp ,uz;L thuq;fspYk; khztu; tuT njhlu;ghd ,Wjpg; guPl;ir tpz;zg;gq;fspy; ifnahg;gkpLjy; Ntz;Lk;. tpupTiuahsu;fs; fw;if newpapd; rfy eltbf;iffspYk; khztu; tutpidg; gjpTnra;J nfhs;sy; Ntz;Lk;.
93
32. Evaluation of teacher performance: During the last two weeks of the course, the teacher
evaluation forms should be administered by the department, and once they are completed, handed
over to the faculty evaluation unit. Results of the teacher evaluation must be kept strictly confidential.
wdpd¾hjrhdf.a l%shdldrlï we.hSu(
mdGud,dfõ wjika i;s fol we;=<; wdpd¾hjrhd iïnkaO we.hsï m;%sldj wOHhkdxYh u.ska YsIHhkag ,ndÈh hq;= w;r th iïmQ¾KlsÍfuka wk;=rej mSG we.hSï tallhg ,ndÈh hq;=h' mSG we.hsï tllh u.ska we.hSfï m%;sM, ta ta wdpd¾hjrhd fj; ,nd Èh hq;=jd fukau wdpd¾h we.hsï m%;sM, b;d ryis.; wkaoñka ;nd.; hq;=h'
tpupTiuahsu;fspd; jpwd;fis kjpg;gPL nra;jy;: fw;if newpapd; ,Wjp 2 thuq;fSf;Fk; Mrpupaupd; jpwd;fs; njhlu;ghd gbtj;ij xt;nthU JiwAk; epu;tfpj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. mit g+uzg;gLj;jg;gl;l gpd;du; gPlj;jpd; kjpg;gPl;Lg; gpuptpw;F xg;gilf;fg;gly; Ntz;Lk;. kjpg;gPl;bd; KbTfs; ,g;gPl kjpg;gPl;L gpuptpduhy; jdpg;gl;l tpupTiuahsu;fsplk; xg;gilf;fg;gly; Ntz;Lk;. tpupTiuahsu;fspd; jpwd; kjpg;gPl;L KbTfs; fLk; ,ufrpakhfg; Ngzg;gly; Ntz;Lk;.
33. Requirements to pass the Honours, B. Com. and B.Ed. degrees: The Faculty Board of
Examiners will meet to determine and confirm the performance of degree candidates. To pass the
Honours degree, a candidate must have fulfilled the following requirements:
I. Obtained 120 credits with the necessary level – based requirements, foundation
courses, and courses outside the disciplines as stipulated under regulations 13, 15, 18,
and 20
II. Complete the English language requirement.
III. Obtained a GPA of 2.00 or above
IV. Completed I, ii and iii above within the stipulated maximum time period under
regulation 26 unless extensions are granted.
V. Completed the dissertation as a partial fulfillment of the degree
94
Ydia;%fõ§ f.!rj" wOHdmkfõ§ yd jdKscfõoS Wmdê iu;aùfï iqÿiqlï(
1' Wmdê wfmalaIlhkaf.a l%shdldrlï we.hSu iy ;yjqre lsÍu i|yd mSG úNd. mÍËljrekaf.a uKav,h /iafjkq we;' f.!rj Wmdêhla iu;aùu i`oyd YsIHhd my; oelafjk iqÿiqlï iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h'
1' 13' 15' 18' iy 20 hk fldkafoaisj,ska kshu lr we;s mßos mdGud,d
mßndysr úIh Odrdjkaf.ka mokï mdGud,dj,ska yd wjYH uÜgï
mdol wjYH;dj,ska w¾> 120la ,nd ;sìh hq;=h'
11' ish¨ bx.%Sis fojk ni ^ESL& mdGud,d iu;a ù ;sìh hq;= w;r 30jk fldkafoaisfha oelafjk wdldrhg bx.%Sis fojk ni mdGud,dj iu;aj ;sìh hq;=h'
111' fYA%Ks ,laIH idudkH 2'00la fyda Bg jeä úh hq;=h'
1V. ld,iSud os.=jla ,ndf.k ke;skï 26 jk fldkafoaishg wkqj kshñ; Wmßu ld,iSudjg hg;aj by; oelajQ 1"11" iy 111 hk lreKq iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h'
V. Wmdêfha w¾O wjYH;djla f,i úfYAI Wmdê ksnkaOh wjika lr;sìh hq;=h' rpwg;G B.Com, B.Ed gl;lg;gbg;Gf;fspy; rpj;jpailtjw;fhd jifikfs;: gl;lg;gbg;G khztu;fspd; jpwid cWjpnra;Ak; Kfkhf guPl;rfu;fspd; FOthdJ $Lk;. rpwg;Gg; gl;lg;gbg;gpdhy; rpj;jpnaa;j> guPl;rhu;j;jp gpd;tUk; jifikfisf; nfhz;bUf;f Ntz;Lk;.
1. 120 kjpg;ngz;fis Njitahd kl;lq;fspy; tpjpfs; 13,15,18 kw;Wk; 20; epu;zapf;fg;gl;ljw;F ,zq;f nkhj;jkhfg; ngw;wpUj;jy; Ntz;Lk;. (mbg;gilf; fw;ifnewpfs;> ghlnewpf;F ntspapyhd fw;ifnewpfs; cs;slq;fyhf)
11. rl;l tpjp 30 ,y; epu;zapf;fg;gl;Ls;sJ Nghd;W ESL ,dhy; elhj;jg;gLk; rfy ghlq;fspYk; rpj;jp ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;.
111. GPA 2.00 my;yJ mjw;F Nky; ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;
95
1V. fhy ePbg;nghd;W toq;fg;gl;bUe;jhy; xopa Fwpg;gpl;l epu;zapf;fg;gl;l fhyg;gpuptpDs; NkNy Fwpg;gpl;l 1, 2, 3 Mfpatw;wpidg; g+u;j;jp nra;jpUf;f Ntz;Lk;. ,J tpjp 26 ,y; fhzg;gLfpd;wJ.
V. Ma;Tf;fl;Liuapid gl;lg;gbg;gpidg; g+u;j;jp nra;tjw;fhd gFjpj; Njitahf g+u;j;jp nra;J rku;g;gpf;fg;gl Ntz;Lk;.
34. Requirements to pass the LL.B. degree: The Faculty Board of Examiners will meet to
determine and confirm the performance of degree candidates. To pass the LL.B. degree, a
candidate must have fulfilled the following requirements;
i. Obtained 129 credits with the necessary requirements as stipulated under LL.B.
regulations as stipulated under 16;
ii. Obtained a GPA of 2.00 or above;
iii. Completed i and ii above within the stipulated maximum time period under
regulation 26 unless extensions are granted.
iv. Completed the dissertation as a partial fulfillment of the degree.
kS;sfõ§ mdGud,dj iu;aùfï iqÿiqlï( Wmdê wfmalaIlhkaf.a l%shdldrlï ksYaph lsÍu iy ;yjqre lsÍu i|yd mSG úNd. mÍËljrekaf.a uKav,h /iajkq we;' wfmaËlhd kS;sfõ§ Wmdêh iu;aùu i|yd my; oelafjk wjYH;d iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h'
1' 16 jk fldkafoaissh u.ska olajd we;s mßos kS;sfõ§ fldkafoais hgf;a wfkla iqÿiqlï iu. w¾> 129la ,nd.; hq;=h'
11' fY%AKs ,laIH idudkH 2'00la fyda Bg jeä úh hq;=h' 111' 26 jk fldkafoaishg wkqj 11" iy 111 hk fldkafoaisj, oelafjk lreKq wju ld, iSudjla we;=<; iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h' 1V. Wmdêfha w¾> wjYH;djla jYfhka Wmdê ksnkaOh wjika l< hq;=h'
LLB gl;lg;gbg;gpy; rpj;jpngWtjw;fhd jifikfs;: fiyj;Jiw guPl;rfu; FO gl;lg;gbg;G guPl;rhu;j;jpfsJ nraw;jpwd; njhlu;ghff; fye;Jiuahb cWjpnra;a Ntz;Lk;. guPl;rhu;j;jpfs; LLB gl;lg;gbg;gpidg; g+u;j;jp nra;tjw;Fg; gpd;tUk; Njitfisg; g+u;j;jp nra;jpUf;f Ntz;Lk;:
96
1. LLB tpjp 16 ,d; fPo; epu;zapf;fg;gl;l mbg;gilj; Njitfis g+u;j;jp nra;jpUf;f Ntz;bAs;sJld;> 129 kjpg;ngz;fisAk; ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;.
11. GPA 2.00 my;yJ mjw;F Nky; ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;
111. fhy ePbg;nghd;W toq;fg;gl;bUe;jhy; xopa epu;zapf;fg;gl;l Fwpg;gpl;l fhyg;gpuptpDs; NkNy Fwpg;gpl;l 1> 2 Mfpatw;wpidg; G+u;j;jp nra;jpUf;f Ntz;Lk;. ,J tpjp 26 ,y; fhzg;gLfpd;wJ.
1V. gFjpj; Njitahfg; gl;lg;gbg;gpidg; G+u;j;jp nra;tjw;fhd Ma;Tf; fl;Liuapidg; G+u;j;jp nra;J rku;g;gpf;f Ntz;Lk;.
35. Requirements to pass the General Degree: The Faculty Board of Examiners will meet to
determine and confirm the performance of candidates. To pass the general degree, a candidate
must have fulfilled the following requirements;
i. Obtained 90 credits with the necessary level – based requirements, foundation
courses, courses outside the disciplines as stipulated under regulations 14 and 19;
ii. Complete the English Language requirement;
iii. Obtained a GPA of 2.00 or above;
iv. Completed i, ii and iii above within the stipulated maximum time period under
regulation 26. Ydia;%fõ§ idudkH Wmdê iïmQ¾K lsÍu i|yd iqÿiqlï wfmaËlhkaf.a l%shdldrlï ksYaph lsÍu i|yd mSG úNd. mÍlaIljrekaf.ka iukaú; uKav,h /iajkq we;' idudkH Wmdêh iu;aùu i|yd YsIHhd my; oelafjk wjYH;d iïmQ¾K l< hq;=h'
1 iïmdol iqÿiqlï 14 yd 19 hk fldkafoaisj, oelafjk mßos mokï mdGud,dj,ska mßndysr úIh Odrdj,ska w¾> 90la ,nd.ekSu'
11' yeoEßh hq;= ish¨ bx.%Sis mdGud,d iu;aj ;sîu yd 30jk fldkafoaisfha oelafjk mßos bx.%Sis fojk ni ^ESL& iu;aj ;sîu'
111' fYA%Ks ,laIH idudkh 2'00la fyda Bg jeä w.hlska hq;= ùu' 1V' 26 jk fldkafoaishg wkqj Wla; 1' 11 iy 111 hk iqÿiqlï imqrd ;sîu'
97
nghJg; gl;lg;gbg;gpy; rpj;jpngWtjw;fhd jFjpfs;: fiyj;Jiw guPl;fu; FO gl;lg;gbg;G guPl;rhu;j;;jpfsJ nraw;jpwd; njhlu;ghf fye;Jiuahb cWjpnra;a Ntz;Lk;. guPl;rhu;j;jpfs; nghJg;gl;lg; gbg;gpidg; g+u;j;jp nra;tjw;Fg; gpd;tUk; Njitfis g+u;j;jpnra;a Ntz;Lk;:
1. tpjpfs; 14 kw;Wk; 19 fspy; epu;zapf;fg;gl;lijg; Nghd;W mbg;gilf; fw;ifnewpfs;> ghlnewpf;F ntspapyhd fw;ifnewpfs; kw;Wk; Ntz;lg;gl;l kl;l mbg;gilj; Njitfs; vd;w tifapy; 90 kjpg;ngz;fisg; ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;.
11. rl;ltpjp 30 ,y; epu;zapf;fg;gl;Ls;sJ Nghd;W ESL ,dhy; elhj;jg;gLk; rfy ghlq;fspYk; rpj;jp ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;.
111. GPA 2.00 my;yJ mjw;F Nky; ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;
1V. fhy ePbg;nghd;W toq;fg;gl;bUe;jhy; xopa epu;zapf;fg;gl;l Fwpg;gpl;l fhyg;gpuptpDs; NkNy Fwpg;gpl;l 1 2 3 Mfpatw;wpidg; g+u;j;jp nra;jpUf;f Ntz;Lk;. ,J tpjp 26 ,y; fhzg;gLfpd;wJ.
36. Award of honors on completion of the degree programme: A student who has fulfilled all the
requirements under 33, 34 and 35 in the ―Requirements to pass the General, Honours, LL.B. and
B.Ed. Degrees‖ shall be awarded honours, if the students fulfill the following levels of GPA and
subject to other regulations. (Form 2011, the Faculty adopts the scheme approved at the 362nd
Senate Meeting). In order to be eligible for honours, a student must complete the degree within
the minimum time period (four years for the Honours, B. Com, LL.B. and B.Ed. Degrees and
three years for the General Degree) unless extensions are granted by the Faculty Board of Arts
under regulations 27.1 and 27.2. mka;s idud¾: m%odkh ( 33" 34" iy 35 hk wjYH;d hgf;a oelafjk iu;a ùu i|yd jQ ish¨ wjYH;d iïmQ¾K l< YsIHfhl=g my; oelafjk uÜgfï fYa%Ks ,laIH idudkH yd wod< fjk;a iqÿiqlï imqrd we;akï Ydia;%fõ§ f.!rj" Ydia;%fõ§ idudkH" jdKscfõ§" kS;sfõ§ iy wOHdmkfõ§ Wmdê i|yd mka;s idud¾: ysñ fõ' ^2008 isg mSGh wkq.ukh lrkafka 324 jk ikd;k iNd /iaùfïoS wkqu; lrk ,o mßmdáhhs'& mka;s idud¾:hla ,nd.ekSu i|yd ^Ydia;%fõ§ f.!rj" kS;sfõ§" jdKscfõ§ yd wOHdmkfõ§ Wmdê i|yd jir y;rl=;a Ydia;%fõ§ idudkH Wmdêh i|yd jir ;=kl=;a& 271 iy 272 hk fldkafoais hgf;a mSG iNdj u.ska
98
ld,os.=jla ,ndoS fkdue;s kï" kshñ; wju ld, iSudj we;=<; iajlSh Wmdêh iïmq¾K l< hq;=h'
gl;lg; gbg;G epfo;r;rpj; jpl;lj;jpid g+u;j;jp nra;Ak; NghJ rpwg;Gr; rpj;jpapid toq;fy; : xU khztd; gl;lg;gbg;gpidg; g+u;j;jp nra;tjw;fhd Njitfspd; fPo; 33> 34 kw;Wk; 35
vd;gdtw;iw ―nghJg; gl;lg;gbg;G> rpwg;Gg; gl;lg;gbg;G> B.Ed kw;Wk; LLB gl;lg;gbg;G
vd;gtw;wpidg; g+u;j;jp nra;tjw;fhd Njitfs;‖ vd;gjw;F mika> rpwg;Gr; rpj;jpfs; toq;fg;gLk;. mj;NjhL> Nkw;Fwpg;gpl;l rl;l xOq;FfSf;Fg; Gwk;ghfg; gpd;tUk;
kl;lq;fspy; Fwpg;gpl;l khztd; GPA Gs;spfisg; ngw;wpUf;f Ntz;Lk;. (324 MtJ gy;fiyf;fof nghJepu;thf rigf; $l;lj;jpd; NghJ mDkjp toq;fg;gl;l ghlj;jpidNa 2008 Mk; Mz;L Kjy; fiyg;gPlk; gpd;gw;wp tUfpwJ). xU khztd; rpwg;Gr; rpj;jpf;Fj; jifik ngw mk;khztd; Fwpg;gpl;lfhy tiuaiwf;Fs; jdJ gl;lg;gbg;gpidg; g+u;j;jpnra;jpUf;f Ntz;Lk; vd;gJk; mbg;gilahdjhFk;. (nghJg; gl;lg;gbg;gpw;F %d;W
tUlq;fSk;> rpwg;Gg; gl;lg;gbg;G, Bcom, B.Ed kw;Wk; LLB fw;iffSf;F ehd;F tUlq;fSk;) tpjpfs; 27.1 kw;Wk; 27.2 vd;gdtw;wpd; fPo; fiyg;gPlj;jpdhy; ePbg;G mDkjp toq;fg;gl;bUe;jhy; xopa vf;fhuzk; nfhz;Lk; ,jidtplf; $ba fhyk; vLf;f KbahJ.
37.
Honours awarded FGPA
First Class >= 3.70
Second Class (Upper) 3.69 - 3.30
Second Class (Lower) 3.29 - 3.00
Pass 2.99 - 2.00
Fail <= 1.99
Award of honors for the General, Honours, B. Com, LL.B. and B.Ed. degrees will be decided by the
Board of Examiners of the Faculty Board of Arts using the above criteria as guidelines.
99
mx;s idud¾:h mQ¾K fY%AKs ,laIH idudkH
m%:u mka;sh >=3.70
fojk fm< ^by<& 3.69 - 3.30
fojk fm< ^my<& 3.29 - 3.00
iu;a 2.99 - 2.00 wiu;a <= 1.99
Ydia;% mSGfha úNd. mßlaIljrekaf.a uKav,h úiska Wla; Wmfoia ud,dj ks¾Kdhlhla f,i f.k idudkHfõoS" úfYaaIfõoS" jdKscfõos" kS;sfõos yd wOHdmkfõos Wmdê i|yd mka;s idud¾:Hh msßkeóu ms<sn`o ;SrKh lrkq ,efí'
toq;fg;gLk; rpwg;Gr; rpj;jp FGPA
Kjyhk; jur;rpj;jp >= 3.70 ,uz;lhk; jur;rpj;jp cau;kl;lk;)
3.69 - 3.30
,uz;lhk; jur;rpj;jp (jho;kl;lk;)
3.29 - 3.00
rhjhuzr; rpj;jp 2.99 - 2.00 rpj;jpailatpy;iy <= 1.99
fiyg;gPl guPl;rfu; FO NkYs;s ml;ltizapy; jug;gl;Ls;s kjpg;ngz; juTfis
mbg;gilahff; nfhz;L nghJg;gl;lg;gbg;G> tpNrlg; gl;lg;gbg;G> B.Ed kw;Wk; LLB gl;lg;gbg;GfSf;fhd rpwg;Gr;rpj;jp toq;Ftjw;fhd KbTfis Nkw;nfhs;Sk;.
100
ORGANIZATIONAL DETAILS OF THE SEMESTER / COURSE UNIT SYSTEM iudisl mdGud,d tall l%ufha ixúOdkd;aul úia;r
gUt/ghl myF xOq;FKiw gw;wpa tpupthd mwpTWj;jy;fs;
1. Each department will use a three letter prefix to identify courses. The prefix for the Foundation
Courses is FND and for Faculty wide common courses, it is ART. The courses will be numbered as
follows.
First year level courses 100 – 199
Second year level courses 200 – 299
Third year level courses 300 – 399
Fourth year level courses 400 – 499
The number 490 – 497 is allocated for Independent Study courses and the numbers 498 and 499 are
allocated for the dissertation.
iEu wOHhkdxYhlau mdGud,d yeoskaùu i|yd wl=re ;=kl ixfla;hla Ndú; lrkq we;' mokï mdGud,d ye|skafjkafka FND ixfla;fhks' mSG jHdma; mdGud,d i|yd ART hk ixfla;h Ndú; flf¾' mdGud,d ixfla;j;a flrkqfha my; oelafjk mßos ixLHd mrdi u.sks'
m<uq jir uÜgfï mdGud,d 100 - 199 fojk jir uÜgfï mdGud, 200 - 299 f;jk jir uÜgfï mdGud,d 300 - 399 isõjk jir uÜgfï mdGud,d 400 - 499 490 isg 497 olajd wxl iajdëk wOHhk mdGud,d i|yd fjkalr we;s w;r 498 iy 499 hk wxl f.!rj Wmdê ksnkaOh i|yd fjka lr we;'
101
xt;nthU JiwAk; mt;tj;; JiwapdJ ghlq;fis Fwpg;gpl;Lf; fhl;Ltjw;fhd %d;W vOj;Jf;fis nfhz;l FwpaPl;bidg; gad;gLj;Jk;. mbg;gilf; fw;iffSf;fhd FwpaPL FND MFk;. gPlthupahd ghlq;fSf;fhd nghJf;FwpaPlhf ART vdf; Fwpg;gplg;gLk; ghlq;fs; gpd;tUk; mbg;gilapy; ,yf;fq;fs; ,lg;gLk;. Kjyhk; tUl kl;l ghlq;fs; 100 – 199 ,uz;lhk; tUl kl;l ghlq;fs; 200 – 299 %d;whk; tUl kl;l ghlq;fs; 300 – 399 ehd;fhk; tUl kl;l ghlq;fs; 400 – 499 RNal;irahd fw;if newpfs; njhlu;ghd ghlq;fSf;F ,yf;fk; 490 Kjy; 497 tiu xJf;fg;gl;Ls;sJld;> Ma;Tf; fl;LiufSf;F 498 kw;Wk; 499 Mfpa ,yf;fq;fs; xJf;fg;gl;Ls;sd.
2. The course unit system generally encourages but does not confine interaction to small group level
classes. Large classes, particularly in the first year, can continue under the course unit system. It is
recommended that supporting instructors / temporary lecturers be provided for large classes to help
conduct tutorials / practicals / discussion classes, etc.
mdGud,d tall l%uh idudkHfhka l=vd lKavdhï mka;s i|yd Wkkaÿ lrk kuq;a ta i|yd muKla iSud fkdfõ' úYd, m%udKfha mka;s m%:u j¾Ifha oS mdGud,d tall l%uh hgf;a meje;aúh yelsh' ksnkaOk WmfoaYljrekaf.a yd ;djld,sl iyldr l:sldpd¾jrekaf.a iyfhda.h úYd, m%udKfha mka;sj, ksnkaOk" m%dfhda.sl yd idlÉPd mka;s i|yd ,nd.ekSug ks¾foaY lrkq ,efí'
gUt myF KiwahdJ> nghJthfr; rpwpa FOf;fisf; nfhz;l tFg;Gf;fis Cf;Ftpf;fpd;wJ. Mdhy;> ngupa tFg;Gf;fisf; fl;Lg;gLj;jtpy;iy. Fwpg;ghf> Kjy; tUlj;jpy; cs;s ngupa tFg;Gf;fs; ,k;Kiwapd; fPo; njhlug;glyhk;. ,r;re;ju;g;gq;fspy; cjtptpupTiuahsu;fs;> fye;Jiuahly;fs; kw;Wk; gapw;rp tFg;Gf;fis elj;Jtjw;F gad;gLj;jg;glyhk;.
102
3. Timetables will be prepared with due caution so that students have the maximum opportunity to offer
a logical combination of courses. The Dean and the Heads of Department shall work closely in
ensuring this. ld,igyka l,a we;sj ilia lrSu fya;=fjka YsIHhkag ;ukag jvd;a .e<fmk mdGud,d f;dard .ekSug Wmßu wjldY ie,fia' mSGdêm;sjrhd iy wOHhk wxY m%OdkSyq fï ms<sn| oeä wjOdkfhka lghq;= lr;s' fhy ml;ltizfs; ftdkhfj; jahupf;fg;gLk;. ,jd; %yk; khztu;fs; xU xOq;FgLj;jg;gl;l tifapy; fw;if newpfisg; gpd;gw;wyhk;. gPlhjpgjpAk;> Jiwj;jiytu;fSk; xUq;fpize;J nraw;gl;L ,jid cWjp nra;ayhk;.
4. The departments will advise the students on how to select the most appropriate combinations of
courses for the Honours Degree Programme. Each department will appoint a coordinator for this
purpose. úfYAI Wmdê mdGud,dj i|yd úIhhka f;dard.ekSfïoS jvd;a .e<fmk mdGud,d f;dard .ekSu iïnkaOhka wOHhk wxY u.ska wjYH Wmfoia ,ndfokq we;' iEu wOHhkdxYhla u fï ld¾hh i|yd fjk u iïnkaëldrljrfhl= m;a flfrkq we;' tpNrl gpuptpy; cs;s khztu;fs; ghlq;fisj; njupT nra;Ak; NghJ nghUj;jkhd ghlq;fis vt;thW rupahfj; njupT nra;a Ntz;Lk; vd;gjw;fhd mwpTWj;jy;fis mt;tj; Jiwfspy; topfhl;l xUq;fpizg;ghsu; xUtiu Jiwfs; epakpf;fyhk;.
5. The departments will submit a list of courses offered for each semester to the Dean‘s Office.
tla tla wOHhkdxYh u.ska iEu iudislhloS u bosßm;a lrk mdGud,d ms<sn| úia;rhla mSGdêm;s ld¾hd,hg Ndr fokq we;' xt;nthU JiwAk; Fwpg;gpl;l gUtj;jpy; khztu;fSf;Ff; fw;gpf;f ,Uf;Fk; ghlq;fsJ gl;bay; xd;wpid gPlhjpgjp fhupahyaj;jpw;Fr; rku;g;gpf;Fk;.
6. There will be a minimum and maximum number of students for a course. This is to be decided by the
department taking into consideration the nature of the course, departmental needs, facilities,
requirements of the course, and the views of the lecturer. This information will be made available in
the C – 1 Form.
103
tla mdGud,djla i|yd Wmßu yd wju YsIH ixLHdjla kshu flfrkq we;' wod< wdpd¾hjrhdf.a wdl,am" mdGud,d wjYH;d " myiqlï " wOHhkdxY wjYH;d yd mdGud,dfõ iajNdjh hk lreKq u; fuh ;SrKh flfrkq we;' fuu f;dr;=re C-1 wdlD;s m;%h u.ska YsIHhka fj; oekqï fokq ,efí' xt;nthU ghlj;jpw;Fk; mDkjpf;fg;gLk; Mff; Fiwe;jsT khztu;fsJ vz;zpf;ifAk;> mjp$ba msT khztu;fsJ vz;zpf;ifAk; jPu;khdpf;fg;glyhk;. ,k;KbT Fwpg;gpl;l tpupTiuahsupd; fUj;J> Nehf;F> ghlj;jpd; epiy> Jiwapd; Njit> Jiwapy; fhzg;gLk; trjp tha;g;Gf;fs;> ghlj;jpid gapYtjw;fhd jifikfs; vd;gdtw;iwf; fUj;jpw;nfhz;L Fwpg;gpl;l Jiwapdhy; jPu;khdpf;fg;gLk;. Nkw;Fwpg;gpl;l tplaq;fs; C1 gj;jpuj;jpy; Fwpj;Jf;fhl;lg;gl;bUf;Fk;.
7. Courses with a large number of students can be repeated every semester or more than once within the
same semester. úYd, YsIH ixLHdjla iys; mdGud,d iEu iudislhloS u fyda tlu iudislhla ;=< jeä jdr .Kkl oS fyda meje;aúh yelsh' mjp$ba khztu;fisf; nfhz;l ghlq;fs; xt;nthU gUtj;jpYk; kPsf; fw;gpf;fg;gl KbAk; vd;gJld;> Fwpg;gpl;l xNu gUtj;jpy; xU Kiwf;F NkyhfTk; kPsTk; fw;gpf;f KbAk;.
8. Departments will determine the pre – requisites for offering courses. mdGud,djla yeoEßu i|yd kshñ; mQ¾j wjYH;d wOHhkdxYh úisska ;SrKh flfrkq we;' fw;if newpfs; gw;wpa Kd; epge;jidfis xt;nthU JiwAk; jPu;khdpf;fyhk;.
9. Subjects offered for the Advanced Level Examination will not be prerequisite to follow courses in the
first year. m%:u jir mdGud,d yeoEÍu i|yd w'fmd'i' W'fm< i|yd tu úIhh yodrd ;sîu mQ¾j wjYH;djla fkdjkq we;' f.ngh.j cau;jug; guPl;irf;Fj; Njhw;wpa ghlq;fs;> Kjyhk; tUl ghlq;fSf;fhd Kd; epge;jidahf Vw;Wf;nfhs;sg;gLtjpy;iy.
10. Departmental authorization is required to register for the following courses: ESL courses at all levels,
for all optional courses, for compulsory courses if a student is taking them under the category of
subjects outside the discipline.
104
my; oelafjk mdGud,d i|yd ,shdmosxÑùug wOHhkdxYh wkque;sh wjYH fõ' iEu uÜguloSu bx.%Sis fojk ni ^ESL& mdGud,d" ish¨u ffjl,ams; mdGud,d" ishÆ wksjd¾hh mdGud,d ^YsIHhd tu mdGud,dj yodrkafka m%Odk úIh Odrdjg mßndysrj kï& iqÿiqlula fkdfõ' gpd;tUk; fw;ifnewpfspy; gjpT nra;a Jiw uPjpahd mDkjp Njit: rfy kl;lq;fspYkhd
ESL fw;if newpfs;> rfy tpUg;gj;jpw;Fupa ghlq;fSk;> fl;lhakhd fw;if newpfs; MFk;. (ghlnewpf;F ntspahf vLf;Fk; ghlq;fs; vd;w mbg;gilapy; khztu;fs; fl;lhakhd fw;if newpfisj; njupT nra;Ak; NghJ)
11. Departments can propose any number of courses at any level. New syllabi will be presented to the
Faculty Board for approval before the commencement of the semester. The lecture programs (C -1
Form) for each course offered within a semester will be made available in the departments. ´kEu uÜgula i|yd ´kEu mdGud,d ixLHdjla bosßm;a lsÍug wOHhkdxYhlg yelshdj mj;S' iudislh wdrïNùug fmr kj mdGud,d mSG uKav, wkque;sh i|yd bosßm;a lrkq ,efí' iudislhla ;=< bosßm;a lrk iEu mdGud,djlgu wod< foaYk ie,iqulau ^C1 wdlD;s m;%h& bÈßm;a l< hq;=h' JiwfSf;Fj; Njitahd z;zpf;ifapy; Njitahd fw;if kl;lq;fspy; ghlq;fis Kd;itf;fyhk;. gUtk; Muk;gpf;fg;gl Kd;du; Gjpa ghlq;fSf;fhd ghlj;jpl;lk; gPlj;jpw;Fr; rku;g;gpj;J mDkjp ngwg;gl Ntz;Lk;. xt;nthU gUtj;jpYk; fw;gpf;fg;gLk; ghlq;fSf;fhd tpupTiuahdJ (C-1 gbtk;) Fwpg;gpl;l Jiwfspy; xt;nthU ghlj;jpw;Fk; fpilf;fg;ngwf;$bajhf ,Uf;f Ntz;Lk;.
12. A handbook consisting of the semester / course unit system guidelines, the structure of the degree
program for each discipline, the syllabi for all courses offered, and the academic calendar will be
made available to all students and lecturers each year. iudisl $mdGud,d tall l%ufha Wmfoia ud,dj" iEu úIh Odrdjlau iïnkaO mdGud,d ks¾foAY iy wOHhk ld, igyk mSG w;afmdf;ys we;=<;a jk w;r iEu wOHhk j¾IhloSu .=rejrekag yd YsIHhkag th ,nd.; yelsh' Nkw;Fwpg;gpl;l ifE}y; Kjyhk; tUl khztu;fs; gy;fiyf;fofj;jpw;F cl;gLk;NghNj toq;fg;gLk;. gUt/ghl myF Kiwikapd; fPo; fy;tpahz;L gw;wp fhy ml;ltizahdJ kpf Kf;fpakhFk;.
105
13. An academic calendar will be prepared by the Dean‘s Office for the academic year and made
available to all students and staff members at the beginning of the year. First year students should
receive this calendar before they enroll in the University. The calendar is a compulsory item in the
Student Handbook on the Semester / Course Unit System. wOHhk ld,igyk mSGdêm;s ld¾hd,h u.ska ilia lrk w;r ish¨ u YsIHhka iy .=rejrekag wOHhk j¾Ih wdrïKfhaoS th ,nd.; yelsh' m<uq jir isiqka mdGud,d i|yd ,shdmosxÑ ùug fmr mSG ld,igyk ,nd.; hq;=h' iudisl mdGud,d tall l%ufhaoS mSG ld,igyk mSG w;afmdf;ys wksjd¾hh wx.hla fõ' gUt/ghl myF Kiwik> njhlu;ghd mwpTWj;jy;fs; xt;nthU tUlKk; gPlhjpgjp fhupahyaj;jpdhy; jahupf;fg;gl;L xt;nthU ghl newpAlDk; njhlu;ghd gl;lg;gbg;Gf; fw;iffspd; mikg;G> vy;yhg; ghlj;jpw;Fkhd ghlj;jpl;lq;fs;> fy;tpahz;bd; fhy ml;ltiz vd;gdtw;iw cs;slf;fpajhf ifE}y; xd;W khztu;fSf;Fk;> tpupTiuahsu;fSf;Fk; toq;fg;gLk;.
14. If a holiday falls on a working day, the individual instructors are advised to find an alternative time to
compensate for the lost contact hours unless the faculty decides on alternative days. i;sfha oskl ksjdvqjla fhoS we;s wjia:djl ta i|yd mSGh w;sf¾l oskhla m%ldYhg m;afldg ke;s kï wod< WmfoaYljrhd ta ksjdvq oskh i`oyd wdfoaYl oskhla fhdod .ekSug Wmfoia ,ndfokq we;' Ntiy ehl;fspy; xU tpLKiwjpdk; tUk;NghJ khw;W Ntiyehs; xd;W gPlj;jpdhy; jPu;khdpf;fg;glhj gl;rj;jpy;> Fwpg;gpl;l tpupTiuahsu; mt;tpLKiw jpdk; fhuzkhf Vw;gl;l ,og;igr; rupg;gLj;j Ntiy ehnshd;wpy; mt;tpupTiuia elj;j Ntz;Lk;.
15. At least once a year, the Faculty Board will meet at a Special Meeting to review the syllabi offered
and the choices that the students have offered and also to effect changes or innovations to the course
unit system. msßkeuQ úIhud,djkq;a isiqkaf.a f;dard.ekSï ms<sn|j;a idlÉPd lsÍug iy wjYH ixialrK lsÍug wju jYfhka j¾Ihlg tla j;djla fyda mSG uKav,h úfYaI /iaùu;a le|jkq ,efí' gPlkhdJ xt;nthU tUlKk; rpwg;Gf; $l;lnkhd;W $b ghl myF Kiwikapd; fPo; toq;fg;gLk; fw;if newpfspd;> ghlj;jpl;lk; khztu;fs; njupT nra;Js;s ghlq;fs; njhlu;ghd kPsha;T xd;iwr; nra;J nghUj;jkhd khw;wq;fisAk; Gjpa tplaq;fisAk; GFj;Jjy; Ntz;Lk;.
106
16. Faculty members are encouraged to offer interdisciplinary courses. They can be listed as faculty
common courses with the code ART or cross – listed. úIhdka;r mdGud,d bosßm;a lsÍug mSG idudcslfhda Wkkaÿ lrkq ,efnk w;ru Tjqkag mSG fmdÿ mdGud,d ART ixfla;h hgf;a fyda úIhdka;r iumdGud,d (cross –listed) f,i f.dkq l< yelsh' tpupTiuahsu;fs; ghlnewpfSf;F ,ilapyhd ghlq;fiis toq;f Cf;Ftpf;fg;gLfpd;whu;fs;. ,j;jifa ghlnewpfs; gPlg;nghJf; fw;if newpfs; vd;w mbg;gilapy; ART vd;w FwpaPl;ilf; nfhz;bUf;Fk;.
17. Departments shall offer courses in any or all three languages Sinhala, Tamil and English. we;eï wOHhkdxY u.ska ;u ish¨u fyda we;eï mdGud,d isxy," bx.%sis iy fou< hk NdId ;=fkka u bosßm;a lrkq ,efí' ghlq;fis Fwpg;gpl;l VjhtnjhU nkhopapy; my;yJ rpq;fsk;> jkpo; kw;Wk; Mq;fpy nkhopfspy; fw;gpf;Fk; mDkjp JiwfSf;F cz;L.
18. A set of standard forms will be used for the efficient management of the course unit system. These
forms in both printed and electronic versions will be available at the Dean‘s Office and in the
Departments. Students, Instructors and departments are advised to complete these forms and submit
them before the deadlines. These forms can only be changed or modified with the approval of the
Faculty Board. mdGud,d taall l%ufha myiqj yd l%shdYS,s;ajh i|yd iïu; wdlD;s m;% fhdod.kq ,efí' fuu uqøs; yd úoHq;a hk udos,s foj¾.fha u wdlD;s m;% mSGdêm;s ld¾hd,fhka yd wOHhkdxYj,ska ,nd.; yelsh' fuu wdlD;s m;% ksis mßos mqrjd l,a bl=;aùug fmr wod< wxY fj; fhduq lsÍug wOHhkdxY yd WmfoaYlhka úiska YsIHfhda oekqj;a lrkq ,n;s' ghlmyF Kiwapd; jpwikkpf;f Kfhikj;Jtj;jpw;Fj; jukhd xU njhFjp gbtq;fs; gad;gLj;jg;gLk;. ,j;jifa gbtq;fs; mr;R tbtpYk;> ,yj;jpudpay; tbtpYk; gPlhjpgjpapd; fhupahyaj;jpYk; JiwfspYk; itf;fg;gl;bUf;Fk;. tpupTiuahsu;fSk;> cjtp tpupTiuahsu;fSk; khztu;fSk; ,g;gbtj;jpidg; g+u;j;jp nra;J> KbTj; jpfjpf;F Kd;du; rku;g;gpf;f Ntz;Lk;. gPlj;jpd; mDkjpAlNdNa ,j;jifa gbtq;fs; khw;wg;glNth my;yJ jpUj;jq;fSf;F cl;glNth KbAk;.
107
2.7 COURSE UNIT APPLICATION FORMS
The relevant Application Forms for Registration and Student Requests are available at the Dean‘s Office of
the Faculty.
2.8 STUDENT REQUEST PROCEDURES – SELECT SUMMARY
Student Requests for Deferment and Leave of Absence
01. Obtain the Student Request Form (S-9) from the Dean‘s Office.
02. Submit the filled (S-9) Form to the Dean‘s Office with necessary recommendations from the Heads of
Department.
03. Attach all relevant supporting documents to the completed S-9 Form.
04. Forwarded completed S-9 Form along with the supporting documents to the Student Admissions and
Requests Committee (SARC) of the Faculty of Arts through the Dean‘s Office.
05. Recommendations of the SARC are forwarded to the Faculty Board, and then to the University
Admissions Committee if necessary.
06. The Senior Assistant Registrar/Assistant Registrar will inform final decision to the relevant student in
writing.
Submission of Medical Certificates
01. Obtain the Medical Submission Form from the Dean‘s Office, and fill the form appropriately within a
week.
02. Attach the Original Medical Certificates to the form, and submit them to the Dean‘s Office by
entering in the Medical Record Book kept at the Dean‘s Office.
03. The Dean‘s Office sends them to the Chief Medical Officer (CMO) of the Health Center.
04. The CMO forwards his/her recommendations to the Dean‘s Office.
108
05. Finally, the Dean‘s Office sends the CMO‘s recommendations to the relevant department or SARC
for necessary actions.
Requests for Progress Reports
01. Obtain the Progress Report Form from the Dean‘s Office.
02. Fill the form clearly with all the necessary details, obtain the recommendations of the relevant Heads
of Department, and submit the form to the Dean‘s Office with the indication of number of copies
required.
03. Based on the recommendations of the Heads of Department, the Senior Assistant Registrar/Assistant
Registrar issues the Progress Report to the student
2.9 REGISTRATION
Student Registration at the Faculty of Arts
The students who have been selected to the Faculty of Arts are registered at the Faculty of Arts upon the
receipt of Student Registration Numbers from the University Grants Commission by its Student Registration
Branch.
Contact:
Mrs. M.S.D. Marasinghe
Student Wefare and Registration
University of Peradeniya
+94-81-2392324
109
Issuance of Student Identity Cards
The Student Registration Branch of the University issues student Identity Cards (ID) after the submission of
photographs and all necessary details by the Faculty of Arts. The photographs for the ID are taken on the
registration day itself, and sent to the Student Registration Branch.
Issuance of Student Record Books
The Faculty of Arts issues the student record books when students are registered.
Registration of Courses
The students must register online at the commencement of each semester, and submit the duly filled Student
Record Book for Faculty Endorsement at the Dean‘s Office. Additionally, the students are required to visit the
assigned IT Lab of the Faculty and confirm the course selection by signing the printed details.
For online student registrations (detailed below), the NAT Computer Laboratory of the Faculty of Arts could
also be used if needed by any student who does not have the internet facility.
The students will be notified to register at the commencement of each semester, and exact subjects
chosen/offered should be clearly indicated.
Online Registration Process
01. Go to the web link www.arts.pdn.ac.lk/registration/
110
Figure 01
111
02. Enter the Registration Number, and Password in the form generated.
03. Then select the Degree Programme and level from the drop down menu.
04. Then enter credit subjects, ESL subject and noncredit subjects in the relevant fields.
05. Then click Preview Registration to preview the registered subjects. (Figure 02)
Figure 02
112
06. If all the subjects are correct, the Student can click the Register Button or otherwise use browser back
button to edit subjects.
07. After registration, a student can review his or her registered subjects anytime by clicking the Review
Registration link shown in Figure 01.
08. Then Enter the Registration Number and Password to Review Subject Registration.(Figure 03)
Figure 03
113
Contact:
Online Registration Honours Degree Programme
Mr. Tharindu Perera Mr. M.N.M.Ilham
+94-81-239-2508 +94-81-239-2503
[email protected] [email protected]
Renewal of Registration
All students are required to renew their studentship each semester by paying the appropriate fees as
follows:
Renewal of Studentship at the Faculty of Arts
Year Semester Registration fee
1st Year 1
st Semester Other than
Geography
students
Rs 1,100.00
Geography
students
Rs 1,600.00
2nd
Semester
All students
Rs 500.00
2nd
Year 1st Semester Rs 500.00
2nd
Semester Rs 500.00
3rd
Year 1st Semester Rs 500.00
2nd
Semester Rs 500.00
4TH
Year 1st Semester Rs 500.00
2nd
Semester Rs 500.00
114
2.10 CLASS ATTENDENCE POLICY
The Faculty of Arts follows the 80% attendance policy that has been approved by the 315th Faculty Board.
All students are expected to fulfil this requirement in order to be eligible to sit the end-semester examination.
The guidelines for 80% attendance rules are as follows:
1. The formula for calculating the 80% attendance is:
If a student gets less than 80%, he/she is ineligible to sit for the end semester examination [To be
eligible, a student should have attended 09 classes out of 12 classes].
2. The total number of lectures and discussion/practical classes held will be equal to 12 classes
(lectures/discussion/practical classes) starting from 02nd
week of the semester to 13th week of the
semester.
3. The Departments of Study shall submit the list of eligible students to the SAR of the Faculty on or
before the last date of the 14th week of the semester. Any submissions after this date will not be
considered.
4. The Department of Study shall maintain records of all attendance to submit to the office of the Dean
upon request.
115
3. ACADEMIC PROGRAMME
3.1 FOUNDATION COURSES
Course
Code
Course Title Department Course Description
FND 101 Basic
Mathematics
Economics A course focused on Algebra that deals with the application of
mathematical concepts from the social sciences. Some of the opics
covered include, Real numbers; factoring Methods; Liner
equations; Variables and relations; introduction to calculus:
derivatives; differentiation limit, continuity and integration;
application of calculus Basic probability Real numbers; factoring
Methods; Liner equations; Variables and relations; introduction
to calculus: derivatives; differentiation limit, continuity and
integration; application of calculus Basic probability.
FND 102 Logic Philosophy This course introduces the methods of testing for validity of
arguments in the prepositional calculus and class logic with the
aim of equipping students with basic knowledge and techniques
required for logical reasoning and thinking. Some of the topics
include: nature and scope of Logic; Developing symbolic
language; proof of validity by derivation; rules of inference;
methods of derivation.
FND 103 Writing Skills English
Tamil
Sinhala
The course trains students in academic writing. It has twin foci:
introducing key aspects of academic writing and teaching
grammatically correct and elegant prose. Since first year students
are new to academic writing, the course offers intensive training in
academic writing, with particular emphasis on select aspects such
as‗note-taking‘, ‗summarizing‘, etc., and on improving their
critical and argumentative thinking. Given the topic, more
attention will be paid to actual writing exercises and practice
FND 114 Law and Ethics Law This course aims to enable students to assess the significance of
law and ethics in understanding society and to evaluate differences
116
between law and ethics while being aware of their interface.
Topics pertaining to law such as Branches of law, the Legal
System of Sri Lanka, fundamental rights, Gender, and those on
ethic such as Ethics and Morality, Religious ethics, Professional
ethics, among others are covered by this course.
FND 115 ICT Skills Economics This course introduces students to basic ICT training and skills.
Topics include: Overview of computer system; Operating system;
Word processing software; Spreadsheet software; Presentation
software; Computer networks; internet and Email; Web
development among others.
ICT
From 2017 the Department of Education offers ICT courses (3 credit & optional) for undergraduate students
as FOLLOWS:
LEVEL COURSE
CODE
COURSE
TITLE
PREREQUISITES
200 IT 201 Graphical Design Application -
300 IT 301 Web page construction -
3.2 ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING UNIT (ELTU)
The English Language Teaching Unit (ELTU) was originally called the Sub - Department of English. As the
name implies, it then functioned as a part of the Department of English. The ELTU was established as an
independent teaching unit in 1987. The pioneers in the venture were Mrs. Lalitha Gunawardena and Mrs.
Sarojini Knight.The former was the first Head of the ELTU. The latter was the coordinator of the ELTU,
Faculty of Arts, which was one of the two ELTUs established at the University of Peradeniya at the
117
beginning, the other being the ELTU of the Faculty of Engineering. The ELTU is now an independent body
that prepares and conducts its own courses and examinations. It is the largest unit of the University of
Peradeniya. It has sub units that operate independently of each other in all nine faculties of the university.
The English Language Teaching Unit of the University of Peradeniya (ELTU) is an academic support unit and
its primary objective is to teach English to undergraduates for academic, professional and general purposes.
The ELTU conducts English courses in all the nine faculties for almost 4500 students registered in the
courses offered by the ELTU at various levels. The English courses are conducted during the first, second and
third years of the undergraduate programme in accordance with the needs of the respective faculties. The
courses conducted in the Faculty of Arts are English as a Second Language (ESL) English for Special
Purposes (ESP) and English for Academic Purposes (EAP).The vision of the ELTU is to become a centre of
excellence that empowers undergraduates with the knowledge of English. Our passion is to improve the
English skills of students to function effectively in their respective disciplines and future careers.
English as Second Language (ESL) Courses
Students will be assigned these courses on the basis of their performance at the Placement Test conducted at
the end of the Intensive English Programme. ELA 101 and ELA 102 are courses that ensure Basic English
Competence, ELA 203 and ELA 204 ensure Intermediate English Competence, and ELA 305 and ELA 306
ensure Advanced English Competence. On successful completion of each of the first two levels a Certificate
of Competence will be issued to students, while on successful completion of the third level a Diploma
Certificate will be awarded. Successful completion of the Intermediate Level (ELA 203 & ELA 204) is
required for the award of the BA Degree.
ELA 101
This course will enable students to read, understand and evaluate basic descriptive texts, and to write
accurately at UTEL Band 4 Level of competence in the skill areas of Reading and Writing.
118
ELA 102
This course will enable students to understand simple instructions, statements, notices and questions, and to be
able to formulate these themselves, placing them at UTEL Band 4 Level of competence in the skill areas of
Listening and Speaking.
ELA 203
This course will ensure that students are successful at UTEL Level 5 in the Reading and Writing
examinations. More specifically, the course aims to familiarize students with academic texts of a descriptive
and argumentative nature, including visuals such as Graphs and Tables, as well as to ensure that they can
summarize, take notes, skim and scan effectively, and write short narrative/descriptive/informative texts.
ELA 204
This course ensures that students are successful at UTEL Level 5 in the Listening and Speaking examinations.
They will, therefore, be able to listen to and grasp the main idea of a short speech, through an understanding
of sequence markers and key vocabulary related to these spoken texts, which will include subject-related
English for Academic Purposes (EAP). Students will also be able to make short descriptive speeches about
themselves, their surroundings and their basic substantive disciplines.
ELA 305
This course ensures that students are successful at UTEL Level 6 in the Reading and Writing examinations,
and is designed to enable them to understand and respond to a range of genres on a variety of issues of
academic and general interest.
ELA 306
This course will ensure that students are successful at UTEL Level 6 in the Listening and Speaking
examinations, through being familiar and fluent in relation to both H&SS-related academic/professional and
generic texts, as well as being able to discuss effectively a range of general issues at the appropriate level.
119
3.3. SUBJECT COURSE CODES
DEPARTMENT SUBJECT COURSE CODE
Department of Arabic & Islamic Civilization Arabic
Islamic Civilization
ARB
ISC
Department of Archaeology Archaeology ACL
Department of Classical Languages Greek and Roman Studies
Sanskrit
GRS
SKT
Department of Economics & Statistics Economics ECN
Department of Education Education EDU
Department of English English ENG
Department of Fine Arts Fine Arts FNA
Department of Geography Geography GGY
Department of History History HIS
Department of Law Law LAW
Department of Pali & Buddhist Studies Pali
Buddhist Studies
PST
BST
Department of Philosophy Philosophy PHY
Department of Political Science Political Science PSC
Department of Psychology Psychology PSY
Department of Sinhala Sinhala SLS
Department of Sociology Sociology SOC
Department of Tamil Tamil TLG
120
3.4 DEPARTMENTS OF STUDY
There is a total of seventeen Departments of Study at the Faculty of Arts offering twenty three
undergraduate study programmes.
Department of Arabic & Islamic Civilization
The Department of Arabic was established in 1945 at the University of Ceylon as a department in the Faculty
of Oriental Studies. Initially, the Department started with an undergraduate programme. A Masters Degree
programme was introduced in 1956. In 1969, Islamic Civilization was introduced as a discipline and the
Department was renamed the Department of Arabic and Islamic Civilization. In 1972, when the university
system was reorganised, the Department of Arabic and Islamic Civilization was moved to the Vidyalankara
Campus of the University of Sri Lanka, at Kelaniya. In 1980, the Department was relocated to the University
of Peradeniya. At present, the Department conducts undergraduate and postgraduate degree programmes in
Arabic and Islamic Civilization. Courses are taught in the English, Sinhala, and Tamil languages.
Undergraduate Degree Programmes: B.A. (Honours) in Arabic
B.A. (Honours) in Islamic Civilization
Arabic:
Course
Code Course Title Course Description
ARB 101 Introduction to Arabic Language and
Literature
Arabic Language, Grammar and basic Language
Skills
ARB 102 Arabic Language and Literature Develop translating skills and appreciate Modern
Arabic Prose.
ARB 201 Modern Arabic Prose Focused on study of the Language and Style of
Modern Arabic Prose.
121
ARB 202 Modern Arabic Poetry. Arabic poetries during Pre- Islamic and modern
period.
ARB 203 Arabic Grammar The school of Arabic grammar, Contribution of
important personalities for Arabic Grammar.
ARB 204 Hadith Literature. Introduction to Hadith literature, the linguistic
beauty of the Hadiths
ARB 205 Arabic Poetry and Grammar Selected poems from the Arabic poets, life of poets
in modern Arabic poetry.
ARB 206 Classical and Modern Arabic Prose Selected Quranic verses, impact of Quranic
eloquence and Arabic prose.
ARB 207 Balagha (Arabic Rhetoric) Al Thasbeeh, Isthiaara and Aksamul Isthiaara.
ARB 208 History of Arabic Literature Al Nasrul Jahiliy, Al Shiur and Muallaqath.
ARB 301 Arabic Language and Grammar I Arabic Language and Grammar using prescribed
texts.
ARB 302 Quran and Tafsir History of the revelation and interpretation of Holy
Quran, criticism on Holy Quran by Orientalists.
ARB 303 Islamic History from AD 750 to AD
1774
Early and Later Abbasid periods, Umayyad of
Spain, Fathimids of Egypt.
ARB 304 The History of Arabic Literature in the
Umayyad Period
Arabic literature and criticism under the Umaiyad
period,
ARB 305 Arabic Language and Grammar II Arabic Language and Grammar using prescribed
texts.
ARB 306 Modern Arabic Poets in the Muslim
Countries
Modern Arabic poets in the Muslim countries, such
as Iraq, Saudi Arabia, Egypt etc.
ARB 307 Modern Arabic Drama, Theatre, and
Music
Origin and development of Arabic drama and
Islamic music in the Muslim Countries.
ARB 308 The History of Arabic Literature in the
Abbaside Period
Characteristics of the Arabic literature under the
Abbaside period.
122
ARB 401 Unspecified Literary Arabic Text and
Prose Composition
Essay writing and translation, and linguistic
characteristics of various periods of Arabic
literature.
ARB 402 History of Muslims of Sri Lanka—8th
Century to 1948
Sri Lanka‘s relationship with the Arabs and
Persians, The relationship between Muslims and
the Sinhala kings
ARB 403 Madrasa Education in South Asia and
Middle-East
The Islamic concept of education. Early Makthabs,
Madrasa Jamiahs, and universities.
ARB 404 Balagha (Rhetoric) Al- Hakeeka wal Majazy; Al- Kinaya; and Ilmul
Maani
ARB 405 Translation, Techniques of Translation,
and Spoken Arabic
Translation techniques and spoken Arabic.
Understand the colloquial Arabic
ARB 406 The History of Modern Short Stories,
Novels, Poetry and Prose in Arabic
Development of short stories, novels, poetry and
prose in Middle Eastern countries.
ARB 407 ―Madah‖ Literature
The Islamic concept of Madah based on Holy
Quran and Hadith; Kaseeda Banath Suad and
Burdha of Boosary.
ARB 408 Poetry of the Jahiliyya Period Muallaqath, Mufllaliyyath, and Hamasa poems.
Islamic Civilization:
ISC 101 Fundamental Sources of Islamic
Civilization
Concepts of Islam, the growth of Islamic
civilization, and its decline.
ISC 102 Sources of Islamic Sharia Comprehensive knowledge of the concept of sharia
and its sources.
ISC 201 Development and Implementation of
Islamic Law (Sharia)
Introduction and development of Islamic law, the
implementation of sharia in the Muslim world.
123
ICS 202 Islamic History
Pre-Islamic history of Arabs (Jahiliyya) and the
Prophet Muhammad (PBUH)—Islamic
propagation.
ICS 203 Concept of Usra, Umma, and Khilafa
Introduction to Usra (the family), Umma (society)
and Khilafath— the concept of Khilafath and
Mulkiyyath.
ICS 204 Advanced Arabic I Understand Arabic as a living language, to develop
an ability to translate and speak the language.
ISC 205 Advanced Arabic II Selected prescribed text, Grammatical rules
pertaining to verbs and Translation.
ISC 207 Philosophical and Mystical Thought in
Islam
The nature of Islamic philosophy and the
contribution made to the above fields by Muslims
scholars.
ISC 208 Development of Tafsir Different and development of interpretations of the
Holy Quran.
ISC 301 Islamic History from the Umayyad
Period to AD 1258
The Rise of the Umayyad Khilafat: Muawiya,
Abdul Malik, Walid, Umar ibnu Abdul Azeez etc.
ISC 302 A Critical Study of Modern Muslim
Thinkers
Selected modern Muslim thinkers of India,
Pakistan, and Middle Eastern countries.
ISC 303 Ethical Code of Islam Based on the Holy
Quran and the Hadiths
The Islamic Ethic in the Holy Quran and Hadiths:
Imam Gazzaly and Imam Ibn Thaimiyya.
ISC 304 Advanced Arabic III Grammatical rules of Arabic through lessons taken
from prescribed texts
124
ISC 305: The History of the Muslims of Sri Lanka:
AD 8 to AD 1948
The arrival and settlement of Muslims in Sri Lanka.
The relationship between the Muslims and Sri
Lankan kings
ISC 306 The Spread of Islam in South Asia—AD
7 to AD 1947
The impact of Muslims on Indian civilization. The
growth of Islamic political, religious and cultural
movements in India.
ISC 307 Arkanul Islam
The concept of Thawheed, Risalath, Akhira and
laws of Islam on (i) prayer, (ii) fasting, (iii) Zakath,
and (iv) Haj.
ISC 308 Advanced Arabic IV Develop the skills of speaking, writing and
translating from the Arabic language.
ISC 401 International Relationships in Islam
Political concepts in Islam. Dharul Islam and
Dharul Harb. The foreign policy of the Prophet
Muhammed (Sal)
ISC 402 Arabic Language
Lessons from prescribed texts; and Grammatical
rules pertaining to verbs and nouns from the
prescribed texts.
ISC 403 Islamic Educational Institutions
Islamic universities, Islamization of knowledge.
The history of prominent Madrasas in Sri Lanka
and India.
ISC 404 Islamic History AD 1258—AD 1924
The Mamluk of India. The Ottoman Turks. The
Great Mughal. The Muslims of India under British
Rule
ISC 405 The Contribution of Muslims To Fine
Arts and Architecture
Islamic aesthetic concepts; Calligraphy; Arabesque;
Pottery; Carpets; Painting; Music.
125
ISC 406
Socio-Religious and Political Problems
of the Muslims of Sri Lanka in the Post-
Independent Period
Muslims of Sri Lanka before Independence. The
political role played by the Muslims and their
representation in parliament.
ISC 407 Islamic Political Philosophy The concept of political in Islam,the political ethics
of Prophet Muhammad (Sal)
ISC 408 Muslim Minority Communities Concept minorities in Islam, Fiqh Al Aqalliyath
and Fiqh Al Awlawiyyath.
General Degree Courses:
Course Code Course Title
ISC - 203 Concept of Usra, Umma and
Khilafa
ISC – 302 Critical Study of Modern
Muslim thinkers
ISC - 307 Arkanul Islam
ARB - 203 Arabic Grammer
ARB - 302 Quran and Tafsir
ARB - 307 Modern Arabic Drama
Theatre and Music
126
Department of Archaeology
In 1957, Dr. Senarat Paranavitana on his retirement as Commissioner of Archaeology was appointed as a
Research Professor of Archaeology, which marked the official beginning of the Department of
Archaeology at the University of Peradeniya. Since its establishment as a separate Department in 1976,
the Department of Archaeology has grown to be one of the largest Archaeology Departments in the
country. The teaching of archaeology at Peradeniya was originally introduced as an auxiliary subject to
history (as a sub department) and for the purpose of training future archaeological officers required by the
state. Dr. Paranavitana stressed the need for creating a separate department. This view was noted in the
report of the Needham Committee in 1958. This programme was enhanced by the establishment of the
first museum of archaeology at the University of Peradeniya where collections from Biddel, Hettiaracchi
and De Saram were presented for study and public viewing. Professor Paranavitana along with Dr. P.L.
Prematilleke (later, research professor) was also responsible for establishing the new museum and a
collection of slides and architectural plans. In 1976 this Department, which functioned as a sub
Department of History, commenced Special Degree courses in archaeology. Dr.P.L. Prematilleke was the
first Head of this newly constituted Department of study. The decade of 1980 witnessed the expansion of
the Department in terms of its academic staff, students and academic activity. New courses in archaeology
were introduced in response to changes taking place at the international level and due to national
requirements. This Department was assigned with the UNESCO-Central Cultural Fund Projects in
Polonnaruwa (Alahana Parivena), Kandy, Anuradhapura (Jetavana) and Sigiriya. Later it also became the
collaborating University Department for the Anuradhapura Citadel Archaeology Project and the Pinwewa-
Galsohonkanatta Archaeology Project. Several collaborative ventures were also carried out with visiting
archaeological teams from England, USA, France and Germany during the past two decades. Currently
the Department offers undergraduate as well as postgraduate courses in archaeology leading to degrees of
BA, MA, M.Phil and PhD.
127
Undergraduate Degree Programmes: B.A. (Hons.) in Archaeology
Archaeology: Course Code Course Title Course Description
ACL 101 Introductory
Archaeology I
The aim of the two introductory courses in Archaeology (ACL 101 and
ACL 102) is to provide students who have had no previous exposure in
the discipline with an introduction to its different fields. Following an
introductory session, an overview of the theoretical development of the
subject and the history of archaeology, the course moves on to the use
of artifacts, primary literary sources, epigraphy, numismatics, the built
environment and pre-industrial crafts and technology as source material
in interpretive archaeology.
ACL 102 Introductory
Archaeology II
The course expects to equip the student with basic tools from the field
of multidisciplinary studies, as a point of entry into field and
interpretative archaeology. It introduces the subjects of anthropology,
ethno-archaeology, bio-archaeology, environmental archaeology, the
different aspects of the field archaeology process, cultural heritage
management, and museology and computer archaeology.
ACL 201 Palaeohuman
Biology and
Ethnoarchaeology
The course introduces the concept of evolution in its many aspects
geological and biological evolution, the different stages of hominid
(human) evolution, variation in the physical characteristics of humans
and anthropometry (palaeo-human biology). The fields of ethnography,
ethnology and ethno-archaeology are defined, broadening into
discussions of ethnographic theory and practice, ethnographic analogies
and field techniques.
ACL 202 Socio-economic
History of Ancient
India
This course, along with ACL 207, guides students in the study of the
historical background of Ancient India and Sri Lankan and provides
them with the historical context needed to situate material evidence
retrieved from archaeological studies. ACL 202 introduces the study of
history and historiography, the management of historical data in
archaeology, historical geography and techno-cultural periods and
128
zones of the Indo-Pakistan subcontinent, Pre-Harappan, Harappan and
other Chalcolithic cultures, Early Iron Age cultures, urbanism, state
formation, trade and commerce and the emergence of land grant
economies.
ACL 203 Archaeological
Theory & Methods
The student is introduced in this course to the theoretical basis of
archaeological studies and to the different stages of the archaeological
process from surveying and field reconnaissance, excavation, analysis,
interpretation and reconstruction to publication.
ACL 204 Cultural Resource
Management
This course is designed to train the students in the various aspects
involved in managing the cultural heritage. Course topics: The history
of conceptual development in conservation of cultural property, Ethical
and legal issues of CRM, The antiquities ordinances of Sri Lanka,
International and national bodies involved in CRM, The
interdisciplinary approach to the subject, Cultural and eco-tourism, The
functions of museums, The procedural framework of site management
and Cultural impact assessment study.
ACL 205 Conservation of
Archaeological
Material
In this course, the student is provided with a basic introduction to
theory, policy and practice in archaeological conservation. This covers
the conservation of sites, monuments, objects and materials located in
different physical environments-from conservation up to their storage
and presentation in suitable environments and the preparation of
conservation reports.
ACL 206 Formation of Ancient
Civilizations
The aim of this course is to provide an overview of the nature of global
civilizations. It introduces the concept of material culture and
civilization, ecological and human adaptations, early village cultures
and Bronze Age urbanism. This is followed by study of certain aspects
of the Mesopotamian, Egyptian, North Mediterranean, Chinese and
Mesoamerican, South American and Islamic civilizations.
ACL 207 Socio-economic
History of Ancient
Sri Lanka
The course provides an insight into concepts related to the history,
historiography, historical periodization, and historical sources of Sri
Lanka. It traces the development of Sri Lankan civilization from
prehistoric foraging societies to Early Iron Age village Cultures, to
urbanism and state formation, agricultural expansion, water
129
management and craft production in the Early Historic Period, the
transformation to Middle Historic and Late Historic polities and pre-
colonial demographic shifts and new societal adaptations.
ACL 208 Practical
Archaeology
The student is trained in this course in archaeological recording
practices in the field and laboratory, which are not covered in ACL 203.
The student is introduced to the use and production of topographical
and geological maps, aerial photography and site plans, archaeological
draughting practice related to sites, monuments and objects, computer
archaeology in managing data bases and Geographical Information
Systems.
ACL 301 Crafts & Technology
of Pre Industrial
South Asia
This course provides an introduction to the pre-industrial crafts of
South Asia and an in-depth study of Sri Lankan craft traditions, in
comparison, where relevant, with those of the Indian subcontinent.
Aspects such as the historical context, regional manifestations,
urbanization of craft activities, associated artistic styles, and decorative
traditions of pre-industrial crafts, will be discussed, along with resource
use and technology, with an emphasis on socioeconomic and ethno-
archaeological perspectives.
ACL 302 Epigraphic Studies of
Ancient India
This course (along with ACL 307) will provide a comprehensive
introduction to paleography, epigraphy and philology in a global and
Indian (including Sri Lankan) context. Topics include: an analytical
introduction to paleography and epigraphy, their use as source material
in archaeology, the earliest writing systems of the world and philology;
Indian languages, North and South Indian Brahmi, Devanagari and
Arabic writing systems, preservation of epigraphs and practice in
reading and interpreting selected North and South Indian inscriptions.
ACL 303 The Built
Environment of
Ancient India
The course along with ACL 306, is designed to introduce the student to
the association between human society and the built environment, and
to provide methodologies for recording, analyzing, and interpreting
source material. ACL 303 investigates principal trends in the
development of secular and religious built environment (architecture,
sculpture, and painting) in ancient India within related archaeological,
historical, environmental, socioeconomic, and religious contexts. The
130
period covered is from the Upper Paleolithic/Neolithic to the end of the
Late Medieval Periods. Associated traditions of a few peripheral
regions will also be examined
ACL 304 Coinage Systems of
Ancient India
The aim of the course is to introduce students to the study of coinage
(numismatics) as an archaeological source material. The three main
areas of this course: (1) the study of pre-urban exchange systems and
money economics of historic urban societies (2) the study of different
pre-modern currency systems of India in terms of their material
composition, inscribed or engraved content and distribution pattern and
(3) the archaeological interpretation of coins from stratified contexts in
the understanding of the economic, political and cultural history of
India.
ACL 305 Coinage Systems of
Ancient Sri Lanka
An overview of the currency and coinage systems in Sri Lanka will be
provided by this course which complements ACL 304. The study of the
origin and development of coinage systems in the island will be
followed in this course by a study of coin types ranging from the
Punched-marked coins of the Early Historic Period to the currencies of
the Colonial Period. The student is also be taught to utilize numismatic
evidence in interpreting economic, political, religious aspects of Sri
Lankan history.
ACL 306 The Built
Environment of
Ancient Sri Lanka
This course investigates the principal trends in the development of the
secular and religious built environment in Sri Lanka (architecture,
sculpture, and painting), within related archaeological, historical,
environmental, socioeconomic, and religious contexts. An introduction
to the nature of the Sri Lankan built environment tradition will be
followed in the course by a study of the organic and formal
architectural technology and associated sculptural and painting
traditions of Sri Lanka, to the end of the Late Medieval Period.
ACL 307 Epigraphic Studies of
Ancient Sri Lanka
The objective of this course is to provide the student with the ability to
read the inscriptions of Sri Lanka and to utilize epigraphy in
interpreting and reconstructing the society in Sri Lanka. A historical
overview of epigraphical studies in the island will be followed in the
course by a study of the development of the written script (pictographic
131
symbols, Brahmi, Sinhala and Tamil paleography and their related
languages, including Prakrit and Sanskrit), different categories of
inscriptions, and analytical study of selected inscriptions.
ACL 308 Archaeological Data
Retrieval Systems
and Processes
This course aims to develop students‘ skills in field work, the
recording, analysis and interpretation of archaeological material and
publication.
ACL 401 Environmental
Archaeology
This course will focus on the geology, paleontology, human geography
and natural environmental systems of the earth as a source to
understanding human adaptations in different ecological niches. Case
studies will be drawn from different environmental and geophysical
regions.
ACL 402 World Prehistory The course provides the student with an understanding fairly detailed
knowledge of prehistory, prehistorical research and prehistoric
archaeology, palaeo-environment, palaeo-human biology, techno
cultural evolution and subsistence patterns in Africa, Europe, Asia
(excluding Sri Lanka) and Australia, up to the end of the Mesolithic.
ACL 403
ACL 403: The
Bronze Age and the
Early Iron Age
Archaeology of
Ancient India
The course explores the development of ancient Indian Civilization
from the earliest period of plant and animal domestication (the
Neolithic) to the acquisition of copper technology (the Chalcolithic)
and Iron technology (Early Iron Age). It investigates the accompanying
developments from the Neolithic and Chalcolithic phases of village
culture to primary urbanism and its material culture.
ACL 404 Ancient Cultural
Ecology
This course follows on ACL 401. Specific case studies will be
examined (primarily from South Asia), in understanding human
adaptations within different ecological systems. This process of
interaction is investigated through a study of resource use patterns,
subsistence patterns, technological adaptations and settlement patterns,
followed by a study of the logical development of institutional
formation.
ACL 405 Prehistory of Sri
Lanka
The main objective of this course is to study the prehistory of Sri
Lanka, which appears to have been primarily Mesolithic in nature. An
introduction to research on the prehistory of Sri Lanka and issues
132
related to the sequence of prehistoric cultural phases in Sri Lanka is
followed by a study of prehistoric sites, palaeo-environment, and the
palaeohuman biology of Mesolithic man, techno-cultural traits and
subsistence strategies.
ACL 406 Early Iron Age
Archaeology of Sri
Lanka: the Formative
Period
The objective of this course is to familiarize students with the nature of
the Early Iron Age village culture which forms the basis of subsequent
historical development in the Island
ACL 498 Dissertation I An original dissertation on a topic decided by the student in
consultation with the department of study, following the guidelines for
dissertation laid down by the department and the faculty.
ACL 499 Dissertation II This is a continuation of the original dissertation (ACL 498).
General Degree Courses
Course Code Course Title
ACL 101 Introductory Archaeology I
ACL 102 Introductory Archaeology II
ACL 201 Palaeohuman Biology and Ethno-archaeology
ACL 202 Socio-economic History of Ancient India
ACL 204 Cultural Resource Management
ACL 205 Conservation of Archaeological Material
ACL 206 Formation of Ancient Civilizations
ACL 207 Socio-economic History of Ancient Sri Lanka
ACL 301 Crafts & Technology of Pre Industrial South Asia
ACL 302 Epigraphic Studies of Ancient India
ACL 303 The Built Environment of Ancient India
ACL 304 Coinage Systems of Ancient India
ACL 305 Coinage Systems of Ancient Sri Lanka
ACL 306 The Built Environment of Ancient Sri Lanka
ACL 307 Epigraphic Studies of Ancient Sri Lanka
ACL 309 Classical Oriental Texts as Archaeological Source Material
ACL 407 Archaeology in Sri Lankan Culture
133
Department of Classical Languages
The Department of Classical Languages is an amalgamation of two previously individual departments, viz.
Department of Western Classics and Department of Sanskrit. The Department of Western Classics, which
taught the subjects of Greek and Latin was one of the earliest Departments of the Faculty of Arts of the
University College when university education began in Sri Lanka. At this time a very large number read
Greek and Latin and many of those joined the Civil Administrative Service of the country and served with
exceptional record. With the raising of the status of the University College to that of an independent university
in Colombo (1947) the Classics continued to be read widely though numbers reduced due to the emergence of
new disciplines. The Department shifted to Peradeniya in 1952 and in 1961, a new course called Western
Classical Culture was introduced alongside Western Classics, Greek and Latin. However, in 1974, the
Department of Western Classics was uprooted from its habitat and was transferred to the Vidyalankara
Campus in Kelaniya. The Department returned to the University of Peradeniya and the course in Western
Classical Culture started afresh. At present the programme continues as Greek & Roman studies. The
Department of Sanskrit was also established at the inception of the University of Ceylon. The Department of
Sanskrit in Peradeniya continued to contribute to foster Orientalism in Sri Lanka and produced a number of
scholars who enjoyed world recognition for their scholarship and service. Currently, numerous courses both at
undergraduate and postgraduate levels have been introduced, keeping with student demand and understanding
the avenues along which studies in classical languages may proceed. A number of courses are made available
in both Sinhala and English mediums. The postgraduate courses run by the Department range from Diploma
to PhD while Distant Learning and non-Degree courses are also offered. The Department of Classical
Languages aims to disseminate not only knowledge in classical languages, viz. Classical Greek, Latin and
Vedic and Classical Sanskrit, but also all associated streams of knowledge to create a refined scholar.
134
Undergraduate Degree Programmes: B.A. (Hons.) in Greek and Roman Studies
B.A. (Hon.) in Sanskrit
Greek and Roman Studies:
Course Code Course Title Course Description
GRS 101 Literature, Language and
Culture of the Ancient Greeks
Provides an introduction to literature, language and culture
of the ancient Greeks and lays the foundation for future
classical studies.
GRS 102 Literature, Language and
Culture of the Ancient Romans
Provides an introduction to literature, language and culture
of the ancient Romans, and affords a foundation for future
classical studies.
GRS 201 Drama I: Greek and Roman
Tragedy
A comprehensive study of the theatre and tragic drama of
the Greeks and the Romans through a reading of prescribed
texts including its origin and development.
GRS 202 Greek Philosophy I: Thales to
Socrates
Provides a knowledge of pre-Socratic philosophy and
sophistry through an in-depth study of the origin of
philosophical speculation in Greece.
GRS 203 Pre Historic Civilizations of
the Mediterranean
Introduces to the most important early Western
civilizations such as the Minoan, Mycenaean and Etruscan
civilizations of the Greeks and the Romans.
GRS 204 Basic Language 1: Greek OR
Latin
A beginner‘s course in Greek or Latin that teaches the
fundamental syntax and grammar of the chosen language.
GRS 205 Greek History from 8th
Century B.C. to 322 B.C.
Introduces the core era of Greek history from the age of
colonization to Alexander the Great with a focus on
various constitutional methods, key incidents and
individuals.
GRS 206 Drama II: Greek and Roman
Comedy
A comprehensive study of the theatre and comic drama of
the Greeks and the Romans through prescribes texts.
GRS 207 Philosophy II: The Philosophy
of Plato with Special
Reference to the Republic
A detailed study of Platonic philosophy including an in-
depth study of the Republic through an in depth study of
Plato‘s life and work.
135
GRS 208 The Ancient Near East A study of civilizations in ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia
(the Sumerians, Babylonians, Assyrians, and Hittites), and
Syria-Palestine (including ancient Israel and Judah).
GRS 209 Basic Language II: Greek OR
Latin
Expands the knowledge acquired at GRS 204 through a
study of more complex grammar and syntax, and points on
translating Greek or Latin.
GRS 210 Roman History from the
Beginnings to 31 B.C.
Examines the main historical events, along with the
politico-social and economic developments in the Roman
world from the foundation of the city to the end of the
republic.
GRS 301 Greek Literature A detailed study of the the origin and development of the
particular genres of literature such as historiography,
philosophical dialogue and rhetoric through a detailed
reading of the prescribed texts:
GRS 302 Philosophy III: The
Philosophy of Aristotle with
Special Reference to the
Nicomachean Ethics
Provides a comprehensive a study of Aristotle‘s
philosophy, ideology and related subjects through an in
depth analysis of Aristotle‘s Nicomachean Ethics
GRS 303 Greek and Roman Art A study of the main aspects of Greek and Roman art,
architecture, sculpture and painting with a focus on the
light they throw on various aspects of Greek and Roman
life.
GRS 304 Prescribed Texts I: Greek OR
Latin
A study of prescribed texts in the original Greek or Latin.
Practice the structure of the language through careful
reading of passages from the prescribed texts.
GRS 305 The Hellenistic Age of Greek
History from Alexander the
Great to 31 B.C.
A study of the Hellenistic Age with a focus on the three
'Hellenistic Kingdoms' that were the centers of learning
and artistic patronage: Seleucids in Asia Minor, the
Ptolemies in Egypt, the Macedonian (Antigonid) dynasty
in Greece.
136
GRS 306 Roman Literature Provides knowledge of the origin and development of the
particular genres of literature through a detailed reading of
the prescribed texts (in translation).
GRS 307 Philosophy IV: Hellenistic and
Roman Philosophy up to
Marcus Aurelius
A detailed study of the philosophy of Hellenistic and
Roman Philosophy up to Marcus Aurelius, through a
reading of Pyrrhonism, Epicureanism, Stoicism and
Neoplatonism.
GRS 308 Science and Civilization Provides an indept study into the socio-cultural aspects of
ancient Greece and Rome.
GRS 309 Prescribed Texts II: Greek OR
Latin
Read more works of ancient Greek and Latin in the
original Greek or Lain through a discussion and evaluation
of the grammar, syntax and the nuances of the language.
GRS 310 The Roman Empire Examines the condition of the Roman state under the
leadership of early emperors as Caesar Augustus, Julio-
Claudian emperors, the Flavian emperors until its fall.
GRS 401 History (Special Period) A detailed study of the special period in Greek history
(Pentecontaetea) from 479 to 431 B.C. or the special
period in Roman history - from 63 B.C. to 44 B.C.
GRS 402 Literary Theory I: Classical
Greek Literary Theory
Entails a critical and comparative inquiry into the Greek
ideas of literary and artistic excellence from the beginnings
of Greek literary theory to the development of rhetorical
theory in Aristotle‘s Poetics and Rhetoric (book 3).
GRS 403 Prescribed Texts III: Greek
OR Latin
Provides an in-depth study of the chosen language through
a detailed study of the grammar and syntax of the
prescribed texts by reading the original works.
GRS 404 Greek Law A study of Greek law from Homeric times through to the
Classical era.
GRS 405 Greek and Roman Warfare Examines ancient Greek and Roman warfare covering a
broad chronological period from the early warfare
described in the Homeric poems through to Classical and
Hellenistic periods.
137
GRS 406 Greek and Roman Religion
and Mythology
Examines the myths, rituals, and religious belief of the
ancient Greeks and Romans, the rise and early
development of Christianity in the context of classical
civilization.
GRS 498 Dissertation I Guided research
GRS 407 Graeco-Roman World and
South Asia
A study of the Greek and Roman contacts with the Indian
sub-continent and adjacent regions, and the knowledge of
these lands as reflected in Greek and Latin authors.
GRS 408 Literary Theory II: Hellenistic
and Roman Literary Theory
A critical and comparative inquiry into the Hellenistic and
Roman ideas of literary and artistic excellence with
especial reference to Longinus, Horace, Tacitus and
Demetrius.
GRS 409 Prescribed Texts IV: Greek
OR Latin
Provides an in-depth study of the chosen language through
a detailed study of the grammar and syntax of the
prescribed texts.
GRS 410 Roman Law Introduces to the main sources, fundamental concepts and
procedures of Roman Law with emphasis on their
relevance to the legal systems prevalent in modern Sri
Lanka.
GRS 411 Greek and Roman Slavery Provides an in depth study into the Greek and Roman
social history and assesses the impact of political history in
the formation of a Greek and Roman system of slavery.
GRS 412 Gender Issues and Position of
Women in Ancient Greece and
Rome
Investigates contemporary approaches to studying women,
gender and sexuality in history, and the particular
challenges of studying these issues in classical antiquity
from Homer/Hesiod (8th
cent. B.C.) to the martyrdom of St.
Perpetua in the 3rd
century A.D.
GRS 499 Dissertation II Guided research
138
Sanskrit:
Course Code Course Title Course Description
SKT 101
Introduction to Sanskrit
Language & Literature – I
This course covers basic lessons on classical Sanskrit
grammar and helps students comprehend and appreciate
prescribed texts in simple Sanskrit. The textual study
places special emphasis on identifying most common
forms of literary Sanskrit and basic problems in translating
and interpreting Sanskrit works.
SKT 102
Introduction to Sanskrit
Language & Literature – II
This course covers some more basic lessons on classical
Sanskrit grammar and helps students comprehend and
appreciate prescribed texts in simple Sanskrit. The textual
study places special emphasis on identifying most common
forms of literary Sanskrit and basic problems in translating
and interpreting Sanskrit works.
SKT 201
Sanskrit Poetical Literature – I
This course teaches the fundamentals of appreciating the
poetical literature written in simple Sanskrit through the
study of popular works. The texts are selected from a wide
array of poetry in verse including Epics and works from
classical literature.
SKT 202
Sanskrit Prose Literature – I
In this course, students explore the prose literature written
in less ornate Sanskrit from different periods, with
emphasis on its style, content, and distinctive linguistic and
literary features. The texts include both classical and
modern works.
SKT 203
Sanskrit Grammar and
Unspecified Texts
This course offers lessons on analyzing most common
grammatical components in unspecified prose and verse
passages in Sanskrit. The study of unspecified texts aims at
improving skills in skimming texts for general meaning,
139
comprehending their grammatical framework, and
interpreting them in detail.
SKT 204
Modern Sanskrit Literature &
Spoken Sanskrit – I
This course introduces students to conversational Sanskrit
and the modern literature written in it. Common
grammatical structures of and vocabulary for
conversational Sanskrit are taught, while the texts are
selected from a wide array, which includes short stories,
novels, poems, songs, drama, journals, and newsletters.
SKT 205
Sanskrit Poetical Literature –
II
In this course, students obtain a detailed understanding of
the major poetical works in classical Sanskrit, their forms
and styles, and the socio-cultural backgrounds they
flourished in. Prescribed texts are chosen from diverse
genres in order to provide students with a broader picture
of Sanskrit poetical literature.
SKT 206
Sanskrit Prose Literature – II
This course helps students appreciate ornate prose poetry
by popular Sanskrit writers in the classical period. It covers
topics on the evolution of prose poetry from plain style to
elaborate style, and writers' distinctive skills in rhetorics,
grammar, and plot construction.
SKT 207
Sanskrit Grammar and
Composition – I
In this course, more advanced topics on Sanskrit grammar
are taught so that students become familiar with complex
grammatical structures and a wider vocabulary and make
use of them in composing essays in both prose and verse.
SKT 208
Modern Sanskrit Literature &
Spoken Sanskrit – II
This course offers further lessons on the modern literature
in Sanskrit and helps students become more informed
about and fluent in conversational Sanskrit. A broader
vocabulary is introduced while the literary texts are
selected from a wide array to represent more genres.
SKT 301 Sanskrit Dramaturgy In this course, students are introduced to the history of
140
Sanskrit drama, popular dramatists and their works,
fundamental theories of Sanskrit dramaturgy as described
in the key works on classical Indian theatre, and
appreciating Sanskrit drama.
SKT 302
Poetics and Literary Criticism
This course introduces students to Sanskrit poetics and
literary criticism. The topics include history of poetics,
common principles in textual criticism, the eight major
theories of literary criticism, their founders and proponents.
SKT 303
Vedic Literature
This course offers lessons on reading Vedic texts
analytically and, through gradual comprehension,
recognizing prominent linguistic and literary features of the
Vedic language. Students are introduced to the
classification of the Vedas in terms of their chronology,
content, composition, and literary distinctions.
SKT 304
Buddhist Literature in
Classical Sanskrit
This course covers topics on the principle concepts and
views in the Buddhist literature in classical Sanskrit,
specific terminology found in them, and comparison of
such texts with non-Buddhist Sanskrit literature. Students
are introduced to poetical, philosophical, and devotional
works, their linguistic features, style, content, and the issue
of chronology.
SKT 309
Elementary Sanskrit – I
This course introduces Sanskrit to students with zero or
minimal knowledge of it in relation to and contrast with
Sinhala/ English in order to use it as a tool language. The
content includes rudiments of grammar and study of texts
in simple Sanskrit.
SKT 305
Sanskrit Drama
In this course, selected sections from popular Sanskrit
drama from the classical period are studied and students
learn how to appreciate Sanskrit dramatic literature. The
topics covered also include prominent playwrights and
141
their skills in plot-construction and portrayal of characters,
and appreciation of language, style, poetic merits, and
theatricality of prescribed works.
SKT 306
Buddhist Literature in Hybrid
Sanskrit
In this course are offered lessons on the Buddhist literature
in hybrid Sanskrit, with special reference to its linguistic
peculiarities, style, content, and chronology. The
prescribed texts include sections selected from major
Buddhist works in hybrid Sanskrit.
SKT 307
History of Sanskrit Literature
This course introduces students to a historical account of
Vedic and classical Sanskrit literature with special
reference to their diverse genres and works of both Indian
and Sri Lankan origin. The topics also include the socio-
cultural and religious contexts Vedic and classical
literature flourished in, their authors and schools, and role
of Sanskrit in the today's world.
SKT 308
Sanskrit Grammar and
Composition – II
This course offers lessons on advanced Sanskrit grammar
and composing in Sanskrit. The topics include agreements
and disagreements between Vedic and Classical Sanskrit
grammar, common syntactic platforms for composition,
neologisms, and paraphrasing verses in advanced Sanskrit.
SKT 310
Elementary Sanskrit – II
This course introduces Sanskrit in some more detail to
students with zero or minimal knowledge of it in relation to
and contrast with Sinhala/ English in order to use it as a
tool language. The content includes rudiments of grammar
and study of texts in simple Sanskrit.
SKT 401
Astrology & Prosody
This course offers lessons on developing applied
knowledge of astrology and prosody so that students may
become knowledgeable enough to prepare horoscopes and
other astrological applications and to compose Sanskrit
metrical compositions respectively.
142
SKT 402
Philosophical Literature in
Sanskrit – I
In this course, students are introduced to diverse
philosophical traditions in India and their key teachings,
principle theories, arguments, and jargon. The topics also
include the origin and development of major philosophical
schools, their founders, proponents, and opponents.
SKT 403
History of Sanskrit Language
This course offers lessons on the origin and development
of Sanskrit language from the perspectives of comparative
and historical linguistics. The topics covered include
phonology, morphology, and semantics of both Vedic and
classical forms of Sanskrit.
SKT 404
Research Methodology in
Indological Studies
This course introduces students to conducting research in
humanities by learning the basics of research methodology
and pertinent tools. Particular emphasis is placed on
Indological research, while topics covered also include an
introduction to academic writing and presentation skills.
SKT 498 Dissertation - I
SKT 405
Scientific & Technological
Literature in Sanskrit
This course covers topics on the scientific and
technological literature in Sanskrit. Selected sections from
the key Sanskrit works on mathematics, politics, medicine,
and law are studied for their authors, contents, style, and
applications.
SKT 406
Philosophical Literature in
Sanskrit – II
In this course, students are introduced to complex
arguments in Indian philosophy along with the specific
jargon used to elaborate them. The prescribed texts are
selected sections from the works of principle philosophical
schools.
SKT 407
Philosophy of Language
This course introduces students to the Indian philosophy of
Language. The topics covered include Vedic thoughts on
language, positions of major philosophical schools on
143
nature and function of sound and meaning and central
semantic issues. Sections from prescribed texts are studied
to recognize major arguments in the Indian philosophy of
language.
SKT 408
Writing Skills in Sanskrit
In this course, students are introduced to advanced lessons
on prose and verse composition improving their skills in
creative writing in Sanskrit. Lessons taught include
translating from Sinhala and English into Sanskrit and vice
versa, composing in verse and prose using common
syntactic and prosodic structures, vocabulary building
techniques, and paraphrasing in Sanskrit.
SKT 499 Dissertation - II
144
Department of Economics & Statistics
The Department of Economics and Statistics is one of the largest and the oldest departments in Economics
and Statistics in Sri Lanka. The vision of the Department of Economics and Statistics is to be a centre of
excellence in higher education with national and international standing. The mission of the Department of
Economics and Statistics is to strive to produce graduates who can think critically and engage themselves
in issues that confront society at large, and to create knowledge in economics as well as to disseminate it to
a wider audience. The Department offers two Bachelor of Arts Degree programmes, one leading to a
General Degree and the other to a Special Degree. The Department has the largest enrollment in a Special
Degree programme in Economics of any Sri Lankan university. The Department also offers five
postgraduate programmes: Postgraduate Diploma in Economics, Master of Arts Degree in Economics,
Master of Development Practice, Master of Arts Degree in Applied Economics, Master of Philosophy
Degree in Economics, and Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Economics. The Department is equipped with a
well-qualified academic staff numbering 34, of which 24 are in permanent positions and 10 temporary. Of
the 24 permanent members, 17 hold PhDs and 6 are MA/MSc or MPhil qualified.
Undergraduate Degree Programmes: B.A. (Hons.) in Economics
Coordinator: Ms. M. Herath
Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.)
Coordinator: Mr. S. Vijesandiran
Economics:
Course
Code
Course Title Course Description
ECN 103 Economics and Society Introduction to basic economics concepts and issues relating to
market power, agriculture, environment, education, health, crime,
discrimination, poverty, international trade, financial markets,
unemployment, inflation, economic growth, government
145
macroeconomic policy, taxes and budget deficits, globalization.
ECN 104 Introduction to
Economic Analysis
An introduction to: methodology in economics; supply and demand;
producer theory; consumer theory; market imperfections;
macroeconomic data (income, expenditure, output, prices);
unemployment; inflation; money, interest rates; balance of
payments.
ECN 201 Microeconomics I Theory of Consumer Behaviour; Theory of and Production and
Costs; Market Structures; Factor Markets; Theory of Profit; and
Market Failures;
ECN 202 Macroeconomics I Goods Market; Consumption, Investment, Government Spending
and Saving; Trade Balance; Money Market; Labor Markets; IS-LM
Model AS-AD Model; AS-AD Model; Economic Growth; Foreign
Exchange; Fiscal and Monetary Policy.
ECN 203 Mathematics for
Economics
Calculus: Differentiation, limits, derivative, differentiation
techniques, Integration. Matrix algebra - matrix types and
operations; determinant; inverse; matrix methods.
ECN 204 Statistics I Research Process: Formulation Research Questions and Hypothesis;
Collecting, Computerizing and Analyzing Data; Sampling
Techniques; Descriptive statistical Analysis; Measures of central
tendency and variability; Theory of Probability; Index numbers; and
Time Series analysis
ECN 205 History of Economic
Thought
Classical political economy; economic thought before Adam Smith,
Adam Smith, Robert Malthus, David Ricardo, Post-Ricardian
Economists; John Stuart Mil Marxian economists; Post-Marxian
Economics; Neoclassicism; Marginalism, paradigm shift; Political
economy of development
ECN 214 Statistics II Review of probability; Bivariate and marginal probabilities,
statistical independence, Total and conditional probabilities, Bayes‘
theorem; Random variables: mathematical and conditional
expectations, measures of association; probability, multivariate and
sampling distributions; central limit theorem; Statistical inference:
point and interval estimation, testing of hypotheses
146
ECN 216 Global Economy Introduction to the course; Overview of the World Economy and
Global Economic Institutions; International Trade and Trade Policy;
Factor Movements and Migration; The Global Trading System;
Trade Agreements; Currency Markets, Foreign Exchange and the
Balance of Payments; International Finance and Debt Crises.
ECN 217 Applied Economics Sri Lanka‘s post-independence economic development;
Development of sub-sectors in the economy; Current Economic
issues: external trade, inflation, unemployment, fiscal policy,
financial markets and monetary policy, poverty trends, balance of
payments; and Sri Lanka in the world economy.
ECN 301 Microeconomics II Consumer Theory; Producer Theory; Types of Markets; Game
Theory; Market Failures; Asymmetric Information and Principal
Agent model.
ECN 302 Macroeconomics II Evolution of Macroeconomic Thought; Open Economy; Aggregate
Supply: Wages, Prices, Unemployment, Phillips Curve; Long run
economic growth; Business Cycles; Modern Developments in
Macroeconomics; Macro Policy.
ECN 309 Research Methods Scientific research inquiry, reality, paradigms and theory; Research
process; elements of a research paper; research design; sampling
Methods and design; Modes of observation: experiments and survey
research; Questionnaire design, field research; quantitative and
qualitative data analysis; writing a research paper.
ECN 324 Econometrics I Correlation, covariance and simple linear regression (SLR);
estimation of the SLR), Method of Moments and Maximum
Likelihood; interpretation and statistical inference; multiple linear
regression (MLR) model; dummy variables; Specification error,
multicollinearity, heteroskedasticity and autocorrelation.
ECN 333 Issues in Economic
Development
Overview of development economics: modern development
pioneers; neoclassical and institutional economists; Issues in
economic Development: inequality and poverty; population growth
and demographic transition; human capital; labour and migration;
agriculture and environment; state and public policy.
ECN 334 Econometrics II Multiple Regression Model; Violations of assumptions; Types and
147
Test of specification errors; Simultaneous Equation Models; Panel
data estimation; Maximum Likelihood estimation; Binary Choice
models: Introduction to Time Series Econometrics and Generalized
Methods of Moments.
ECN 337 Introduction to
Environmental and
Resource Economics
Inter-Linkage between Environment and Economy; Definition and
classification of natural resources: Resource scarcity problems;
Property rights and Resource Extinction: Property right regimes,
Natural resources of Sri Lanka; Local and Global Environmental
Problems; and Sustainable development.
ECN 362 Financial Markets &
Development Finance
Introduction to financial system; Types of financial markets and
instruments; Functional approach to the financial system; principles
of financial intermediation; Interest rate determination; Management
of financial and non-bank financial institutions; International
Financial System and Development Framework.
ECN 428 Agricultural
Development and Policy
Role of Agriculture in Economic Development; Structure and
Characteristics of Agriculture in developing countries; Agricultural
Policy Analysis and Framework; Agricultural Policies on pricing,
marketing, inputs, credit, mechanization, land reform, research and
irrigation
ECN 431 Industrial Organization The scope of Industrial Economics and Market failure: Structure-
conduct-performance model; Market concentration and measurement
of market power; Non-cooperative Game Theory; Strategic
behaviour of firms; Economic theory of regulation; and Competition
policy and regulation in Sri Lanka.
ECN 433 Gender and
Development
Theoretical approaches to gender; Gender inequality; Gender and
development; globalization, economic restructuring and gender;
gender mainstreaming and gender budgeting; gender and poverty:
family structure and female headship; gender and power: gender and
conflict; and gender and education.
ECN 453 Special Topics in
Economic Development
Structural transformation and strategies for economic development;
Economic development experience of East Asia and South Asia:
Macroeconomics of development and economic growth;
Microeconomics of development; The state and economic
148
development; Radical approaches to economic development.
ECN 454 Statistics III Probability Distribution and its relationships; Multivariate Random
Variables; Moments, variance and covariance matrixes; Moment
Generating and characteristic functions; Limit theorems;
Unconditional and Conditional mean and variance; Estimation;
Properties of good estimators; Tests of Hypotheses;
ECN 460 Project Planning and
Appraisal
Socio-economic project planning: meaning and types, project cycle,
project identification and preparation; Socio-economic project
appraisal: principles of cost benefits analysis, financial analysis,
shadow price calculation, sensitivity analysis; Impact Assessment:
EIA and SIA,
ECN 461 Economics of Labor
Markets
Labour supply models; Labour demand and the labour market; Wage
determination; wage structure and inequality; labour mobility; labour
market discrimination; Economics of trade unions; Unemployment
and job search; implicit contract theory and insider-outside theory;
unemployment insurance.
ECN 462 Securities Analysis and
Investment Appraisal
Investment Environment; Sources of Capital; Costs of Capital;
Fundamental and Technical Analysis; Efficient Market Theories;
Bond and Share Analysis and Valuation; Risks and Returns;
Portfolio Selection Models; Exchange Rates and Arbitraging;
International Investment Analysis; Informal and Micro-finance.
ECN 463 Public Sector Economics Economic role of the government; government intervention;
Fundamentals of welfare economics; Provision of public goods;
Expenditure of Public programmes: Taxation and Fiscal policy
issues in Sri Lanka; Debt and debt management.
ECN 464 Non-Parametric
Methods
Parametric estimation and inference; Semi-parametric estimation;
Non parametric methods; Kernel density estimation; Non parametric
regression: estimation, properties of estimators, testing hypothesis.
ECN 466 International Trade:
Theory and Policy
Trade Theories and Critical Evaluation of Trade Theories;
Instruments of Trade Policy; Theory of Economic Integration: case
study of EU and SAARC; Growth and Trade; Trade Policy in
Developing Countries.
149
ECN 467 Economics of Natural
Resources Management
and Environment
Fundamental rules and problems of renewable resources
exploitation; Economic of Renewable Natural Resources use;
Fundamental principle and rules in exploitation of Non-renewable
resources; Economic Theory for Resource Policy: Market Failure
and Source of Inefficiency; The Economics of Environmental
Pollution.
ECN 471 Demographic
Economics
Demographic economics; population dynamics and demographic
transition; Sri Lanka‘s population change and population issues;
Economics of the family; human capital and fertility; altruism and
family decision making; intergenerational transfers; population
health and the value of a life; economics of migration.
ECN 472 Financial Economics Interest rates, compounding and bond pricing; Valuing income
streams under certainty and uncertainty; Aggregate stock market
fluctuations; Tackling the puzzles; Financial engineering; Asset
pricing model and Statistical inference; CAPM and Corporate
Financing: The Modigliani Miller Theory;
ECN 473 Urban Economics Development of Cities: Economic Geography and Regional Growth;
System of Cities and the Urban Hierarchy; the rank-size rule and
Optimal City Size; Theoretical Analysis of Urban Structure; Urban
Transportation and Housing, Models of Local Government;
Education and Inequality; Crime and Punishment.
ECN 474 Time Series
Econometrics
Introduction to Time series Econometrics; Difference equations and
solutions; Stationary time series models; Non stationary time series
models; Multi-equation time series models; Cointegration and
introduction to error correction models;
ECN 476 International Finance The foreign exchange market and balance of payments; international
investment and banking; monetary and fiscal policy; economic
integration and monetary unification; international monetary system;
European economic and monetary union; international capital
market and financial crisis in the developing countries.
ECN 477 Environmental
Valuation
Concept on compensating and equivalent variation; Measuring
demand for environmental goods, and consumer and producer
surplus; Valuation of non-market goods and services; Driving
150
monetary values for environment resources; and Theory and
application of Environmental valuation techniques.
ECN 498 Dissertation I
ECN 499 Dissertation II
General Degree Courses:
Course
Code
Course Title Course Description
ECN 200 Economics Consumer Preferences; Theory of Demand and supply; Production
Functions; Cost Function; Factor Markets; Competitive Non-
Competitive Markets; IS-LM Model; AD-AS Model;
Unemployment and the Phillips Curve; Inflation and Money
Growth; Economic Growth; Macroeconomic Policy.
ECN 207 Sri Lankan Economy:
Issues in Development
Overview of economic development of post-independence
development; sub-sectors of the Economy: agriculture, industry,
services; Areas of economic importance - external trade, inflation,
unemployment, fiscal policy, financial markets and monetary policy,
poverty trends, balance of payments.
ECN 306 International
Economics
Mercantilism View on Trade; Classical and Neo-Classical Trade
Theories; Trade Barriers; Trade Policy; Theories of Exchange Rate
and Balance of Payments and Sri Lankan Experience; International
Monetary Fund, World Bank; World Trade Organization and Global
Trading System.
ECN 322 Money and Banking The history of money; functions, characteristics and types of money;
The Demand and Supply of Money; Money multiplier; Commercial
Banking, non-banking financial institutions and Central Banking; the
Monetary Transmission mechanism; Monetary policy and Financial
sector reforms in Sri Lanka.
ECN 325 Economic History Agrarian change; agriculture and manufacture; Industrialization
development in its different phases; Role of infra-structure in
development; Transcending comparative advantage and infant
151
industry protection; Institutions in the development process;
Colonialism and hegemony in development.
ECN 328 Agricultural
Economics and Policy
Role of agriculture in economic development; theories of
agricultural development; technological change in agriculture; case
studies in agricultural development; Green Revolution; Agricultural
Taxation; Land Reforms; Government Intervention in Agriculture
Sector.
ECN 343 Development Policy Theoretical of the economic development process; international,
national, and regional factors affecting local economic development;
federal, state, and local roles; equity, participation, conflict, and
cooperation in economic development; and economic development
practice and policy.
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
Peradeniya International Economics
Research Symposium
Dr. W. Athukorala
Internship Programme Dr. A. Kankanamge
Undergraduate Research Programme Dr. J. G. Sri Ranjith
Field Tinning Dr. M. Ranathilake
Extra-curricula Activities
Field Trips, Mountain Hike, Students‘
Parties
Dr. M. Ranathilake,
152
Department of Education
The Department of Education had a Long and remarkable history. It was established in 1949 while the
University of Ceylon was functioning in Colombo. The Department has been conducting Postgraduate
Diploma in Education (PGDE) Programme since its inception for producing professionally qualified graduate
teachers in the country. One of the significantachievements of the Department is the reintroduction of
Bachelor of Education (B. Ed.) study Programme in 2017. Therefore at present the Department offers
Bachelor of Education Degree Programme and Optional courses in Education for undergraduates. B.Ed.
Programme aims to prepare teachers who are well informed, competent and creative professionals.
Department of Education offers six postgraduate programmes namely Postgraduate Diploma in Education
(Fulltime) Programme, Postgraduate Diploma in Education (Weekend) Programme, Postgraduate Diploma in
Physical Education, Master of Education, and Master of Philosophy in Education and Doctor of Philosophy in
Education. The Department is enriched with a highly qualified academic staff, 07 holding PhDs in Education.
Undergraduate Degree Programmes: B.A. (Hons.) in Education
Coordinator: Mr. E.M.P.C.S. Ekanayake
Optional Courses in Education
Coordinator: Dr. H.M. Samarakoon Banda
Optional Courses:
LEVEL COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE PREREQUISITES
200 EDU 201 Basics in Education and Learning -
EDU 202 Psychological Foundations of Education EDU 201
IT 201 Graphical Design Application -
300 EDU 301 Teaching and Learning Methodology EDU 201
EDU 202
EDU 302 Management and Leadership in Education EDU 201
153
400 EDU 401 A Comparative Analysis of the Systems of
Education in Sri Lanka and Other Countries
EDU 201
EDU 302
EDU 402 Educational and Psychological Assessment EDU 201
EDU 202
EDU 403 Educational and Psychological Counseling and
Career Guidance of Children and Youth
EDU 201
EDU 202
Semester 3 Course Code Course Title Credits Compulsory © Prerequisites
Optimal (O)
Education EDU 201 Principles of Education 3 C
EDU 202 Child development and Education 2 C
EDU 203 Sociology for Teachers 3 C
EDU 204 ICT in Education 3 C
EDU 205 Health and Physical Education 1 2 C
EDU 206-208
EDU 206
EDU 207
EDU208
Teaching Area 2
Mathematics-Algebra
Science-Biology
ICT-Fundamentals of programming (2)
3
C
Outside
Education
Teaching Area 1 3 C
Semester 4
Education EDU 209 Psychology for teaching and learning 3 C
EDU 210 Leadership and management in
schools
3 C
EDU 211 Basics in Technology 1-Electronics 2 C
154
EDU 212-214
EDU 212
EDU 213
EDU214
Teaching area 2
Mathematics-Geometry
Science- Physics
ICT-Visual Programming
3
C
Outside
Education
Teaching Area 1 3 C
Semester 5
Education EDU 301 School Counseling 2 C
EDU 302 Assessment for Learning 3 C
EDU 303 Health and Physical Education 2 2 C
EDU 304 Basics in Technology 2-
Food science
2
EDU305-307
EDU 305
EDU 306
EDU 307
Teaching area 2
Mathematics- Calculus
Science-Chemistry
ICT- Database systems
3 C
Outside
Education
Teaching Area 1 3 C
Semester 6
Education EDU 308 Inclusive Education 2 C
EDU 309 Curriculum theory and practice 2 C
EDU 310-315 Optionals (2 courses) 2x1 O
EDU 316 Basics in Technology 3- Agriculture 2 C
EDU 317-320
EDU 317
EDU 318
EDU 319
EDU 320
Teaching area 2
Mathematics- Statistics
Science-Bio technology
ICT-Graphic design
ICT Tools for effective teaching
3
2
2
C
Outside
Education
Teaching Area 1 3 C
155
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
Recreational Games Dr. K.S.H.M.V.W.W. Senavirathne
Capacity Building programmes Mr. E.M.P.C.S Ekanayake
Aesthetic Activities Mr.E.M.P.C.S Ekanayake, Dr. P.R. K. A. Vitharana,
Dr. T.M.S. S.K.Yatigammana Ekanayake
Community Development
Project
Mr. E.M.P.C.SEkanayake, Dr.H.M.Samarakoon Banda
Extra- curricular Activities
Student Societies Mr.E.M.P.C.S Ekanayake, Dr. P.R. K. A. Vitharana,
Semester 7
Education EDU 401 General Instructional methods 3 C S EDU 201 -
EDU 319
EDU 402-414 Subject specific teaching methods (2
subjects)
2x1 O EDU 401
EDU 415 Research methods in Education 3 C
EDU 416 Trends and Issues in national and
international education
3 C
EDU 417 Health and Physical Education 3 2 C
EDU 418 Community Project 3 C
Semester 8
EDU 419 Dissertation 6 C
EDU 420 Teaching practicum 6 C EDU 401 &
two of
402-418
156
Department of English
The Department of English, University of Peradeniya, is the direct heir to the English Department of the
Ceylon University College which was situated in Colombo during the first half of the 20th century, and is the
oldest English Department in the country. E.F.C. Ludowyk, was the first Professor of English of the
University of Ceylon and also the first Dean of Arts at the University of Peradeniya. The aim of the
Department is to impart a broad understanding and appreciation of the English language and literatures in
English as these developed over the centuries, and of the socio-cultural and political factors that determined
this development. The Department conducts both undergraduate (General and Special Degree) and
postgraduate (Diploma/ MA/ MPhil/ PhD) programmes. The Department of English staff currently comprises
four professors, four senior lecturers, and two probationary lecturers who are qualified to teach a wide range
of literary, critical and linguistic courses. French is taught under the Department of English. Students who
have graduated offering English as a subject quickly obtain employment in a variety of prestigious and highly
paid fields, including academe, public relations and advertising, teaching, research, the foreign and
administrative services, as well as in the non-governmental and corporate sectors. Although the Department
has changed considerably over the years, it remains committed to producing students with "critical
incisiveness, depth and range of humane learning and rigorous critical standards" which has remained its
credo since the halcyon days of Professor Ludowyk.
The history of French Studies in the Faculty of Arts goes back many years. The University of Ceylon
Calendar for the sessions 1963- 1964 and 1964-1965 attest to the fact that French was taught for the General
Arts Qualifying Exam and the General Degree Examination in Arts in the ‗60s. During this long period of
time French Studies has continued to grow steadily and today over 120 students take French Language and
Literature as one of their main courses for the General Degree. A Special Degree in French Language and
Cultural Studies is being designed.
157
Undergraduate Degree Programmes: B.A. (Hons.) in English
French Language Courses
English
Course Code Course Title Course Description
ENG 101 Introduction to the Study of
English Language I
This course provides students with an introduction to what
could be termed ―traditional‖ areas of English Literature
such as the Elizabethan, Augustan, Romantic, Victorian and
early Modern. The course also familiarizes students with
some basic features pertaining to Language and Linguistics
ENG 102 Introduction to the Study of
English Language II
The Introduction of Students to 20th
and 21st Century trends
in English Literature and Language Studies
ENG 201 An Introduction to the Structure
of the English Language
The course aims to lead students to an understanding of the
internal structure of the English language at the levels of its
sounds (phonetics and phonology), words (morphology) and
sentences (syntax). In the process, it will help students learn
the principles and methods of the study of a language as a
structured entity.
ENG 202
English in its Historical Context The course aims to lead students to an understanding of the
development of the English language in dynamic interaction
with its socio-historical context within Britain. It is expected
that this will help them understand a) the nature of its rich
and complex resources, by reference to, among other things,
their development in response to challenges of meaning-
making raised by changes in society, and b) the nature of the
variability in the language, by reference to the active
correlations of this variability with societal factors, including
hierarchically differentiated social relations in the context.
ENG 203
English Across the World The course aims to lead students to an understanding of the
development of the English language in dynamic interaction
with its socio-historical context within Britain. It is expected
that this will help them understand a) the nature of its rich
158
and complex resources, by reference to, among other things,
their development in response to challenges of meaning-
making raised by changes in society, and b) the nature of the
variability in the language, by reference to the active
correlations of this variability with societal factors, including
hierarchically differentiated social relations in the context.
ENG 204 An Introduction to Chaucer, The
Medieval Period and the Period of
the Renaissance
The course will attempt to frame, in general terms, the
essential background to the emergence of the English literary
tradition, with the intention of providing a means of
understanding the nature of literacy and artistic production in
subsequent times, its characteristic concerns, its nations of
the forms of creativity, its ideas of norms of judgment and so
on. The background will be characterized in terms of the
massive alterations that took place in England and across
Europe between the time of Chaucer and the period of the
Renaissance and its aftermath.
ENG 205 A Survey of British Poetry from
1558-1775
Students are familiarized with key trends in Renaissance,
Restoration, and Augustan British Poetry
ENG 206 Elizabethan/Jacobean and
Restoration Drama
This course aims to make students aware of the trends and
characteristics in two major phases in English Drama
(excluding the drama of Shakespeare which is taught
separately in a 400 level course). While comparing and
contrasting plays, the course will also examine the socio-
historical circumstances that led to two different kinds of
drama during this age.
ENG 207 The Eighteenth Century British
Novel
This course introduces students to the new genre of prose
fiction called the ‗novel‘. It surveys the literary and extra-
literary factors that shaped the ―rise‖ of the novel in
eighteenth- century Britain and discusses some fiction texts
of the century in terms of their contributions to the British
novel.
159
ENG 208 Criticism: Theory & Practice I Based on a detailed study of selected critics, the course
provides an introduction to Classical, Renaissance, and
Neoclassical literary criticism/theory
ENG 301 The English Language and
Society
The course aims to lead students to an understanding of the
relationship between language and society in general and the
English language and Sri Lankan society in particular.
Starting with the recognition of the inherent variability of
language in general and the English language in particular,
the course enables students to seek explanations for this
variability by reference to relevant ―extra-linguistic‖ factors.
ENG 303 Semantics, Pragmatics &
Discourse Analysis
Commencing with a critical assessment of conventional
linguistic theories of meaning-making, this course introduces
students to mainstream and critical Discourse Analysis, and
includes a substantive empirical research component. At the
end of the course students will be able to understand, analyse
and interpret a wide range of discourses, and to relate these
to the relevant socio-cultural, economic and political
contexts in which they function.
ENG 305 Romantic and Victorian Writing The course will introduce students to the ideas, the
ideologies, the works, and the writers that are classified
under and shape the two major literary movements/periods
of 19th
Century Britain: the Romantic Movement (1780-
1832) and the Victorian Period (1836-1901). A
representative selection of writers—poets and novelists—
will be looked at both for the dominant trends in thinking
and creativity they exemplify and for their unique
contributions.
ENG 306 Developments in British Writing
in the 20th Century and After
The course is designed to introduce students to significant
features of 20th
& early 21st century British literature through
a close study of selected authors and such ―movements‖ as
Modernism and Postmodernism
ENG: 307
Criticism—Theory and Practice II
Introduces the student to the major developments in modern
and postmodern literary and sociocultural theory that have
160
greatly contributed to shaping critical thinking today,
covering topics from the areas of Marxist Approaches,
Semiotics, Psychoanalysis, Feminism and Gender Theories,
Queer Theory, Postcoloniality, Modernism and
Postmodernity, Popular Culture and others.
ENG 308
Literary Practice and Critical
Discourse
Demonstrates the different ways in which contemporary
cultural texts of gender, class, nationality, race and media
operate in current contexts, through the study of a selection
of contemporary discourses, which will enable students to
engage critically with textual strategies and cultural issues
projected in them.
ENG 309 Postcolonial Theory and Practice
1
This course introduces postcolonial theory and its
application with reference to texts from Africa and the West
Indies. The course will also detail how Postcolonial literature
evolved from Commonwealth Literature and the ―New‖
Literatures in English.
ENG 401 Language, Culture, Thought and
Ideology
This challenging course sets out to map the complex
relationships between language and thought on the one hand,
and culture and ideology on the other. The course will focus
on key texts by Gramsci, Foucault, James Scott, Gayatri
Spivak, John Thompson, and Volosinov, providing potential
frames of reference for students‘ dissertation and other
research.
ENG 402 Language Planning, Policy &
Management
This course introduces students to core theoretical and
practical concerns related to language policy and planning at
the international, national and sub-national levels. Students
will be guided to explore multidisciplinary approaches to
describe and analyse language policy and planning problems
and solutions, as well as to study issues in implementation.
ENG 404 An Outline of Sinhala and Tamil
Literature
The course, which will be taught jointly by the staff of the
Departments of Sinhala, Tamil, and English, is intended to
help students of English locate their study of English
meaningfully within the national context, through the
161
acquisition of an understanding of the modes and concerns
of literary creation in Sri Lanka. The course will deal with
the development of Sinhala and Tamil literature from
classical to modern times, and bring them into interaction
with other English literature courses through an essentially
comparative/contrastive exploration of literary creativity and
production in the three traditions.
ENG 405
Shakespeare and the Drama of
His Time
Introduces the student to the drama of William Shakespeare
through critical close readings of the texts and to a broad
range of topics pertaining to the study of Shakespeare,
namely, historical reception of his work, contemporary
interpretations, his contemporaries, the theatrical traditions
of his time, the context and conditions of the production of
the plays, including the empire, genre classifications and
others
ENG 406 American Writing The course introduces students to both the literary and extra-
literary origins and orientations of the literature (American)
under study. Since it is a survey course, the selections will
be drawn from the post-Civil War period [i.e., post-1865]
and will attempt to represent writers of different genres,
literary styles and social categories/groups.
ENG 407 Postcolonial Literary Creativity:
Theory and Practice II
The course, which is a sequel to ―Postcolonial Literary
Creativity: Theory and Practice I‖, will introduce students to
the key ideas and socio-political and historical factors that
have shaped literary and cultural production in South Asia.
Though South Asia is undoubtedly home to many rich
literary and aesthetic traditions that go back many centuries,
given time-constraints and the need for easy availability of
the text in English, the course will confine itself to works
produced during the era of British colonialism and the post-
independence era.
162
General Degree Courses
English
Course Code Course Title
ENG 302 Applied Linguistics: The Learning and Teaching of Languages
The course will deal with issues of language acquisition, development,
and teaching, dividing time equally between their
theoretical/conceptual and practical/applied dimensions. An overview
of some of the major general theoretical approaches to the issues will
be followed by an introduction to theories of L2 acquisition/learning
per se. The course undertakes a critical examination of issues related to
actual classroom practice.
ENG 304 Topics in the Study of Language
This course offers a general understanding of certain basic aspects of
the English language within our multilingual context.
ENG 310 Poetry, Fiction, and Drama in English from 1400-1900
The Introduction of Students to the main trends and issues of British
and American Literature from 1400-1900
ENG 209 Cultural Practice and Theory
Introduces the student to contemporary discourses about literature and
cultural practice. The course undertakes the study of texts from a
variety of genres and narratives, including film; non-fictional prose,
journalism and other forms of experiments in narrativity; and thereby
collapses existing hierarchical distinctions between literature and non-
literature together.
ENG 311 Twentieth Century Literature in English
This course provides students with the opportunity to become
acquainted with 20th
Century Fiction, Poetry, Drama along with trends
in Criticism during the period. Equal weight will be given to ―English
Literature‖ and the Literature produced in English by writers from
other parts of the world
FRE 101 French Language and Civilization, Initiation to History of French
Literature (10th
- 15th
Century), Initiation to FrenchTheatre The aim of
163
the course is to take students through a comprehensive revision of
French Grammar, expose them to a wide selection of oral and written
language activities and to give them an understanding of the origin
and development of the French Language.
FRE 102 French Language and Civilization I, Introduction to French Poetry
(12th
-20th
Century) and Prose (17th
Century) The aim of the course is
to further enhance the student‘s linguistic competence in written and
spoken French, to introduce students to contemporary French life and
society so as to broaden and deepen their knowledge and
understanding of key aspects of the society and culture of France.
FRE 201 Advanced Study of French Language and Civilization I, History of
French Literature (16th
- 18th
Century), French Theatre (17th
– 19th
Century)
The course will give Students an understanding of the different stages
in the development of the French language by tracing its archaeology
from Classical to popular Latin, and then through the Middle Ages.
It will also give students a comprehensive insight into the history of
French Medieval Literature focusing in particular on the salient
features of French Theatre of this period.
FRE 202 Advanced Study of French Language and Civilization II & French
Poetry (16th
Century)and Prose (18th
Century)
One of the objectives of the course is to develop and enhance the
writing skills of students in the French Language. This course will also
give students an understanding of the identity of Poetry and its
functions. It will also provide the tools for the analysis of French
poems and facilitate the approach to the Art of Poetry.
The course also introduces students to the French Novel through the
study of writings of selected authors.
FRE 301 Advanced Study of French Language and Civilization IThis first
semester language course is designed to expose students to a large
selection of authentic documents in French so as to perfect their skills
in both written and spoken French. Students will be exposed to audio,
video and written documents.
164
FRE 302 Advanced Study of French Language and Civilization II
This second semester language course stresses on further improving
the written language skills of students. The course therefore exposes
them to a wide variety of written material on diverse topics and invites
students to engage in mastering their competence in writing.
FRE 303 History of French Literature (Modern Period) and Theatre (20th
Century)
This course will introduce students to the works of a range of writers
for the stage in contemporary France. It will also focus on
developments in French theatrical practice and raise critical awareness
of key theoretical issues in contemporary debate about theatre.
Students will be encouraged to develop their spoken language skills
through reading and performance.
FRE 304 The Modern French novel and poetry (19th
and 20th
Century). The aim
of this course is to undertake a sustained and in depth study of
Baudelaire‘s poetic and critical works and through this study to
recognize their impact on the main poetic figures of the modern period.
This course serves to develop analytical skills through the technique of
close reading.. The course also traces the development of the French
novel during the 19th
century through reading and interpreting the most
representative works.. This course will explore the changing world as
perceived by 20th
century writers and will study the important phases
that shaped the development of the Novel in France in the 20th
century.
165
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
English Literary Association (ELA) Senior Treasurer
Prof Arjuna Parakrama
Extra-curricula Activities
Dramsoc
Senior Treasurer
Prof. Sumathy Sivamohan
Ludowyk Memorial Lecture Ludowyk Memorial Lecture
organizing committee
University Music Society Senior Treasurer,
Prof. S.W. Perera
French Club Dr. Kusantha Herat
Prof. S.W. Perera: Chair, Sri Lanka Association for Commonwealth Literature and Language Studies; Chair,
Gratiaen Trust; Bibliographical Representative Journal of Commonwealth Literature; Editor Phoenix:
SriLanka Journal of English in the Commonwealth
Prof. Arjuna Parakrama: The Cadre Chair of the English Department coordinates the FND114 course titled
Law & Ethics, which is compulsory for all first year students in the Faculty of Arts.
166
Department of Fine Arts
The Department of Fine Arts is situated in one of the most scenic locations in the Peradeniya university
premises. It is especially devoted to contributing to the university's mission of cultivating both intellectually
and practically enriched graduates. The Department offers both undergraduate and postgraduate degree
programmes. It focuses on all major genres in the field of Fine Arts from the aesthetic, sociological,
psychological, and historical perspectives. The Department also focuses on providing the students with a
sound knowledge of digital technology and cultural heritage management. Lecturers attached to the
Department (permanent, temporary and visiting) utilize their intellectual capacity and professional
background to provide the students with not only a thorough academic foundation, but also practical training.
Undergraduate Degree Programme: B.A. (Hons.) in Fine Arts
Coordinators:
Cinema and Television - Mr. Athula Samarakoon
Music - Dr. Manoj Alawathukotuwa
Theatre and Drama - Dr. Kanchuka Dharmasiri
Fine Arts
Course Code Course Title Course Description
FNA 101 Introduction to Fine Arts This course will introduce students to the
concept and the phenomenon of art and
specifics of different genres of art.
FNA 102 Introductions to Art History and Aesthetics This course entails introductions to the study
of art from historical and philosophical
perspectives.
167
FNA 201 Art in Early Human Societies This course introduces students to the
important characteristics of the Art in early
human societies and their functional basis.
FNA 202 Art of West I This course entails a study of the art and
architecture of the ancient East, Mediterranean
civilizations.
FNA 203 Dance This course will study dance as form of
artistic expression with special reference to
traditional dance forms and modern trends in
Sri Lanka.
FNA 204 Cinema and TV with Practical Component
I
This course will introduce the students to
Basics of Screen Language and practice in
single camera technology and the history of
world cinema up to 1917.
FNA 205 Theatre and Drama with Practical
Component I
This course will teach the theatre of myth and
ritual history of Western theatre from Greeks
to 1400 AD and the history of Indian theatre
from Bharathamuni up to the 10th century
AD.
FNA 206 Music with Practical Component I This course introduces undergraduate to the
Indian music up to and including Moghul
period and to the basics of Western music.
FNA 210 Sociology and Psychology of Art This course will teach the sociological,
anthropological, psychological and economic
aspects of art.
168
FNA 211 Asian Art In this course undergraduates will be
introduced to painting sculpture and
architecture of, pre-modern South and South.
East Asia and their influence to Sri Lanka
FNA 212 Mass Communication: an Introduction to
Mass Media
This course will teach the sociological,
anthropological and technological aspects of
mass communication.
FNA 213 Cinema and Television with Practical
Component II
This course will teach Narratology of film and
television and the history of Sri Lankan
cinema.
FNA 214 Theatre and Drama with Practical
Component II
This course will teach the history of Western
theatre from 1400 AD to 1850 AD and the
history of traditional Chinese, Japanese and
South East Asian theaters, performance
theories and theories of acting in the East and
the West.
FNA 215 Music with Practical Component II This course will study the Indian music during
the British and modern periods from a
historical perspective, Main trends of Western
music up to the end of 11th
century and an
introduction to the instruments of Western
Orchestra.
FNA 301 Classical Theories of Aesthetics and Art
Criticism
This course will study classical Western and
Eastern theories of aesthetics and art criticism
beginning with the ideas put forward by
ancient Greek and Sanskrit theoreticians.
169
FNA 302 Art of the West II This course will study the distinctive features
of Western art and architecture from the Early
Christian to the Renaissances periods.
FNA 303 Computer and Digital Technology for Fine
Arts and Cultural Heritage Management I
Introduction to computer systems: hardware,
software (operating systems, application
packages) Desktop presentation techniques
(ex. MspowerPoint), Adobe Photoshop basis,
basic skills in photography, field shooting
techniques and inserting techniques to
computers, Internet & email basics, theory of
resolution.
FNA 304 Cinema and TV with Practical Component
III
The course will introduce the students to the
theory of theory and practice of story telling in
cinema and television, reception theory and
television genres.
FNA 305 Theatre and Drama with a Practical
Component III
This course will examine Western drama from
1850 to the present and the modern drama of
the East.
FNA 306 Music with a Practical Component III This course will introduce students a detail
study of Applied music and main trends in
Western music from the end of the sixteenth
to the end of the nineteenth centuries.
FNA 307 Ethnomusicology The aim of this course is to examine music
from an anthropological perspective
considering music as a social institution that
functions and becomes meaningful within the
social structure and culture.
170
FNA 310 Modern Theories of Aesthetics and Art
Criticism
This course will introduce students to Post-
classical theories of aesthetics and art
criticism. Course topics will include:
Impressionism, Naturalism, Realism,
Structuralism, Cubism, Modernism,
Postmodernism, Feminism.
FNA 311 Computer and Digital Technology for Fine
Arts and Cultural Heritage Management II
Desktop publication, Adobe PageMaker
basics, introduction to non-linear editing,
Digital sound recording and editing
(terminology and concepts), Digital sound
recording and editing (Practical), Adobe
Premier basics, Introduction to Interactive
Multimedia Applications, Macromedia
Director, Internet (advance) and blogging,
Introduction to Web designing, Macromedia
Dreamweaver and their application to Fine
Arts.
FNA 312 Cinema and TV with Practical Component IV
The course will introduce students to the
industrial, pre-production and production
aspects and techniques of film and television.
FNA 313 Theatre and Drama with a Practical
Component IV
This course will study the aesthetic, social,
political and anthropological aspects of theatre
and the theory and practice of different modes
of presentation and representation.
FNA 314 Music with Practical Component IV The course will introduce students, music
from scientific, artistic and sociological
perspectives.
171
FNA 315 Sri Lankan Theatre (Sinhala, Tamil and
English)
This course will introduce the undergraduate
to the modern Sri Lankan Sinhala, Tamil and
English language theatres.
FNA 401 Arts and Cultural Heritage Management This course will introduce students to the
importance of art as main component of
cultural heritage, and the social, political,
financial and technological aspects of
conservation, preservation such as digital
technology and appreciation of traditional arts
including the performing arts.
FNA 402 Art and Disability This course is intended to teach the aspects of
interrelationship between the different genres
of arts with the differently able members of
the society
FNA 403 Cinema and TV with Practical
Component V
This course will introduce undergraduates to
the production aspects of creative narrative
and non-narrative film, television programs,
author theory, film genres and the star
concept.
FNA 404 Theatre and Drama with Practical
Component V
Organizational aspects of theatre production
will be discussed in this course. The course
will also introduce students to the practical
aspects of the production and staging of a
play.
FNA 405 Music with Practical Component V This course will deal with the Comparative
studies of North Indian and South Indian
musical theories, contemporary and 20th
172
century world musical trends.
FNA 498 Dissertation I This course is a preparation for FNA 499:
Dissertation II (Independent dissertation/
independent practical production). Lectures on
Research Methodology in Fine Arts are
provided during FNA 498. Student is required
to go through an independent learning process
on their selected research area with the
support of the appointed supervisor. Special
degree student in Fine Arts is required to
complete a dissertation/ a practical production
(with a report). Fine Arts students have the
opportunity to undertake both research and
practical production if they wish to do so.
Dissertation or the practical production should
be completed during FNA 499: Dissertation
II.
FNA 410 Painting and Sculpture in Sri Lanka This course will examine the Sri Lankan
tradition of painting and sculpture with special
reference to the modern trends and important
artists.
FNA 411 Music
(Only for those who do not take Music course
with practical component FNA 206, 215, 306,
314 and 405)
This course will introduce students to the
basis of music. Course topics will include:
basic theories of music; studying Indian and
Western music systems; Study of musical
instruments; study of musicians; introduction
to folk music; introduction to applied music;
Music, culture and society.
173
FNA 412 Cinema and Television
(Only for those who do not take film and
TV courses with a practical component
FNA 204, 213, 304, 312 and 403)
This course will introduce students to the
basic principles, history and social and
aesthetic aspects of film and television.
FNA 413 Theatre and Drama
(Only for those who do not take Theatre
and Drama courses with a practical
component FNA 205, 214, 305, 313 and
404)
This course will deal with the basic principles,
traditions and trends in world theatre.
FNA 499 Dissertation II This is a continuation of FNA 498:
Dissertation I. The written dissertation can be
a field oriented research work. It involves
selection of a research problem, an extensive
literature survey on the area, writing the
proposal, collecting data using appropriate
methods and analysis of data/ information
using the theoretical knowledge gained
through out, preparing written dissertation
(not less than 10,000 words), presentation and
thesis defense. Student can develop a practical
production under a supervisor from the
department. Practical production should be
presented along with a report (not less than
5,000 words) describing the objective of the
project, research findings, methodology,
budget of the project. The production should
be presented to the examiners appointed by
the department followed by a viva.
174
Department of Geography
The Department of Geography of University of Peradeniya is the pioneering and the largest Geography
Department in the country.It was first established at the University of Ceylon in Colombo in 1942 and was
brought to Peradeniya in 1952. The founder Head of the Department was Ms. Elsie Cook. During the last 75
years, it has evolved into the top Geography Department in the nation. At present, the Department offers a
wide range of academic programmes leading to BA, PG Diploma, MA, M.Phil and PhD degrees in diverse
fields of Geography. From 2018 a B.Sc degree will be offered in Geographical Information Science.
Undergraduate Degree Programme: B.A. (Hons.) in Geography
Geography:
Course Code Course Title Course Description
GGY 101 Fundamentals of Physical
Geography
This course offers basic knowledge of the nature,
functions and physical processes of the geo-system
(atmosphere, lithosphere, hydrosphere and biosphere)
that will provide the foundation for more advanced
courses in Physical and Environmental Geography.
GGY 102 Fundamentals of Human
Geography
Theoretical and applied aspects of the discipline center
around population and resources, spatial aspects of
socio- economic, cultural and environmental features
are discussed.
GGY 201 Geomorphology The geomorphology course examines different types of
landscapes created and modified by earth surface
processes. An introduction on tectonic processes and
landform development is also included in the course
module. Both qualitative and quantitative aspects are
discussed through lectures, discussions, practical and
field excursions.
175
GGY 202 Cartography This practical course provides basic knowledge and
skills on different cartographic techniques and learns
principles of cartography as an effective way of
communicating spatial information and be able to
produce good quality cartographic products.
GGY 204 Population Geography This course provides both theoretical and analytical
skills to handle population matters with geographical
perspective: Spatio-temporal variations in the
distribution, composition, migration of human
population and various issues of population.
GGY 206 Basic Geology This course has been designed to provide fundamental
knowledge in geology, a necessity for later physical
geography modules. Identification of rocks and
minerals, interpretation of geological structures,
analysis of geological maps, understanding earth‘s
surface and internal processes are comprised in the
course module. The course is conducted through
lecturers, group discussions, practical and field works.
GGY 210 Introduction to GIS This course introduces the digital environment of
geographic data specially the spatial data. This
includes the theoretical and practical map making
cartographic procedures in digitally with the basic
concepts of data acquisition, store, update, manipulate,
analysis and visualization.
GGY 211 Political Geography The objective of this course is provide a basic
introduction to the field of Political Geography. The
course also reviews the main issues in Political
Geography of the contemporary world. Special
attention will be paid to familiarize students with the
changing political map of the world. The course will
also introduce key Political Geographic issues in Sri
Lanka such as electoral system, geopolitics,
ethnonationalism, devolution of power..
176
GGY 212 Climatology The student will acquire the physical knowledge of the
processes of climate system i.e. the scope and the
science of climatology, the techniques of climate data
analysis and observations of weather instruments of
surface air observations. Upper air observations will be
focused on the demonstration of Colombo
Meteorological Department. The course includes the
natural and man-made climate change, mitigation,
adaptation and the basics of satellite climatology.
GGY 213 Economic Geography This course focuses on evolutionary aspects of the sub-
discipline, spatial organization of economic activities,
world economy and its spatial transformation
GGY 215 Basic Science for Geography Introduces the basic concepts and principles of
Biology, Chemistry and Physics, which will be useful
to follow the undergraduate course units in Physical
Geography.
GGY 216 Mathematics for Geography Mathematics for Geography will equip students with
necessary quantitative skills to analyze the spatially
varying geographical phenomena on earths‘ surface, to
identify their order and patterns, and to characterize
them. These mathematic skills enable them to
tackle problems in Remote Sensing and GIS.
GGY 301 Research Methods Focusing on philosophical basis of geographic
research, this course provides provide essential
knowledge and practical skills on how to carry out
qualitative and quantitative varieties of geographic
research.
GGY 302 Introduction to Hydrology This course is designed to provide fundamental
theoretical knowledge in Hydrology and learn about
the links between atmospheric, surface, sub-surface
and interfacial processes in the hydrological
cycle. The course will also cover the basic methods of
capturing, analyzing and displaying hydrological data
177
through different hydrological (?) methods.
GGY 303 Geography of Sri Lanka ―Geography of Sri Lanka‖provides a comprehensive
knowledgeon physical environment, biological status
and socio-economic background of Sri Lanka. In
addition to that the students acquire a considerable
knowledge on historical background as well as the
recent issues and challenges relevant to Sri Lanka. The
course consisted of group works, individual field work,
presentations, and report writing reference to
geography of Sri Lanka.
GGY 304 Surveying and Leveling This course covers the basic theoretical and practical
concepts of land surveying procedures including the
levelling. The different techniques of surveying and
levelling according to the type of equipment used and
the purpose will be introduced theoretically and
practically. This one of the basic spatial data
acquisition methods in GIS.
GGY 305 Philosophy of Geography The objective of the course is to provide answers to the
question ―What is geography?‖. Thisquestion has
been answered differently during the course of the
evolution of the discipline. Thus, the course will
examine the various, themes and approaches and
traditions proposed. They include, regional approach,
systematic approach, spatial analytic approach, radical
approach, humanistic approach, critical approach and
sustainability approach. The course will also survey
the historical evolution of Geography in Sri Lanka and
geographical research done in Sri Lanka.
GGY 310 Settlement Geography This course addresses the morphology and cultural
landscape of rural settlements through teaching and
field exercises.
GGY 311 Biogeography This course focuses on origin and distribution of species
and the processes that cause them to change over time
178
and its describe main theories, historical factors that
influence current species distributions, processes such
as extinctions, biological invasions, biological
diversity, species colonization, bio-geographical
patterns and application of bio-geographical concepts
to a wide range of environmental problems.
GGY 312 Urban Geography This course introduces the classical and modern
concepts and theories of Urban Geography by
emphasizing their application to understand the urban
space of the world
GGY 313 Regional Geography ―Regional Geography‖ provides a comprehensive
knowledge of geographical literacy on different
regions of the world. Further students will learn the
physical integrity, historical background,
environmental diversity, economic status and
activities, communities, political background,
intergovernmentalaffairs within the region, and main
challenges of each region of the world.The course
consisted of map marking, group works and
presentations, reference to world regions
GGY 498 Dissertation I This course helps in students to write a research
proposal leading to the dissertation due in the next
semester. It is a more student centered activity
however, guidance is provided with several lectures
and supervisory works.
GGY 499 Dissertation II This is the final stage of the GGY 498 which is
comprehensively guided by a supervisor. Student has
to conduct the research and write up the dissertation
based on the research proposal developed in the
previous semester.
179
Stream 1: Human Geography
GGY 401 Agricultural Geography The course addresses bio-physical, socio- cultural and
economic determinants of agricultural patterns and
productivity and agricultural activities and spatial
organization, decision making analysis technological
changes, economic development and global emerging
issues in agriculture from spatial and temporal
perspectives.
GGY 402 Development Geography This course reviews critically of both theoretical and
practical aspects of development from a spatial
perspective.
GGY 403 Geography of Nationalism The objective of the course is to assist students to
understand the basic concepts (the meaning of the
word) and theories (a logical answer to the question
why) of nationalism and ethnonationalism. The
dynamic and intricate link between Geography and
nationalism will also be revealed. Selected
ethnonationalist political movements (e.g. Scottish,
Quebec, Catalonian, Punjab, Kurdish) will be
examined. An in-depth understanding of all aspects of
ethnonationalist politics in Sri Lanka will be provided.
GGY 405 Geopolitics The objective of the course is to familiarize the
students with the concepts (e.g. state, sovereignty,
sphere of influence), and theories in Geopolitics (e.g.
realism, idealism, meta geopolitics, world systems,
clash of civilizations). Major geopolitical issues in the
world will be discussed. Significan attention will be
paid to critically assess the changing geopolitical status
of Sri Lanka and the growing geopolitical significance
of Sri Lanka.
GGY 407 Industrial Geography The course provides a comprehensive knowledge about
Geographical location and distribution pattern of
industries in the World.
180
GGY 408 Landscape Geography This course is focused on enhancing landscape reading
skills by comprehending different theoretical approach
to landscape (mainly ecological, morphological and
social constructionist approaches) with their
applications in the selected landscapes
Stream 2: Physical Geography
GGY 426 Environmental Change This course focuses on environmental change and
dynamic in broader perspectives and identify the
contemporary environmental changes, environmental
problems and the relevant environmental management
strategies.
GGY 427 Tropical Environment This course focuses to provide an in-depth
understanding of the tropical region, its ecosystems,
and issues related to the management of its bio-
physical and human environment.
GGY 428 Soil Geography Demonstrate soil geography as a fundamental branch
of Physical Geography. Explain how soil is formed and
degraded. Apply basic physical and chemical tests to
characterize a soil. Estimate soil production and
erosion rates using different techniques. Apply soil
management and conservation practices effectively.
GGY 429 Fluvial Geomorphology This course is for undergraduates with adequate
background knowledge in geology, hydrology and
geomorphology. The course is delivered through
lectures, discussions, laboratory and field practical, and
collection and analysis of research data. Main aim of
this course is to examine the processes that determine
the form and evolution of streams.
GGY 430 Tropical Climatology The main objective of this course is to offer the basic
knowledge of the tropical climatic system, nature of
variability and physical process. It will also focus on
181
applied tropical climatology like tropical climate and
agriculture, water resources, man`s adaptation to
climatic extremes, tropical climate types and future
challenges.
GGY 431 Advanced Hydrology Advanced hydrology course gives an advance
theoretical knowledge in hydrology and how these
theories can apply in practical situations. Some of the
main topics covered in this course include: analysis of
different hydrographs, estimation of evaporation and
evapotranspiration, determination of infiltration rates
and groundwater flow paths and analysis of water
quality.
GGY 433 Coastal Geomorphology Coastal geomorphology course focuses on how can
various erosional and depositional coastal
geomorphological features can be formed by different
coastal processes. Alsoevolution and classification of
these geomorphological features are introduced.
Further, common coastal classification systems based
on different criteria are discussed in the course.
GGY 434 Applied Meteorology Applied Meteorology exposes students to a wide range
of atmospheric phenomena: from small-scale
phenomena such as wind gusts, dust devils, water
sprouts, mountain and valley breezes, convective
clouds, and tornadoes to larger scale phenomena such
MCSs and tropical cyclones. In the laboratory and field
component student will lean techniques of collecting
methodological data, drawing and analyzing surface
and upper air weather maps, analyzing satellite and
radar imagery, and forecasting the weather.
182
Optional List 1: Geographical
Skills
GGY 450 Remote Sensing The aim of this course is to introduce the basic theories
of image acquisition methods by optical satellite
systems and image processing techniques to extract
geographical data in practically. Further, image
acquisition in airborne systems will also be introduced.
This is a primary data acquisition method especially in
digital nature for GIS.
Optional List 2: Applied
Geography
GGY475 Environmental Impact
Assessment
This course focuses on philosophical, conceptual, legal
and technical basis for EIA and developed skills
GGY 476 Social Impact Assessment The objective of this course is to enable the students to
acquire the latest theoretical knowledge on social
impact assessment, skills necessary to carry out SIA
studies. Familiarization with the legal, administrative
and institutional process of social impact assessment in
Sri Lanka and other countries will also be examined
and compared
GGY 477 Natural Resource Management This course focuses on necessary knowledge, skills and
analytical abilities relating to natural resource
management and cultivate ethical concerns needed for
effective natural resource management.
GGY 479 Disaster Management This course teaches the causes and impacts of
disasters, the methods of disaster risk reduction, and
disaster management strategies like early warning
systems, emergency response, relief, rehabilitation,
mitigation, and preparedness focusing Pre-and-Post
phases. Spatial tools in disaster management i.e.
Geographical Information Systems and Remote
183
Sensing, institutional role, and disaster management
field work will base on the Sri Lanka situation.
GGY 480 Coastal Zone Management The coastal zone management course introduces stages
in Integrated Coastal Zone Management (ICZM)
process. Further this course covers analysis of littoral
sediment budget, different strategies and measures can
be implemented in coastal zone management process.
Also the course specially focusses on coastal zone
management strategies implement in Sri Lanka.
GGY 481 Watershed Management This subject provides a comprehensive knowledge on
Watersheds, Processes, Issues, Management Strategies
and related analytical knowledge. This applied course
consisted of compulsory field study and preparing a
field report. Further, the students will gain the
knowledge on watershed management activities and
research in Sri Lanka, as well as the international
research context.
GGY 483 Land-use Planning Land use planning course is designed to provide both
theoretical, empirical, and applied knowledge derived
from international and national contexts to enhance the
conceptual and analytical skills and techniques
necessary for land use planning
GGY 486 Forest Resource Management This course focuses on knowledge on the socio-
economic, cultural and ecological relationship between
forests and people and management strategies.
184
GGY 488 Sustainable Development This subject provides an understanding of different
aspects of human environmental relationship from the
point of view of sustainable development. Further, the
students will obtain a basic understanding on national
and global efforts, tools and strategies for achieving
the sustainable development within the frame of
Applied Geography.
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
Organization of undergraduate field works Dr.DML Dissanayake
Management of Dissertation works Dr. CS Hettiarachchi
Extra-curricular Activities
Works related to Sri Lanka Geography
Teachers‘ Association
Dr. TWMTW Bandara
Works related to National Geography
Olympiad Compition
Mr.A.K.Wickramasooriya
Certificate Course in Geography For School
Teachers Programme
Dr. TWMTW Bandara
The Department maintains a fully-fledged weather station, GIS Laboratory, Soil Laboratory, Analytical
Laboratory and a library and modern surveying equipments. The Department also has a group of trained
technicians to assist students in practical works. Also new degree programme in Geographical Information
Science will be available from 2018 onwards.
Student Request and Appeal Committee handles students‘ grievances if any. The committee is consisted of
three members namely Dr.K.W.G. RekhaNianthi, Dr. M.M.P. Perera and Ms.P.P. Masakorala.
185
Department of History
History is considered a foundation discipline of the entire Social Sciences in the past. During the University
College phase the main focus of the history curricula was on Medieval and Modern European History. The
Department of History was one of the main departments in the Faculty of Arts in the newly established
University of Ceylon with Prof. S. A. Pakeman as the first Professor of History.
Undergraduate Degree Programme: B.A. (Hons.) in History
History:
Course
Code
Course Title Course Description
HIS 101 Social and Economic History of
Sri Lanka up to A.D. 1600
The objective of this course is to enable to students to comprehend
the development of social, economic, political and religious
instructions and cultural traditions of ancient and medieval Sri
Lanka in a historical setting.
HIS 102 Social and Economic History of
Sri Lanka up to A.D 1600-1948
This course is designed to so as to provide to the students a
knowledge of the changes that had taken place in Sri Lankan
society in consequence of interactions with three colonial powers,
namely the Portuguese, the Dutch and the British.
HIS 201 History of the Indian Sub-
continent 6th century B.C. to
320 A.D.
In this course unit, attention will be focused on the foundation of
Indian political and social institution and cultural traditions.
Students are also expected to acquire background knowledge of
pre-history, particularly the Harappan civilization
HIS 202 History of the South Asian Sub-
continent from 1707 to 1858
A.D.
The Emphasis of this course will be on major political, socio-
economic, constitutional and administrative developments in the
South Asian Sub-continent. Students are expected to understand
these developments in the context of their interactions.
HIS 203 History of Modern Europe I
1453-1789 A.D
This course is designed to enable student to acquire an
understanding of the main themes of the historical processes in
Modern Europe in the period from 1450 to the outbreak of the
186
French Revolution.
HIS 204 Ancient Civilizations The main objective of this course unit is to acquaint the student
with the evolution of the early phase of human civilization
focusing on the river valley civilization of Egypt, Middle East,
India and China.
HIS 205 History of Fine Arts in Ancient
South Asian Sub-continent
The History of Fine Arts in the Indian Sub-continent until the 18th
Century will be studied in detail in this course. Special attention
will be paid to all the major schools of art and architecture.
Attention will be paid to regional styles and local traditions and
their interactions.
HIS 206 History of Indian Sub-continent
from 320 to 1206 A.D.
In this course until the political, social and cultural history of India
will be the principal areas of study. Students who follow this
course are expected to be familiar with the literacy and
archaeological sources and outlines of the History of Indian
cultural literacy.
HIS 207 History of Indian Sub-continent
1858 – 1975 A.D.
Main objectives of this course are to examine the political
religious social and cultural conditions in India after the 1857.
HIS 208 History of Modern Europe II-
1789-1975 A.D
This course is designed to enable the students to acquire an
understanding of the main trends in the evolution of historical
processes and the changes in political, economic and social
structures in Europe from the French Revolution until 1975
HIS 209 History of Pre-modern Europe In this course unit the focus is on the foundation of European
civilization. The ideas and institutions, which had become
HIS 210 History of Fine Arts in Sri
Lanka
History of Fine Arts in Sri Lanka in pre-colonial times is the main
focus of study in this course. Attention will be paid to the
traditions of Anuradhapura, Polonnaruva and the medieval schools
of art and the developments in the Kandyan provinces and the low
country.
HIS 301 Selected Themes in Sri Lankan
History up to A.D. 1500
This course is design with the objective of enabling students to
gain a clear understanding of the main currents of the multifaceted
history of Sri Lanka from the earliest time up to the 16th
century,
on the basis of historical and archaeological evidence.
187
HIS 302 History of South East Asia up
to 1600 A.D. I: Political and
Social Institutions
This course is designed to enable student to acquire an
understanding of the culture of South East Asian region with
knowledge of its political and social history in the period from
beginning to 1600 A.D. Hence, the area covered includes the
main land states of Myanmar, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam
and Malaya.
HIS 303
History of Ancient East Asia I:
Selected Themes in Chinese
History up to 1600 A.D
This course is designed to enable students to acquire an
understanding of the main trends of the historical developments in
East Asia, particularly in ancient China from prehistoric times to
the 16th
century A.D.
HIS 304 Selected Themes in Indian
History I: The Delhi Sultanate
and Vijayanagara
The objective of this course to enable students to gain an
understanding of the issues relating to the establishment of
Muslim
HIS 305 History of Asian Commerce up
to A.D.1000
The course is designed to enable student to gain an understanding
of the developments in Asian commerce during this period.
Attention will be on trading groups, their interactions, staples of
international trade, centers and the processes of collection and
distribution.
HIS 306 History of South East Asia from
A.D. 1600 to 1948
This course is designed to enable the students to acquire a sound
East Asia since A.D 1600
HIS 307 Colonialism Theory and
Practice I
This course is intended to provide the students with a broad
conceptual and historical knowledge of colonialism as a
background of the understanding of the ongoing post-structural
and post-colonial debates on colonialism.
HIS 308 History of 20th Century World
1914 – 1945
This course is intended to draw the attention of the students to the
major developments in the history of the world during the period
1914-1945. These developments will be presented in their inter-
relationship and their global perspective.
HIS 309 Nationalism and its Problems
from Early 16th Century to 1945
This course is designed to enable the students to study the history
of nationalism with emphasis on various facets and problems of its
development from the early 16 century to the end of Second
World War.
188
HIS 310 History of East Asia from 1600
A.D: Selected Themes of
Chinese History
This course is designed to enable student to acquire an
understanding of the main developments in the history of modern
East Asia from 1600 A.D
HIS 311 Diplomatic and Strategic
History of the Indian Ocean
This course is designed to enable students to acquire an
understanding of the main trends in diplomatic and strategic
history of the Indian Ocean in the period from 1500 to 1945.
HIS 314 Selected Themes in Sri Lankan
History from A.D. 1500
The principle objective of this course is to trace the broad
historical processes in the evolution of the modern Sri Lankan
Society be examining the historical discourse related to the
selected themes and events.
HIS 315 History of South East Asia up
to A.D. 1600 II : Insular South
East Asia
This course is designed with the objective of enabling students to
gain a clear understanding of the political, social, religious and
economic history of the Insular South East Asia from the earliest
times up to 1600 A.D.
HIS 316 History of Ancient East Asia II
: Japan and Korea up to A.D.
1600
This Course is designed to enable students to acquire an
understanding of the main trends in the historical developments of
East Asia, particularly in Japan and Korea. Accordingly, the
history of ancient Japan and Korea up to the sixteenth century
A.D. is the main focus of study in this course.
HIS 317 Selected Themes in Indian
History II : The Mughal Empire
Promoting and imaginative understanding of the profound
political, social and cultural changes that had occurred in the
Indian sub-continent during the age of the Mughal Empire is the
principle objective of this course of study.
HIS 318 History of Asian Commerce II
1000-1800 A.D.
This course is designed to enable students to comprehend the
developments in Asian commerce during the period Circa A.D
1000-1800 and their significance in stimulating the process of
political, social and cultural changes.
HIS 319 History of South East Asia from
1939 to the present
This course is designed to enable students to acquire an
understanding of the main historical developments of South East
Asia from 1939 to the present day
HIS 320 Colonialism Theory and
Practice II : Selected Themes
In this course attention will be paid to colonialism in practice in
different historical contexts. In relation to colonial practice
189
strategies of domination and subordination of colonial societies
will be given special attention.
HIS 321 History of 20th Century World
since 1945
The history of the second half of the twentieth century is a history
of revolutionary global transformation. This Course is designed to
enable the students to understand this global transformation.
HIS 322 Nationalism and its problems II
from the end of the Second
World War
The objective of this course is to guide the students to study
nationalism with reference to the major aspects of its development
since the end of the Second World War
HIS 323 History of East Asia from 1600
A.D. Selected Themes of
Japanese and Korean History
This Course is designed to enable students to acquire an
understanding of the main developments in the history of modern
East Asia from 1600 A.D. The objective of the course is to
examine historical process in the emergence of Japan and Korea as
―modern states‖
HIS 324 Diplomatic and Strategic
History of the Indian Ocean II :
from 1945 to the present
This course is designed to enable students to acquire an
understanding of main trends in diplomatic and strategic history of
the Indian Ocean in the period from 1945 to the present.
HIS 401 History of Sri Lanka from the
Third Century B.C. to the
Middle of the Sixth Century
A.D (Chronicles and Literary
Sources)
This course intends to give the students a detailed understanding
of the Dipawamsa, Mahavamsa and commentaries, and Pali
literary works as sources of early Sri Lankan History.
HIS 402 Sources of Ancient History
(Literature)
The objective of this course is to equip students with the skills that
would enable them to utilize primary literary sources for the study
of ancient history. A training in reading and understanding Pali
and Sanskrit languages will be provided as part of the course.
HIS 403 Social Theories and Institutions
of the South Asian Sub-
continent up to circa 1200 A.D
The principle objective of this course is to provide an
understanding of development in social theory as well as the
evolution of social institutions in the South Asian Sub-continent.
HIS 406 Historiography (Historical
Method and Philosophy of
History)
The course is designed to enable students to acquire necessary
training in methods in historical research and understanding of
main concepts and approaches in historical interpretation.
190
HIS 407 Identification of Sources for the
Study of Socio-Political
Developments in Sri Lanka
1796 -1931
This course is designed to give a deeper understanding of the
workings of British Colonialism in Sri Lanka-its ideology,
strategies and policies, socio-political aspects and forms of
resistance and challenge from Sri Lankan society.
HIS 408 Analysis of Sources for the
study of Socio-Political
Developments in Sri Lanka
1796-1931
The course is designed to give a deeper understanding of the
workings of British Colonialism in Sri Lanka. Its ideology,
strategies and policies, socio-political impact, and forms of
resistance and challenge from Sri Lankan society.
HIS 409 History of Sri Lanka from the
Third Century B.C. to the
Middle of the Sixth Century
A.D. (Epigraphy and
Archaeological Sources)
The objective of this course is to provide the students with a
thorough understanding of the archaeological sources of the period
with special emphasis on epigraphy.
HIS 410 Sources of Ancient History
(Epigraphy)
This course will mainly concentrate on the Sri Lankan and
selected Indian inscriptions, including the ones inscribed on coins
and gold and copper plates.
HIS 411 Political Theories and
Institutions of the South Asia
Sub-continent up to circa 1200
AD.
The main objective of the course is to provide students with a fair
grounding in the political theories and institutions of ancient India.
It is expected that the students will be thoroughly familiar with the
primary sources, literary and epigraphic in particular, pertaining to
the subject area.
HIS 412 Identification of Sources for the
Study of Socio-political
Developments in Sri Lanka
1931 to the present day
This course is designed to give a deeper understanding of the
workings of British Colonialism in Sri Lanka- its ideology,
strategies and policies, socio-political impact and forms of
resistance and challenge from Sri Lankan society.
HIS 413 Analysis of Sources for the
study of Socio-Political
Developments in Sri Lanka,
1931 to the present day.
This course is designed to give a deeper understanding of the
workings of British Colonialism in Sri Lanka-its ideology,
strategies and policies, socio-political Impact, and forms of
resistance and challenge from Sri Lankan society.
HIS 416 Historiography (Eastern and The objective of this course is to be impart skills in understanding
191
Western Historiography
traditions)
the historiography traditions of the West and the East.
HIS 498
499
Dissertation
(Independent research)
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
Syllabi revision Dr. K.M.R. Dasanayake
Extra-curricula Activities Dr. S.M Dharmarathne,
Mrs. S.A.C. Feroziya
Field research organization, welcome and going-
down party organization
Dr. S.M Dharmarathne,
Mrs. S.A.C Feroziya
192
Department of Law
The Department of Law commenced its academic activities in October 2009. The previous Department of
Law, which functioned in the University of Peradeniya, moved to Colombo in the 1960s and currently
functions as the Faculty of Law, University of Colombo. The new Department of Law offers a fully-fledged
four year Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) Degree programme. It is a modern law degree programme that combines
cutting-edge developments in the law with a strong social justice orientation. In keeping with modern trends in
legal education, the curriculum of the degree programme is inter-disciplinary and also includes several novel
core courses in law. In addition to a large number of law courses, students have to offer courses on logic,
political theory, sociology, psychology, history, economics and management so that students are able to study
law in its larger social setting. Legal Writing and Research, Mooting, Legal Clinic and Sociology of Law are
new core courses in Law introduced by the Department in order to foster greater practical and analytical skills
among its undergraduates. Law students must also submit a 10,000 word dissertation in order to complete the
degree requirements. The LL.B. Degree programme is offered only in the English medium. The University of
Peradeniya adopted this language policy concious of the need to impart legal education in an international
language so that its law graduates would have the capacity to become confident young professionals with a
global outlook while at the same time possessing the capacity to address local issues with social sensitivity.
Such a language policy is equally aimed at providing equal professional opportunities to all its law graduates
as they enter the world of work.
Undergraduate Degree Programme: Bachelor of Laws
Course
Code
Course Title Description
LAW 101 Introduction to Law This course provides a basic definition and a conceptual framework to
distinguish law from other social constructs. It focuses on sources and
branches of law in major legal systems, the role of law in the society and
how it operates.
193
LAW 102 Legal history and the
Legal System of Sri
Lanka
The course provides a comprehensive insight to the historical evolution
of the modern legal system of Sri Lanka with a particular emphasis on its
pluralist nature along with an identification of its advantages and
disadvantages. The influence of civil law, common law and the personal
laws in the development of the legal system is considered, allowing a
discussion on the desirability of a single civil code and the relevance of
other legal systems and international law.
LAW 103 Legal Method As law has its unique materials and methods this course introduces
methods used in the study of law. It introduces the legal profession,
functions and ethics enabling the student to think like a lawyer.
LAW 104 Legal Research and
Writing
Legal research and writing is a skill that needs to be developed among all
law students and this course helps the students to learn how to locate
legal sources, develop analytical writing and effective communication
skills.
LAW 201 Constitutional Law I
The course focuses on basic legal concepts and structures regarding
constitutional governance in Sri Lanka, focusing on comparative
constitutional experiences. Basic constitutional law theories and
doctrines, the concept of constitutionalism as well as the constitutional
history of Sri Lanka are examined in this course.
LAW 202 Criminal Law I The course introduces basic principles of Criminal Law along with the
fundamental aspects of criminology and victimology, theories of
punishment, categories of crime and the role of the State in reining
criminal conduct in order to capacitate the students to engage in a
comprehensive assessment of the Criminal Law system. Specific crimes
recognized by the Penal Code and other statutes of Sri Lanka are
discussed in detail for illustrative purposes and the concept of
international crimes is also discussed.
LAW 203 Family Law I The focus of this course is the legal framework pertaining to family
relations in Sri Lanka. It discusses the pluralistic legal system of Sri
Lanka which consists of both indigenous and colonial legal principles.
The course also focuses on the legal implications of international human
rights obligations of Sri Lanka.
194
LAW 205 Law of Contract This course focuses on the origins and development of the law of contract
in Sri Lanka, highlighting the influence of Roman Dutch Law and
English Common Law. It covers the principal areas of formation,
performance, termination, remedies & modern forms of contracts.
LAW 206 Family Law II This course specifically focuses on the legal framework and the
underlying policy considerations relating to the child. Students are
encouraged to assess the compatibility of existing laws and policies with
international legal obligations of Sri Lanka on the rights of the child, with
a view to develop an agenda for reform.
LAW 207 Property Law The course provides a broad overview of basic principles relating to
Property Law in Sri Lanka along with its historical origins and
development. The evolution of Property Law regimes in response to the
challenges posed by development imperatives and the resulting changes
in processes and policies are discussed in detail along with the guiding
principles that are of importance in Property Law reforms.
LAW 208 Constitutional Law II
The course focuses on constitutional protection of human rights,
introducing key concepts and examining its significance to democratic
governance and to the concept of constitutionalism. Constitutional
protection of human rights is examined from a broad perspective, where
strengths and weaknesses of protecting individual and group rights in the
Constitution is analyzed.
LAW 301 Law of Delict
The course introduces students to civil wrongs, civil liability and related
principals of law in Sri Lanka which have been strongly influenced by
Roman-Dutch Law and English tort law. Legal principals and remedies
developed in Sri Lanka are also discussed in this course.
LAW 302 Criminal Law II With the introduction given by Criminal Law I on the basic principles of
Criminal Law and categories of offenses under the Penal Code of Sri
Lanka, this course expands on defenses to criminal liability and also
examines the new developments in this area with advances in medical
science and technology. Sources and fundamental principles of the Law
of Evidence in Sri Lanka and new developments in that regard are
discussed, utilizing comparative law where relevant.
195
LAW 303 Law of Equity & Trust This course focuses on the origin and development of the concept of
equity under English Law and its contemporary use. It covers the
principal areas such as maxims of equity, equitable remedies, the Trusts
Ordinance in Sri Lanka and modern application of these concepts.
LAW 305 Administrative Law The course introduces the evolution of administrative law in common law
and civil law legal systems by examining various administrative
authorities, powers conferred to them, available remedies and judicial
review of administrative actions.
LAW 306 Mooting Mooting deals with simulated court room presentations (both oral and
written) to help develop advocacy skills, legal research, legal drafting,
and to familiarize with court room dynamics and formalities.
LAW 307 Sociology of Law The course deals with the relationship between law and sociology and
thereby it contextualizes law in relation to the needs, functions and
changes in the society. It focuses on the study of legal institutions and the
legal profession in the law making process, general perceptions of the law
and use of the law from a sociological perspective, which altogether
forms the foundation of law. The use of law as a tool of social change
will also be discussed with a particular emphasis on the Sri Lankan
context.
LAW 308 Company Law This course focuses on the development of company law in Sri Lanka,
highlighting the influence of English Law, Canadian Law & New
Zealand Law. It covers principal areas of incorporation of companies,
company contracts, corporate finance, corporate governance, winding up
and other contemporary issues of corporate law.
LAW 309 Human Rights Law The course is designed to provide a broad understanding about the
evolution and philosophical foundations of the modern concept of human
rights, its linkages with peace, development and human security and the
impact of the phenomenon of universalization of human rights on
domestic jurisdictions. It also examines the normative content and the
enforcement frameworks of International Human Rights Law along with
their critiques and the relevance of those frameworks to Sri Lanka.
LAW 310 Conflict Analysis This course focuses on providing an overview of the concept of conflict,
its foundations and methods of analysis with special reference to the role
196
of a lawyer. Development of analytical skills related to conflicts is
achieved through practical case studies.
LAW 311 Forensic Psychology
This course introduces the relationship between psychology and the law,
particularly in the area of criminal law. It focuses on the application of
psychological knowledge and methods to tasks faced by the legal system.
LAW 312 Law and Medicine
The course discusses legal responses to issues which arise in the medical
care context which have legal and ethical implications as well as the
application of new medical technologies.
LAW 313 Public International
Law
The course introduces the nature, sources and application of International
Law, highlighting international dispute settlement and other fundamental
concepts and principles in the dynamic global arena.
LAW 401 Jurisprudence I The course provides a sound knowledge of the philosophical foundations
of the law and their critiques which are vital for a comprehensive
understanding of the scope of law and its role in the society. The sources
which provide legitimacy to law, law‘s perception on the society, power
relations and the relationship between law and justice and major schools
of juridical thought are analyzed with the aim of orienting students
towards questioning the orthodoxies and discovering alternative views of
the law.
LAW 402 Alternative Dispute
Resolution
This course focuses on the importance of the use of extra judicial dispute
resolution mechanisms in Sri Lanka, with special reference to other
jurisdictions. The principal areas that are covered by the course are
critical analysis of adjudication process, ADR methods and laws in Sri
Lanka and evaluation of such methods.
LAW 403 Business Law
The course focuses on Business Law in Sri Lanka as well as the issues in
international business transactions and legal responses that have been
made to address such problems.
LAW 404 International
Humanitarian Law
An introductory course on laws of war and peace which relates to
international and non-international armed conflicts focusing on
impermissible methods and means of warfare, protection of non-
combatants and other substantive rules constituting the laws of war.
LAW 405 Law of the Sea Being residents of an island, the course provides a comprehensive
understanding to students on the historical development, scope and
197
relevance of the Law of the Sea to Sri Lanka. The issues of State
sovereignty and access to maritime resources which occur within the
scope of Law of the Sea due to competing economic, political and
technological interests are also examined along with laws pertaining to
resolution of disputes and marine pollution.
LAW 406 Crime & Deviance This course provides conceptual clarity on crime and deviance and
introduce students to a detailed elaboration of the subject of criminology.
This course introduces students to various schools of thought on crime
and criminal behavior and discuss the desirability of adopting a
criminological approach to the criminal justice system.
LAW 407 Law of International
Organizations
The establishment of the UN, internationalization of Human Rights and
economic and social development has led to give prominence to
international organizations and laws that govern them. The course
discusses powers, immunities, functions, and liabilities of international
organizations as subjects of international law.
LAW 408 Information
Technology Law
The course introduces fundamental features of IT, identifies issues which
require responses from the law and examines the legal principles which
are applicable to such issues.
LAW 409 International Trade
Law
This course covers traditional legal aspects of international trade while
assessing the impact of WTO rules. Legal principles applicable to various
modes of international trade, including electronic commerce and modes
of transportation are introduced. Dispute resolution relating to
international trade is also an area of emphasis.
LAW 412 Labour Law This course will introduce and examine Sri Lanka‘s labour law régime in
the context of Sri Lanka‘s international legal obligations on labour rights.
The evolution of Sri Lanka‘s labour sector is examined, taking in to
account historical, social, political and economic factors that shaped its
contours.
LAW 413 International
Investment Law
This course focuses on the development of International investment legal
framework with the objective of achieving political, economic and social
goals of Sri Lanka. The balancing of competing interests of investors and
host States and conflict between public rights and private rights related to
international investment are critically analyzed.
198
LAW 414 Environmental Law This course focuses on different environmental concerns and global and
national legal framework in combating the environmental degradation. It
covers international & domestic regulatory framework for conserving
environment with an inter disciplinary perspective.
LAW 415 Private International
Law/ Conflict of Laws
This course examines the evolution and theoretical foundations of Private
International Law along with its major concepts and basic principles
pertaining to resolving conflict of laws in key areas of international
jurisdictional relationships such as family relations and commercial
transactions. The theoretical foundations are analyzed with reference to
jurisprudence of Sri Lanka and selected comparative jurisdictions.
LAW 416 Conflict Management
& Resolution
This course focuses on providing an overview of the methods and
approaches to conflict prevention, management and stages of conflict
resolution. It facilitates the development of management skills related to
conflicts via an activity based approach.
LAW 417 Intellectual property
Law
The course discusses the intellectual property law framework in Sri
Lanka as well as the TRIPs regime and encourages students to explore
ways in which conflicting private and public interests involved in
intellectual property law issues could be balanced.
LAW 418 Jurisprudence II This course explores key concepts in law in furtherance to insights
provided by Jurisprudence I on the philosophical foundations and schools
of jurisprudential thought and their critiques. New trends in
jurisprudential thought are also examined to provide students with
capability and room for discovering alternative models of the law.
LAW 498 Legal Clinic
Clinical legal education attempts to provide opportunities for law students
to develop practical legal skills by providing direct training under the
supervision of legal practitioners handling legal disputes. These practical
legal skills relate to interviewing and counseling clients, case analysis,
negotiating and mediation and preparation of legal documents.
LAW 499 Dissertation
Students are required to submit a research proposal, obtain approval of
the Department and commence a research on the proposed project. The
199
reserach project involves field research and library research under the
supervision of the research supervisor. The dissertation shall conform to
the approved format. This component is a compulsory requirement for the
completion of the LL.B. degree programme.
Academic Counseling – Provides academic counseling for students. Students are allocated a mentor and
required to frequently meet him/her to discuss academic and other issues they may face.
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
Mooting Ms. R. Katugaha
Extra-curricular Activities
Debating Ms. R. Katugaha
The Department of Law has signed a Memorandum of Understanding with The Pennsylvania State University,
United States of America which offers scholarships for the students of the Law Department to follow a
semester of classes of the LL.B Programme and Masters Programme (LLM) offered by the University.
200
Department of Pali & Buddhist Studies
The Department of Pali and Buddhist Studies has a long history within this University. In 1942,
when the University of Ceylon was established Pali was taught as a language under the Department
of Languages in the Faculty of Oriental Studies. In 1952, when the University of Peradeniya was
established, Buddhist Studies were expanded to include Buddhist Civilization under a newly
established Department of Pali and Buddhist Civilization. In 1972, all Departments associated with
Buddhist Studies were shifted to the Vidyalankara Campus (now University of Kelaniya). In 1978,
restoration of Buddhist Department of Pali and Buddhist Studies. To this day, the Department
continues the tradition of offering undergraduate and postgraduate Degree programmes to local and
foreign students
Undergraduate Degree Programmes: BA (Hons.) Degree in Buddhist Studies
BA (Hon.s) Degree in Pali Studies
Buddhist Studies
Course Code Course Title Course Description
BST 101 Early History of Buddhism The aim of this course is to provide a comprehensive
knowledge of the background to the rise of Buddhism and
its history from the inception to the 3rd
Century B.C.
BST 102 Introduction to the Teachings of
Buddhism
This course is intended to introduce the students to the
fundamental tenets of Buddhism common to all the
Buddhist sects. The student will be encouraged to
examine the characteristics of Buddhism as a distinct
world view in relation to religion, philosophy, science and
psychology.
BST 201 History of Buddhism in India
(Post-Asokan)
The objective of this course is to do a special study of the
history of Buddhism in India in the early post-Asokan
period focusing on the political, cultural and historical
background.
201
BST 202 /
PST 202
Background to Early Buddhism The objective of this course is to introduce the student to
the philosophical and religious background of early
Buddhism so that in the subsequent detailed study of the
early Buddhist teachings the student will be able to
understand the influences of pre-Buddhist Indian thought
on the teachings of Buddhism as well as the distinctive
characteristics of early Buddhist thought.
BST 203 Development of Buddhist
Doctrines I (Theravada)
The objective of this course is to examine the historical
process through which Theravada emerged as a distinct
school. The distinctive doctrinal positions of Theravāda
and their relationship to the original message of the
Buddha will also be examined.
BST 204 Buddhist Literature The objective of this course is to introduce the student to
the history of canonical and post-canonical early Buddhist
literature both in Pali and Buddhist Sanskrit.
BST 210 Development of Buddhist
Doctrines II (Non-Theravada)
The objective of this course is to study the origin and
development of early Mahāyāna Sūtra literature and the
principal doctrines of both Mahāyāna and Hinayana
(except Theravada).
BST 211 /
PST 213
Social and Political Philosophy of
Buddhism
The objective of this course is to introduce the students to
the social, political and economic philosophy of
Buddhism.
BST 212 /
PST 212
Early Buddhism The objective of this course is to examine the distinctive
teachings of early Buddhism in the light of the early
Buddhist critique of pre-Buddhist Indian thought. The
teachings contained in the Pali canon will be the primary
source material.
BST 213 Elements of Buddhist Art The objective of this course is to introduce the student to
the elements of Buddhist art and iconography. The study
will aim at examining the aesthetic theory and aesthetic
attitude of Buddhism and its contribution to Indian art.
202
BST 301 Buddhist Ethics The objective of this course is to study the ethics of
Buddhism in terms of the concepts and theories that have
developed in the history of moral philosophy.
BST 302 Early Buddhist Monastic
Institutions
The objective of this course is to study early Buddhist
monasticism against the background of ancient Indian
mendicant traditions both samaṇa and brāhmaṇa.
BST 303 Rites and Ceremonies in
Buddhism
The objective of this course is to study the place of rites
and ceremonies in Buddhism.
BST 310 Buddhism and Problems of
Philosophy
The objective of this course is to guide the student to
study Buddhism as a system of philosophy paying
attention to the Buddhist solutions to the fundamental
questions of philosophy.
BST 311 Contemporary Buddhism The objective of this course is to study the impact of
contemporary social trends on Buddhist ideology,
practices and the way of life.
BST 312 Expansion of Buddhism (South-
East Asia)
The objective of this course is to investigate the influence
of Buddhism on the life patterns, thought and social and
religious institutions of South-east Asia. (Myanmar,
Thailand, Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam, Malaysia and
Indonesia).
BST 313 /
PST 315
Abhidhamma I The aim of this course is to study the origin and
development of the canonical Abhidhamma of the
Theravada tradition.
BST 314 Life of the Buddha The objective of this course is to impart a critical and
historical knowledge of the life of the Buddha as seen
from the Nikāyas and the Vinaya Sources.
BST 315 /
PST 314
Textual Criticism The objective of this course is to study a selected sutta of
the Pali canon focusing on the historical development of
Buddhist ideas in the wider context of Indian religious
and philosophical thought.
BST 316 /
PST 316
Abhidhamma II The objective of this course is to study the non-canonical
Theravada Abhidhamma and the non-Theravada
abhidhamma traditions.
203
BST 317 Buddhist Mythology The objective of this course is to study the myths in
Buddhism both in its early and developed forms inclusive
of their structure, meaning, and function in the light of
some modern theories of mythology.
BST 318 Buddhism and Gender Issues The objective of this course is to examine the Buddhist
attitude towards sexuality and gender.
BST 401 Impact of Buddhism on the
Culture of Sri Lanka
This course is aimed at studying the impact of the schools
of Buddhism prevalent in Sri Lanka during the period
from the pre-Buddhist time up to the dawn of the colonial
era. It is also aimed at giving a general knowledge of the
main trends of the history of religion in Sri Lanka during
that period.
BST 402 /
PST 414
Buddhist Psychology The objective of this study is to examine the contribution
of the Buddhist teachings to psychology.
BST 410 Buddhist Logic and Epistemology The objective of this course is to acquaint the student with
the origin and development of logic and epistemology in
the Buddhist tradition.
BST 411 Asian Buddhist Art The aim of this course is to introduce the students to
Asian Buddhist art and architecture and the impetus given
by Buddhism to the development of fine arts in Asia.
BST 413 Early Mahayana Schools of
Buddhism
The aim of this course is to study in detail early
Mahayana philosophical traditions: the Madhyamaka and
the Yogācāra.
BST 414 Buddhism and World Religions The objective of this course is to study Buddhisi11 in
relation to some of the major religious traditions of the
world such as Hinduism, Jainism, Sikhism, Shinto,
Taoism, Confucianism, Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.
BST 415 /
PST 415
Buddhist Mental Culture The objective of this course is to study the Buddhist
methods of mental culture.
BST 416 Buddhism and Popular Religious
Cults
The aim of this course is to introduce the interaction
between Buddhism and popular religious cults in regions
where the influence of Buddhism was strongly felt. A
204
special attention will be paid to a few selected popular
religious cults in Sri Lanka.
BST 417 Buddhism and Society The course will focus on how the traditional social and
economic patterns on which the various Buddhist cultures
depended were disrupted and eventually displaced by the
new patterns, and how the Buddhists in these countries
and cultures responded to European colonization,
Christian missionary activities, and to the revolution of
modernization by reinterpreting and re-organizing their
Buddhist traditions while also reacting against and
imitating the European ways an Christianity.
BST 498 Dissertation I A dissertation is required from the B.A. special degree
students of the Department of Pali and Buddhist Studies
on a topic approved by the department. The students are
expected to have, the ability to do a research and write a
dissertation consisting of not less than ten thousand
words. This dissertation must be written according to the
accepted academic conventions of writing a research
paper.
BST 499 Dissertation II
Pali Studies
Course Code Course Title Course Description
PST 101 Prescribed Texts and Unspecified
Texts
A detailed knowledge of the prescribed texts including
a study of their language and subject matter is
expected. The second component of the course will
consist of in-class exercises for translation from
pali Texts, both prose and verse representing simple
sections of the pali literature.
PST 102 Prescribed Texts, Fundamental
Grammar and Pali Syntax
A detailed knowledge of the prescribed texts including
a study of their language and subject matter is
expected. The second component of the course will
consist of grammatical analysis of simple Pali
sentences (nàmà, àkhyàta).
205
PST 201 Prescribed Texts The Objective of this course is to familiarize the
student with selected texts belonging to the pali
canonical literature and to introduce students to pali
grammar through the texts selected for study.
PST 202 /
BST 202
Background to Early Buddhism The objective of this course is to introduce the student
to the philosophical and religious background of early
Buddhism so that in the subsequent detailed study of
the early Buddhist teachings the student will be able to
understand the influences of pre-Buddhist Indian
thought on the teachings of Buddhism as well as the
distinctive characteristics of early Buddhist thought.
PST 203 Theravada Vinaya The objective of this study is to examine the origin and
development of the Vinaya Pitaka.
PST 204 Methodology for Pali Studies The objective of this course is to examine the principal
sources that can be utilized in the study of the Pali
language, and to make a critical examination of the
texts written in Pali.
PST 210 Unspecified Texts, Prose
Composition and History of Pali
Literature – I
The objective of this course is to develop the student's
ability to read and understand Pali literature belonging
to different periods as well as to provide writing and
composition skills in the Pali language. It also aims at
introducing the students the historical history
development of canonical and commentarial and Pali
literature.
PST 211 Prescribed Texts and Grammar The objective of this course is to familiarize the
student with selected texts dealing with the Theravada
Vinaya in both the canonical and commentarial
literature. It is also intended to introduce students to
Pali grammar through the selected texts.
PST 212 /
BST 212
Early Buddhism The objective of this course is to examine the
distinctive teachings of early Buddhism in the light of
the early Buddhist critique of pre-Buddhist Indian
thought. The teachings contained in the Pali canon will
206
be the primary source material.
PST 213 /
BST 211
Social and Political Philosophy of
Buddhism
The objective of this course is to introduce the students
to the social, political and economic philosophy of
Buddhism.
PST 301 Prescribed Texts The objective of this course is to familiarize the
student with the Pali language, the subject matter and
ideological content of selected Theravada Buddhist
canonical scriptures.
PST 302 Unspecified Texts, Prose
Composition and History of Pali
Literature – II
The objective of this course is to develop the student's
ability to read and understand Pali literature belonging
to different periods as well as to provide writing and
composition skills in the Pali language. It also aims at
introducing the student to the historical development
of Sri Lankan Pali literature.
PST 303 History of Pali Grammar The objective of this course is to introduce the student
to the development of Pali grammar a historical
perspective.
PST 310 Prescribed Texts The objective of this course is to familiarize the
student with the Pali language, the subject matter and
ideological content of selected texts in the Theravada
canonical and commentarial literature.
PST 311 Pali Commentarial Tradition The objective of this course is to examine the origin
and evolution of the Pali commentarial literature.
PST 312 Introduction to Sanskrit The objective of this course is to provide a student
with a working knowledge of Sanskrit.
PST 313 Introduction to Pali Language The objective of this course is to give a basic
knowledge of the Pali language.
PST 314 /
BST 315
Textual Criticism The objective of this course is to study a selected sutta
of the Pali canon focusing on the historical
development of Buddhist ideas in the wider context of
Indian religious and philosophical thought.
207
PST 315 /
BST 313
Abhidhamma – I The aim of this course is to study the origin and
development of the canonical Abhidhamma of the
Theravāda tradition.
PST 316 /
BST 316
Abhidhamma – II The objective of this course is to study the non-
canonical Theravāda Abhidhamma and the non-
Theravāda abhidhamma traditions.
PST 401 Prescribed Texts The aim of this course is to study two prescribed texts
aided by their respective commentaries and sub-
commentaries as well as modern scholarly works on
them.
PST 402 Prakrit and Buddhist Sanskrit Texts The aim of this course is to introduce students to the
reading of both Prakrit and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit
texts.
PST 410 Unspecified Texts and Prose
Composition
The aim of this course is to familiarize students with
the Pali language belonging to different periods of Pali
literature. The course also expects to develop a high
degree of proficiency in Pali comprehension and
composition.
PST 411 Schools of Buddhism The objective of this course is to give students a
thorough knowledge of the general doctrinal principles
of the major schools belonging to both Theravada and
Mahayana.
PST 412 Pali Vamsa Literature The objective of this course is to study the origin and
development of Pali Vamsa literature in Sri Lanka.
PST 413 Sutta Studies The objective of this course is to study selected suttas
of the Pali canon mainly with a focus on the historical
development of Buddhist ideas in the wider context of
Indian religio-philosophical thought.
PST 414 / BST
402
Buddhist Psychology The objective of this study is to examine the
contribution of the Buddhist teachings to psychology.
PST 415 / BST
415
Buddhist Mental Culture The objective of this course is to study the Buddhist
methods of mental culture.
208
PST 498 Dissertation I A dissertation is required from the B.A. special degree
students of the Department of Pali and Buddhist
Studies on a topic approved by the department. The
students are expected to have the ability to do a
research and write a dissertation consisting of not less
than ten thousand words. This dissertation must be
written according to the accepted academic
conventions of writing a research paper.
PST 499 Dissertation II
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
Field visits to meditation centers and
interviewing meditators
The instructor of the course BST 415 / PST 415
(Buddhist Mental Culture)
Extra-curricular Activities Coordinator
Annual International Pali Conference A Chairperson and other office bearers are
appointed annually from the academic staff
members of the department.
Annual field trip of the departmental student
society
A coordinator is appointed from the academic
staff members of the department before the
field trip on the consent of students.
209
Department of Philosophy
The Department of Philosophy was one of the first academic departments in the University of Ceylon
located within the Faculty of Oriental Studies. It was relocated at the University of Peradeniya in 1952 as
part of the Faculty of Arts. The Department focuses on the teaching of both Western and Eastern
philosophies of different periods. In 1990, Psychology stream was introduced as another special degree
program under the same department and it was renamed as Dept. of Philosophy and Psychology. In 2017
the university has re-established Philosophy degree programs under its previous status as the Department
of Philosophy. The Department offers students the opportunity to read for a Special or General Degree
and postgraduate diplomas and degrees in Philosophy and courses. Were offered in all three mediums,
Sinhala, Tamil and English. The Department focuses on producing a graduate that is equipped with the
necessary knowledge, skill, attitudes and moral and ethical outlook that would make them productive
citizens of Sri Lanka.
Undergraduate Degree Programme: B.A. (Hons.) in Philosophy
Philosophy:
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE Course Description
PHY 101 Problems and Issues in Philosophy This course aims to introduce the basic concepts in
philosophy. This deals with the nature of philosophy, the
problem of knowledge, the problem of Causality, the
problem of Space and Time, the problem of Truth and the
problem of the Existence of the External World.
PHY 102 History of Philosophy – Indian and
Western
The course aims at introducing fundamental concepts in
both Eastern and Western philosophy. The course further
discuss main issues in Buddhism, Vedanta, Jain thoughts
and Modern Western philosophy.
PHY 201 Logic and Logical Theory The course aims at familiarize the methods in traditional
210
logic, predicate calculus in modern logic, elements in
logical theory and Indian logic.
PHY 202 Introduction to Psychology I The course outlines the history of psychology, and
various theories of psychology including structuralism
and functionalism.
PHY 203 Philosophy of Immanuel Kant The course aims at introducing the student to elements of
Kant‘s vibrant philosophy, mainly based on his books The
Critique of Pure Reason, Critique of Practical Reason,
Critique of Judgment.
PHY 204 Greek Philosophy This course aim at introducing fundamental philosophical
discourses in Greek period. It deals with philosophy of
Pre-Socratics, Socratics, Plato and Aristotle,
PHY 205 Textual Approach to Buddhism and
Indian Philosophy
The purpose of this course is to make the student familiar
with the central concepts and terms in Indian philosophy.
The contextual understanding of such terms in
encouraged in an intensive manner.
PHY 206 Introduction to Psychology II The course provides the students with a knowledge of
basic themes in contemporary experimental psychology
including Learning, Memory, Motivation, Cognition and
Personality
PHY 207 Scientific Method In this course, the student would be introduced to the
features of scientific methodology and history of
scientific approaches.
PHY 208 Medieval and Islamic Philosophy In this course, aim to give an awareness of the scope and
nature of medieval and Islamic philosophy.
PHY 301 Contemporary Analytical Philosophy The course aims to give an understanding of the
analytical thoughts in the English speaks countries.
Further, it discusses Russalian Logical Atomism, Logical
Positivism and Wittgenstein‘s philosophy.
PHY 302 Theory of Knowledge The purpose of this course is to aware of the nature of
analytic tools and techniques and their application for the
clarification of epistemological issues and concept such
211
as Meaning, Truth Perception, and Mind and Body
problem.
PHY 303 Theories and Concepts in Ethics In this course aim at introducing a comparative and
critical analysis of the major ethical theories of the East
and the West. Central ethical concepts such as good and
bad, and the significance and validation of moral
judgments will be discussed in detail.
PHY 304 Buddhism and Indian Philosophy The major philosophical systems of Buddhism and Indian
thought are discussed. The attitude to nature, and theories
of the ultimate Reality will be examined. The techniques
propounded in Buddhist and Indian philosophical system
will be clarified and analyzed in a comparative manner.
PHY 305 Modern Philosophy The course aims to lead students to an understanding of
the nature, scope, aims and implications of the
philosophies of key Modern philosophers including
Descartes, Spinoza, Locke and Immanuel Kant.
PHY306 Political Philosophy The aim of the course is to provide a substantial
knowledge on Political Theories and Practices. The
students must have a textual knowledge of the Political
Philosopher‘s major works such as Aristotle‘s Politics,
Plato‘s Republic, Marx‘s Communist Manifesto and
Gramsci‘s The Prison Notebooks.
PHY 307 Applied Ethics The course deals with the application of ethical theories
and principles which students learnt in the 1st Semester of
the Third year, to the following areas and themes of
Human society.
PHY 308 Contemporary Continental Philosophy The course provides the students with a knowledge of
basic themes in contemporary Continental (German and
French) Philosophy. The concept of Marxism,
Phenomenology, contemporary French Philosophy, Post
Structuralism, Structuralism, French Existentialism and
German Existentialism will be discussed
212
PHY 401 Post Modern Philosophy The purpose of the course is to expose Fourth year honors
students in Philosophy to the latest and controversial new
system of thought known as Post-Modernism. In this
course, mainly discuss the concept of Difference,
Discourse, Simulacrum, Deconstruction; Chief Exponents
of Post-Modern Thought e.g. Leotard, Derrida, Barthes,
Baudrillard; Critics of Post Modern Philosophy e.g.
Habermas, Callinicos
PHY 402 Far Eastern thought Major thought systems of the Far East will be taken for
discussion and examination. The central philosophies of
China, Tibet and Japan will be discussed in a comparative
manner.
PHY 403 Philosophy of Marxism The aim of the course is to introduce Philosophy of
Marxism (Marxism as a non-conventional and
unorthodox philosophical system). It will focuses
classical Marxist philosophy as well as post-Marxist
theoretical developments of the 20th
century.
PHY 404 Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics This course aim at introducing the nature and scope of
Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics. History of Art and
Aesthetics.
PHY 405 Philosophy of Science The course introduces the students to the methodologies
of Natural Science, elements of History of Science and
major issues in the Philosophy of Science.
PHY 406 Philosophy of Religion Fundamental assumptions and concepts in religion will be
examined in a comparative manner. Major themes of the
religions of the world will be taken for critical analysis.
PHY 407 Methodology of the Social Sciences The course discusses topics in the Methodology and the
Philosophy of the Social Sciences which relates with
philosophy.
PHY 408
Philosophical and Theoretical
Approaches in Sociology,
Anthropology and Political Science
The course will provide Philosophy honors students with
an idea about the theoretical and critical knowledge about
Social Sciences with special reference to Sociology,
Anthropology, Economics and Political Science.
213
Department of Political Science
The Department of Political Science at Peradeniya is the first such department to be established in a university
in Sri Lanka. However, even before its establishment as a fully-fledged department in 1980, several courses in
political science were offered in the Special Degree programme in Economics. In 1969 the Chair of Political
Science was created within the Department of Economics to facilitate further development of the subject.
Soon separate General and Special Degree programmes in political science became available, and students
were admitted for postgraduate degrees in the subject. In line with new developments in the subject, there was
a gradual shift of emphasis towards studying more dynamic aspects of politics. Public administration,
international relations, and comparative government were offered as special options. Towards the end of the
1990s new courses on gender, conflict resolution, human rights, and political violence and terrorism were
added to the departmental curriculum. Today, this Department has become the focal point in the study of
political science in the country, providing guidance and resource persons in the preparation of syllabuses,
textbooks, and a range of examinations. It is not surprising that most of the political science teachers of other
Sri Lankan universities are drawn from among the products of Peradeniya. With a considerable number of
postgraduate students and a senior staff with research experience, the Department now lays great emphasis on
research. It is also relevant to note that the Department offers opportunities for visiting researchers.
Undergraduate Degree Programme: B.A. (Hons.) in Political Science
Political Science:
Course code Course Title Course Description
PSC 101 State, Government & People Provides students an introductory overview of the scope,
nature and methods of the discipline of Political Science
enabling them to understand the conceptualization of
state, government and society in the study of Politics.
214
PSC 102 Philosophy of Politics Provides students philosophical foundation of politics
enabling them to comprehend the nexuses between
political philosophy and political science.
PSC 201 Practice of Modern Government Provides students a foundation to understand the nature
and development of constitutional governments in the
modern political societies. The content of the course
covers the principles of constitution-making,
classification of constitutions and governments and the
relationship between political institutions such as
legislature, executive and judiciary of modern
governments.
PSC 202 Civics & Citizenship Provides students insight into a broader theoretical and
empirical understanding on the concept of citizenship
through its historical and contemporary constructions.
PSC 203 Theory & Practice of
International Politics
Provides students an overview of the principal paradigms
of the study of international politics covering main
approaches, concepts and theories.
PSC 204 Introduction to Public
Administration & Management
Provides students necessary background to understand the
scope and nature of public administration by way of
examination of its origin, development and approaches of
the discipline covering central theories and principles of
public administration and management.
PSC 205 Concepts of Managing State
Behavior
Provides students necessary concepts, theories and
techniques to understand the behavior of states in
international system.
PSC 206 Governance and Power Provides students with required set of concepts and
theories to understand the governance process and power
relations in the process of governance.
215
PSC 207 Constitutional System & Politics
in Sri Lanka
Provides students the political and constitutional
development process of Sri Lanka since colonial period to
the present
PSC 208 Elements of Public Policy Provides students an opportunity to learn the origin and
development of public policy as a sub field within
political science with the introduction of key concepts and
theories of public policy process.
PSC 301 Modern Political Theory Provide students an opportunity to master in modern
political theories referring to the selected individual
political thinkers.
PSC 302 Politics of Asia Provides students to analyze the politics of Asia with
theories and concepts they had learnt in first and second
years.
PSC 303 Human Rights Provides students an opportunity to get familiarize with
concepts and theories of modern human rights discourse
and its applications.
PSC 304 International Organizations Provides students a broader overview of the historical
origins, functions, potentials and limitations that influence
the operations and effectiveness of the international
organizations.
PSC 305 Organization Theory Provides students a broader understanding of different
kinds and interdisciplinary nature of organization theories
and their relevance for public sector management.
PSC 306 Gender & Power Provide an understanding of gender and power relations
in modern societies through feminist analysis.
PSC 307 Theories of International Security Provides students an opportunity to understand theories of
international security and analyse world security issues
with the help of those theories.
PSC 308 Theories of Public Policy Provides advanced theoretical foundation to analyse the
process of public policy-making and public policy
implementation.
216
PSC 309 Research Methods Provides students with foundation of research
methodology, research techniques and to apply them in
real world situation.
PSC 310 Comparative Politics Provides students with concepts, theories and techniques
of comparative political analysis.
PSC 311 Gender and Governance Provides an overview of some key approaches, concepts
and theories in gender and governance as well as gender
issues as they relate to the process of governance.
PSC 312 United Nation System Introduces students to understand the United Nations
System and its opportunities and challenges in the in the
contemporary world politics.
PSC 313 Comparative Public
Administration
Provides students in-depth understanding on necessary
concepts and theories on public administration to engage
in comparative analysis of similarities, differences and
background variables that impact on the individual
administrative systems and practices.
PSC 314 Theories & Approaches to
Conflict
Provides students an opportunity to learn and analyze
advanced theories of conflict analysis and their
applicability to analyze the contemporary inter-state and
intra-state conflicts.
PSC 315 Security Issues in South Asia Provide students an opportunity to analyse traditional and
no University Music Society n-traditional security issues
in South Asia through case studies.
PSC 316 Development Administration Explores the conceptual elements of development
administration as well as administration of development
with a special focus to the practical issues relating to the
roles of public administrators and other stakeholders in
the process of administering sustainable development in
developing countries.
217
PSC 401 Contemporary Political Issues in
Sri Lanka
Analyzes the current political and governance issues in
Sri Lanka with special reference to nation-building,
constitution-making, judicial system, provincial and local
government, power-sharing, public administration and
public policy, foreign policy, political party system,
electoral politics and good governance.
PSC 402 Contemporary Political Issues in
Developing Countries
Provides an overview of the political dynamics of the
developing countries focusing on major issues and
challenges: Topics includes managing nation-building,
communal and religious conflict, strengthening
constitutional government, democratic transition,
governance issues, and politicization of bureaucracy,
electoral politics, human rights and globalization
PSC 403 Modern Political Ideology Provides students an in-depth knowledge on the working
of political ideologies with reference to liberalism,
conservatism, socialism, social democracy, fascism,
anarchism, feminism, democracy, environmentalism,
religious fundamentalism and others
PSC 404 Conflict Analysis: Case Studies Provides students with an opportunity to analyze the
selected cases of inter-state and intra-state conflicts. The
cases include India-Pakistan, Israel-Arab countries, South
Korea-North Korea, Russia-Georgia, Sudan, Cyprus,
Northern Ireland, Philippines, Thailand, and Sri Lanka.
PSC 405 Small States in International
Politics
Demonstrates students to have understanding on the
nature of small states in the modern world system paying
attention to the major issues and their role in the
international politics
218
PSC 406 Local Government in Sri Lanka Provides students a comprehensive understanding on the
basic principles and concepts of local government and
multi-level governance in the field of public
administration. A special focus will be given to the
development of local government system in Sri Lanka
and their practice at present.
PSC 498 Dissertation I- Writing Research
Proposal
Prepares students to become an independent researcher
choosing a special topic through library search and
empirical research techniques. Students must submit their
undergraduate research proposals at the end of the
semester.
PSC 499 Dissertation II- Writing
Dissertation
Facilitates students to individually pursue an independent
research under the guidance of an academic supervisor.
PSC 407 Political Sociology Prepares students to understand the political behavior
through sociological explanations by introducing key
topics political recruitment, political leadership, political
culture, political participation, ethnicity, class, caste,
nation, civil society, and military etc.
PSC 408 Processes & Actors of Politics Provides the theoretical and conceptual focuses on
informal political processes and analyzes the importance
and its role in the politics in western and non-western
countries
PSC 409 Citizenship & Advocacy Provides a critical understanding on the methods,
processes, actors and institutions in the advocacy and
lobbying activities of citizenship.
PSC 410 Global Governance &
Globalization
Provides a broader understanding of the process of
globalization paying attention to the governance and
policy issues that emerged out of globalization.
219
PSC 411 Public Management in Sri Lanka Facilitates students for the broader understanding of the
development of Sri Lankan public administrative system
by paying closer attention to the organizational
arrangements and reforms that took place in the post-
independent era.
PSC 412 Seminar on Citizenship &
Governance
Demonstrates students to examine and evaluate the
challenges, opportunities and limits of citizenship and
governance in theories and their practice.
PSC 413 Foreign Policy of Sri Lanka Introduces students to familiarize the main approaches to
the study of foreign policy referring to Sri Lanka, and the
changing dynamics of Sri Lankan foreign policy in the
post-independent era.
PSC 414 Seminar on Issues in Public
Management in Sri Lanka
Covers the current issues relating to the improvement of
public management capacities in the public sector
management in Sri Lanka
General Degree Courses
Course code Course Title
PSC 202 Civics & Citizenship
PSC 207 Constitutional System & Politics in Sri
Lanka
PSC 301 Modern Political Theory
PSC 310 Comparative Politics
Extra-curricular Activities
Internship Dr. S. Baskaran
Fieldtrip Dr. S. Baskaran
220
Department of Psychology
In 1990, under the Headship of Dr. R. D. Gunaratne, a Special Degree programme in Psychology was
introduced by the Department of Philosophy. The Department of Psychology was established In May
2017 becoming the first Department of psychology to be established in the state university system. At
present, the Psychology Special Degree is only offered in the English medium. The Department focuses
on producing a graduate that is equipped with the necessary knowledge, skills, attitudes and moral and
ethical outlook that would make them pioneers of the field of Psychology in Sri Lanka and socially and
environmentally conscious human beings.
Bachelor of Arts (Hons.) in Psychology
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE Course Description
PSY 101 History of Psychology This course focuses on History of Psychology, different
scholars & theories and Contemporary developments in
Psychology
PSY102 Biological Foundations of Human
Behavior
This course focuses on application of psychology, dualism and
monism, structure and functions of nervous system and
endocrine system, sensory receptors and theories of learning
PSY 201 Methodology I This course focuses on basic research tools, critically examine
research design and apply basic research tools
PSY 202 Test and Measurement I This course focuses on history & introduction to Psychological
testing, different types of Psychological tests and ethical
consideration in Psychological testing
PSY 203 Cognitive Psychology This course focuses on history, biological basis and approaches
to cognitive Psychology, different types of cognitive abilities
PSY 204 Motivation and Emotion This course focuses on the theories of motivation and emotion,
different aspects and types of emotion, universality of
221
motivation and emotions and will also make students apply
theoretical knowledge in different practical settings.
PSY205 Methodology II This course focuses on describing and explaining basic
statistical concepts, analyze data using both manual calculations
and software, read and interpret analyses & Software outputs
and apply statistical analyses appropriately
PSY206 Test and Measurement II This course focuses on test development, practical aspects and
administration of different types of Psychological tests,
measuring different constructs (Personality, achievement
attitudes, intelligence etc.)
PSY207 Cognitive Psychology II This course focuses on selected human cognitive faculties,
cognition as applied in the field, cognitive faculties as they
differ among different groups and dysfunctional cognitive
behaviors
PSY208 Psychology of Personality This course focuses on the concepts of personality focusing on
its theoretical perspective, personality disorders and assessment
with psychometric methods
PSY 301 Buddhist Psychology I This course focuses on the Buddhist analysis of the mind, the
doctrine of karma, types of consciousness and it also compares
Buddhist teaching with the teaching of psychologists.
PSY 302 Developmental Psychology This course focuses on introduction and theories to
developmental Psychology, prenatal and infants‘ development
on different Psychological perspectives( Motor, Perceptual,
cognitive, emotional, learning)
PSY 303 Social Psychology This course focuses on introduction Psychology and Social
Psychology, self, social cognition, group behavior and social
influence, interpersonal relationships, intergroup conflicts
PSY 304 Abnormal Psychology I This course focuses on the introduction to abnormal
psychology, history and classification of disorders (DSM,ICD),
mood disorders (depression, mania, bipolar).
PSY305 Organizational Psychology This course focuses on basic concepts and theories in
organizational psychology, critically examine basic concepts
222
and theories in organizational psychology, apply concepts and
theories in organizational psychology to work settings
PSY306 Developmental Psychology-
Transition to Childhood
This course focuses on the preschool age children‘s
development on different Psychological perspectives(play,
drawing, imitation moral, Perceptual, cognitive, language)
PSY307 Buddhist Psychology This course focuses on the Buddhist techniques of counseling,
psychology of Nirvana, types of meditation, Buddhist
perspective on death and personality
PSY308 Abnormal Psychology II This course focuses on trauma and stressor related disorders,
psychotic disorders, psychosexual disorders, suicidal behaviors,
addictive disorders.
PSY 401 Developmental Psychology –
Transition to Adolescence
This course focuses on adolescents development on different
psychological perspectives (morality, sexuality, identity,
socialization, psychosocial problems)
PSY 402 Counselling Psychology I This course focuses on the different theories of counseling such
as gestalt, art, humanistic, REBT, existentialist and also
requires the students to gain practical experience.
PSY 403 Applied Psychology This course focuses on developing the awareness of students on
psychology as a subject with applied usage and to guide them
to understand the role of the applied psychologist in the Sri
Lankan context.
PSY 498 Dissertation I This course focuses on individual student‘s formulation of a
research problem, doing the literature review and presenting a
research proposal.
PSY405 Advanced Studies in Personality This course focuses on history of personality psychology,
theories and issues of personality schools, spiritual, cultural,
environmental, emotional, social cognitive influences for
personality.
PSY406 Counselling Psychology II This course focuses on values and assumptions, apply theories
with actual clients (practical sessions), marriage and family
counseling and supervision and also requires the students to
gain practical experience
223
PSY407 Applied Psychology II This course focuses on introduction on applied psychology in
practice, group projects on environmental psychology,
consumer psychology and sports psychology and also requires
the students to gain practical experience
PSY499 Dissertation II This course focuses on the data collection, data analysis,
discussion of the findings and final presentation of the
individual student‘s research.
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
Certificate course in Psychology &
Basic Counseling Skills
Dr.Ramila Usoof
Extra-curricular Activities
Psychology Society Dr. Ramila Usoof
Placement training of the final year
undergraduates
Dr.D.D.K.S.Karunanayake
224
Department of Sinhala
Sinhala studies at the University date back to the time of the University College in the 1920s. Initially,
Sinhala, Pali, and Sanskrit were taught in one department. In 1942, when the University of Ceylon was
established, Sinhala studies were brought under a separate department. The history of language and
classical texts were the main focus at the time. Subsequently, a course on culture, which focused on folk
art and culture, in addition to classical art, was introduced. With the shift to Peradeniya, modern
linguistics, and more importantly, the study of modern literature were also included in the curriculum. In
the mid 1950s the focus of the Department was the study of modern fiction, poetry, theatre and translation
studies and Tamil literature has been introduced recently. The Department of Sinhala at Peradeniya
pioneered the teaching of Sinhala to foreign students. In the recent past, postgraduate courses, too,
including MA and M Phil programmes, have been introduced to the Department‘s curriculum.
Undergraduate Degree Programme: B.A. (Hons.) in Sinhala
Sinhala:
Course
Code
Course Title Course Description
SLS 101 Introduction to Literature This course is a basic introduction to literary prose, poetry
and lyrics and their connection to human life and society.
While the course investigates the nature of literature
focusing on a selection of literary works from classical
and modern periods, special attention will be paid to the
ways in which human life benefits from literature. In
short, this course examines how literature intersects with
life and society.
SLS 102 Introduction to Language This course examines the origin, expansion, the structure
and function of language. Secondly, the course evaluates
the evolution and the history of language studies, and the
language varieties, paying special attention to Sinhala
225
language. Furthermore, the course also pays attention to
the uniqueness of language as a mode of communication.
Finally, this course discusses diglossia and styles of
Sinhala language, as a special area of study
SLS 201 Classical Sinhala Prose This course provides the students with an understanding
of Sinhala prose from the beginning to the end of
Kurunegala period with special attention to its social
background and literary history. This course has two
parts: 1. The study of prescribed texts. 2. The study of
social background and history.
Prescribed Texts
SLS 202 Eastern and Western Dramatic
Traditions and Sinhala Drama
This course evaluates major dramatic traditions in the
East and the West, and their influence on Sinhala drama.
In addition, the history of Sinhala drama will be evaluated
with extensive focus on Sinhalese folk drama and ritual.
In the theoretical section of the course, the important
aspects of Indian, Chinese, Japanese and Western
dramatic theories and traditions will be introduced using
appropriate dramas in Sinhala translation. Since modern
Sinhala drama is the central feature of this course a
selection of modern Sinhala plays is studied to examine
the new trends in Sri Lankan theatre.
SLS 203 Research Methods and Textual
Editing
This course trains students in critical reading, information
gathering and organizing, preparing research documents.
To achieve this aim the students are taught styles and
conventions of academic writing.
Under the subject of book editing, the students are taught
theories and practices of collecting, correcting and editing
of oral texts, manuscripts and printed texts.
SLS 204 Sinhala Culture Part I: From
Pre-historic Times to
Kurunegala Period
This course provides the students with a comprehensive
understanding of the beginning and growth of Sinhala
culture. The course covers pre-historical Sri Lankan
culture as well as the culture influenced by Buddhism and
226
other Indian traditions with specific attention to social
institutions, architecture and, arts such as painting and
sculpture. In terms of historical scope, the course studies
through pre-Anuradhapura culture to Kurunegala period.
Throughout this course, the notion of ―culture‖ will be
theoretically evaluated with relevant examples from
Sinhala culture.
SLS 205 Creative Writing This course trains students in creative writing and special
attention will be paid to fiction, poetry and drama. While
the students are expected to gain a considerable
knowledge on theories related to the writing of those
literary genres they will be given opportunity to practice
the art of writing during the course. The various styles,
modes and trends in creative writing will be introduced
with a selection of required texts.
SLS 206 Modern Literary Sinhala This introduces the students to stylistic nuances the
Sinhala language and to bring about sophistication in
them of Sinhala grammatical conventions, word division,
orthography and writing conventions such as the use of
punctuations. Stylistic norms will be introduced with
reference to their distinctive functions, selection of lexis
and diverse syntactic structures. For this purpose, students
will be introduced to an outline of the syntactic structures,
and issues of morphology at the beginning of the course.
SLS 207 Modern Sinhala Poetry: from
19th Century to the Present
This course is an overview of modern Sinhala poetry from
the British colonial period to the present with special
attention to the ways in which poetry was influenced by
new trends as poetry‟s turning away from religious
objectives to personal ones. This course also examines
how Sinhala poetry was influenced by various Western
literary traditions such as Romanticism, Modernism,
Formalism and Marxism. Moreover, the course evaluates
the influence of native cultural movements such as Hela
227
Havula and Nationalist movement on modern Sinhala
poetry. In studying modern Sinhala poetry, the course
pays close attention to diverse styles and forms of the
poetry during this period.
SLS 208 Sinhala Textual Studies This course focuses on texts that are not directly related to
literature and language. „Patya grantha‟ is a compendium
of information about a single subject that is neither
literary no commentarial (Vyakhyana). Apart from
literary or commentarial texts, many other „Patya
grantha‟ or non-literary texts were written on medicine,
geography, architecture, culinary arts and law. This
textual diversity expanded the secular scope of Sinhala
literature. This course studies such non-literary texts from
the beginning to the end of the Kandyan Period.
SLS 209 Mass Communication and
Journalism
This course is an introduction to the basics of printed and
audio-visual journalism. The course contains the basic
theories of mass communication, and it also outlines the
history of mass media. While the history of printed media
in Sri Lanka is presented briefly the bulk of the time is
allocated to train students in the basics of writing news,
news-features, press releases and other genres of printed
media. In addition, this course allocates a considerable
number of hours to study creative writing for printed and
audio-visual media. Thus, writing for radio and television
makes a significant portion of this course. Since this
„writing-intensive‟ course intends to train students as
amateur journalists, they are required to complete several
short journalistic writing assignments during the semester.
SLS 210 Translation Theories and
Practical Translation Part I
This is a course in basic theories of translation and the
fundamentals of the practice of translation and it develops
the skills in translating simple literary and non-literary
texts from English to Sinhala. (Those who are interested
in translating from Tamil to Sinhala or Sinhala to Tamil
228
are also encouraged to take this course.) Since this course
is geared towards building confidence in students much of
the class time is allocated to run a „workshop‟ in
translating. In addition, the course evaluates the history of
translation in Sinhala literary culture and the role that
translation played in Sinhala literary history. Finally, the
course prepares students to continue translation studies
with SLS 310 at the third year.
SLS 301 Sigiri Graffiti and Gi poetry This course is a comprehensive study of the evolution of
Sinhala poetic forms from the beginning through Sigiri
verses to epic poetry (Khanda/Mahakavya) of the 13th
century. The course pays attention to the form/s and
content of Sigiri Graffiti and gi poetry and the social
backgrounds of them and also described in them
SLS 302 Sinhala Fiction: Short Stories This is an introduction to the art of short story, its origin,
history and the basic structural aspects. The course deals
with the Sinhala short story with attention to its evolution,
development, themes, forms, techniques and language
styles. A selection of texts from local and international
writers of the short story will be discussed to demonstrate
as to how the trends in the world literature are reflected in
modern Sinhala short story.
SLS 303
Descriptive Linguistics This course provides the students with an outline of
descriptive linguistics with special focus on phonology
and morphology. The origin and evolution of modern
linguistics will be studied along with major linguistic
movements and their key concepts. The course has two
parts. In part one, the students will be trained to identify
―phonemes‖ in a given language and they will be
introduced to the international phonetic alphabet. In part
two, they will be taught the concept and definitions of
morphemes and will be trained to identify ―morphemes‖
in a given language.
229
SLS 304 An Introduction to Modern
Western Literary Theory and
Criticism – Part I
This course is a comprehensive introduction to modern
Western literary theories such as Formalism through
Structuralism, Semiotics, Post-structuralism and
Deconstruction. The course also evaluates new trends and
developments in the field, and attempts to critically assess
the impact on such theories in Sinhala literary scene. Even
though the course is primarily on modern Western literary
theories, the key moments in the history of classical
Western theories, Aristotelian theories for example, will
be introduced when needed.
SLS 305 Sinhala Culture Part II:
Gampola to the Present
This course is an overview of Sinhala culture after
Kurunegala period to the present, and it studies social
institutions, religious organization, architecture, sculpture
and paintings of that period. This course specially focuses
on art traditions influenced by foreign cultures such as
Indian, Burmese, Thai and Western. Students are required
to take part in field studies. This course also assesses
Sinhala culture after ―modernity‟ and ―post-modernity‖.
SLS 306 Sinhala Fiction: The Novel
This course evaluates the beginning and evolution of
Sinhala novel focusing on how it was influenced by
various traditions. In addition, the course pays attention to
the diversity of Sinhala novel in terms of content, style
and themes by studying how Sinhala novelists were
shaped by globally accepted norms of novel writing and
criticism. In order to study local and global new trends of
the art of novel, the course uses some local and foreign
novels as required texts. A selection of the representative
works of each tradition, era and important writers are
closely analysed.
230
SLS 307 Western Literary Theory and
Criticism. Part II
While this course continues the study of modern Western
literary theories introduced in SLS 304, it also deals with
new theories such as feminist literary criticism, cultural
criticism, postmodernism, and post colonialism. In
addition, the course analyzes a selection Sinhala literary
works with these new theories inorder to see whether the
theories can provide new insights into Sinhala literature.
Thus the course is a comparative evaluation of modern
Sinhala literary criticism and Western theoretical
approaches.
SLS 308 Sinhala Poetry from Gampola
to the End of Kandyan Period
This course studies the formal and thematic diversity of
Sinhala poetry from Gampola to the end of Kandyan
period with close attention to genres such as messenger
poems, narrative poems, historical poems, and poetic
eulogies and their socio-cultural backgrounds. In addition,
the course evaluates folk poetic traditions and their
influence on poetry written during the period. Moreover,
this course examines the poetry written with the influence
of Buddhist, Hindu and Christian religious cultures. The
course also takes into account Sinhala poetry‟s movement
away from religious subjects to secular themes such as
sexual love, secular and eulogies.
SLS 309 Sinhala Prose from the End of
the Kurunagala Period to the
Beginning of the 20th Century
This course studies the Sinhala prose from the 14th
century to the middle of the 20th century, and it also
concerns about the specific features of language of the
Buddhist texts written during those four centuries' And
this course also studies the development of Sinhalese
literature during the Buddhist and literary revival
movement of the Velivita Sangharaja Thero and the ways
the movement led to the rise and progress of the modern
Sinhala prose by focusing on selected texts.
SLS 310 Translation Theories and
Practical Translation Part II
This course focuses on a selection of advanced theories of
translation by building on some of the concepts
231
encountered in SLS 210 and by introducing new
theoretical concepts. Apart from teaching the theories, the
course will provide the students with additional time and
space to practice translation.
SLS 311 Modern Sinhala Prose
(Non-Fictions)
This course studies how, with European influence, a new
literary tradition came into being creating a new
readership and a literary taste by the 20th century. The
course also examines the way that new literature
expressed a novel worldview. In addition, the course
reviews the encounter between Sinhala language and
culture and Western religious/political discourses. The
diversity of Sinhala textual tradition resulted from the
colonial history will also be studied with attention to
literary criticism, historiography and science and also the
debates on Sinhala stylistics generated by the contact
between the two cultures.
SLS 312 Introduction to Tamil
Literature
This is a course in Tamil literature in Sinhala translation,
and it mainly focuses on modern Tamil literary works,
written by Sri Lankans and Indians, Tamils and Muslims,
published in Sri Lanka, India and other places. Taught
with the theories on ethics and literature this course will
be an opportunity for the students to develop inter-cultural
understanding. While this course will be taught in
Sinhala, knowledgeable Tamil and Muslim scholars will
be invited for guest lecturing.
SLS 401 Sinhala Exegetical Literature This course studies Sinhala exegetical literature, which is
an important part of Sinhala literary heritage, and the
course provides the students with a comprehensive
knowledge of a selection from early commentarial work
such as Dhampiya Atuwa Getapadaya, Sikhawalanda ha
Sikhawalanda Vinisa and Dharmapradipikawa while
reviewing later commentaries to Kandyan period. The
course also examines the ways in which the exegetical
232
literature contributed to the making of scholarly tradition
and its contribution to the growth of Sinhala language.
SLS 402 Historical Linguistic and
History of Sinhala Language
This course introduces the basic concepts of historical
linguistic such as analogy, language borrowing and
assimilation and so on. The course will also have a section
on comparative linguistics focusing on interrelations
among Indo-European languages. In addition, special
attention will be paid to Indo-Aryan languages and their
kinship with Indo-European languages. The course traces
the historical trajectory of the evolution of modern
Sinhala.
SLS 403
Epigraphy and Sinhala
Inscriptions
This course examines the evolution and development of
Sinhala writing system after introducing Brahmi scripts to
Sri Lanka and reads a selection of inscriptions with
special attention to their language and its significance in
historical linguistics. While the literary and linguistic
aspects of epigraphy are the primary focuses of this
course, it will be useful for students who pursue degrees
in Archaeology and History.
SLS 404 Comparative Literature This course is an introduction to comparative methods of
literary studies but its focus is the inter-relations between
modern Sinhala literature and literatures from other
national literary cultures such as American, British,
French, Japanese and Russian. In addition, the course
deals with the inter-textual dimensions of modern
literature by attending to textual relations between
literature and history, literature and biography, literature
and cinema and so on. And the course will also look into
what really happens when a text is translated and
transported into a different literary culture.
SLS 405 Comparative Literature
This course is an introduction to comparative methods of
literary studies but its focus is the inter-relations between
modern Sinhala literature and literatures from other
233
national literary cultures such as American, British,
French, Japanese and Russian. In addition, the course
deals with the inter-textual dimensions of modern
literature by attending to textual relations between
literature and history, literature and biography, literature
and cinema and so on. And the course will also look into
what really happens when a text is translated and
transported into a different literary culture.
SLS 406 Sanskrit Literary Theory This course is an in-depth study of Sanskrit literary theory
with close reference to every major school such as Rasa,
Dhwani, Guna-reethi, Alankara, Auchithya. This course
also examines the ways by which Sanskrit literary theory
has influenced Sinhala literary culture.
SLS 407 Sinhala Folklore and Folk
Beliefs
This course studies the folklore and oral traditions, and to
explore the meanings that people bring to contemporary
society by invoking folklore. In addition, the course will
examine the foundation of the study of folklore and folk
beliefs paying attention to oral literature, material folk
culture, folk medicine, social customs and urban folklore.
The course takes a systematic approach to the folklore
genres in anthropological and comparative perspectives,
in order to introduce definitions and current analytical
theories of Folklore. This course also reviews the
beginning and development of the study of Sinhala
folklore and folk beliefs. Readings in oral history with the
study of performances such as traditional dances, rituals,
dramas and festivals of cultural aesthetics of Sri Lanka.
SLS 408 Sinhala Vocabulary Studies This course familiarizes students with the usages of
niśpanna, tatbhava, tatsama, at different linguistic periods
in the history of Sinhala language. The course studies how
the stock of words developed by interactions with
Sanskrit, Pali and at the beginning, and, Tamil,
Portuguese, Dutch and English at different later periods.
234
Apart from those „language contacts‟ the course also
studies registers, dialects and restricted languages. The
special feature of this course is that includes a compulsory
field study where students have to take part in
independent study project about language usages. The
course also examines the use of regional or social
variations of Sinhala in literary genres such as novel and
drama.
SLS 409 Sidat Sangarawa and Later
Grammatical Works
This course is a critical evaluation of the contribution of
Sidatsangarawa to Sinhala grammar, and later
grammatical traditions and schools. Since post-13th
century Sinhala grammar was often based on
Sidatsanagarawa, later grammatical works cannot be fully
understood without referring to that text. In addition, later
grammarians attempted to overcome the weaknesses in
Sidatsangarawa by making it instrumental in developing
modern Sinhala grammar. This course traces the historical
evolution post-Sidatsangara Sinhala grammar.
SLS 410 Cultural and Social Study of
Literature
This course trains students in reading literature as
culturally and socially significant texts. While the course
is primarily based on novels it will also make reference to
all other genres whenever necessary. The course begins
with different theories of culture and society and goes
onto investigate how literature can be understood as tools
of socio-cultural criticism. In addition, the course breifly
introduces postcolonial theories related to literature.
SLS 498 Dissertation 1 This is a course in training students to seek, organize and
present knowledge independently. The department,
however, assists the students by conducting a seminar
series on research method and academic writing. Students
are required to submit a research topic at the beginning of
the first semester of the final year. After the chosen topic
is approved the student will be assigned to an academic
235
staff member for guidance on the project. Each student
must present a draft research proposal in the first semester
at an open presentation session in front of their peers and
the academic staff of the department.
SLS 499 Dissertation II
This is an independent course in training students to seek,
organize and present knowledge independently. The
department, however, assists the students by conducting a
seminar series on research method and academic writing.
During the second semester of dissertation writing, the
students must regularly meet with the assigned supervisor
for guidance. And the students must consult the
supervisor and the head of the department before
submitting the final project.
General Degree Courses
Course Code Course Title
SLS 201 Classical Sinhala Prose
SLS 206 Modern Literary Sinhala
SLS 301 Sigiri Graffiti and Gi poetry
SLS 306 Sinhala Fiction: The Novel
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
Academic Counseling Head of the Department
Notice Board 'Ketapathpaura' Head of the Department
Rev.Seelagama Dayananda
Internship Programme Head of the Department
Sinhala Society Mr. WNDN Wijesiri
236
Department of Sociology
The Department of Sociology at Peradeniya is the largest and the best-known Sociology Department in the
University system in Sri Lanka. It was established in 1947. Since its establishment, the Department of
Sociology grew in its reputation, academic achievement and research output. Initially the student number was
deliberately kept low, but since the 1970s the enrollments increased, following the introduction of Sociology
in Sinhala and Tamil media. At present, the Department of Sociology is one of the largest departments in the
Faculty of Arts with well over 1000 students following Special and General degree courses. The department
teaches in English, Sinhala and Tamil media and caters to a diverse student population drawn from all parts of
the country. This is the only Sociology Department within the whole university system in Sri Lanka that
teaches in all three media and, therefore, fully representative of the ethnic and socio-cultural diversity in the
country. Among the pioneering sociologists associated with the Department were the Prof. Bryce Ryan, Prof.
Ralph Pieris, Prof. S.J. Tambiah, Prof. Gananath Obeyesekere, Prof. Laksiri Jayasuriya, Prof. Nur Yalman,
Prof. E.R. Leach, Prof. H.L. Seneviratne and Prof. Kitsiri Malalgoda. Prof. K. Tudor Silva, Emeritus Prof. W.
M. Sirisena and Prof. M. W. Amarasiri De Silva another prominent members who have served in the
Department in the recent past.
Undergraduate Degree Programme : B.A. (Hons.) Degree in Sociology
General Degree Progamme Coordinator: Dr. Upali Weerakoon
Sociology: Course Code Course Title Course Description
Soc101 Introduction to Sociology and Social
Anthropology
This course examines the basic concepts in
Sociology and Social Anthropology. It includes
culture, society, social institutions and social
change.
Soc102 Sri Lanka Society This course focuses on Sri Lanka society and its
main formal and informal social institutions and
its transformations overtime.
237
SOC201 Sociological Perspectives This course surveys different perspectives used
in Sociological analyses.
SOC202 Social Institutions This course examines formal and informal social
institutions in diverse social environments, their
functions and changes
SOC203 Social Psychology This course discusses relationships between
society and individual.
SOC204 Introduction to Social Research This course focuses on basic research method
and data analyses in Sociology.
SOC205 Sociology of Family This course discusses the evolution of human
family and its changes overtime.
SOC206 Population and Society This course surveys on demographic transitions
in different societies.
SOC207 Social Stratification and Social Mobility This course examines social inequality in many
societies and its social ramifications.
SOC208 Sociology of Reproductive Health This course deals with socio-cultural perceptions
attached to the reproductive behavior of human
beings.
SOC209 Sociology of Management This course examines strategies and
organizational mechanisms to administer modern
complex societies.
SOC210 Sociology of Work This course explores the structure, function and
meaning of work in modern societies.
SOC211 Sociology of Youth This course surveys the meaning of youth in
diverse societies and problems faced by young
people.
SOC212 Community Development This course focuses on socio-cultural factors
affecting community development and change in
modern development.
SOC213 Cultural Anthropology This course surveys the evolution of human
society, its social institutions and their
transformations.
238
SOC215 Ethnicity and Conflict Resolution This course focuses on cultural meanings of race
and ethnicity and the study of conflicts and
remedies to solve them.
SOC217 Gender and Society This course surveys the social constructions of
gender and gender role; how they impact on
social relationships in various societies.
SOC218 Introduction to Criminology This course examines crimes and correction
processes, and socio-psychological theories of
crime causation.
SOC219 Ethnicity and Society This course focuses on cultural meanings of race
and ethnicity and the study of conflicts and
remedies to solve them.
SOC301 Foundations of Sociological Theory This course examines the major contributions
made by Auguste Comte, Karl Marx for and
Emile Durkheim for the development of
Sociological Theory.
SOC302 Advanced Research Methods in Sociology This course focuses on designing research
projects, data collections methods, analyses and
presentations of data.
SOC303 Applied Sociology This course surveys the use of sociological
knowledge to address practical social issues
ranging from suicide to sociology of ageing.
SOC305 Introduction to Computing in Sociology This course provides basic knowledge of
computing to apply for sociological studies.
SOC306 Contemporary Social Issues This course discusses contemporary social issues
in many societies and they range from drug use,
violence, abortion and crimes.
SOC307 Rural Sociology This course discusses the structure and
organization of rural community and its changes
overtime.
SOC308 Culture and Communication This course surveys culture-based
communication methods in human society and
their transformations in modern societies.
239
SOC310 Environmental Sociology This course deals with major environmental
concerns in various societies, and they range
from environmental destruction to human and
elephant conflict.
SOC311 Medical Anthropology This course surveys health and illness, cultural
definitions of health and variety of health seeking
practices in diverse societies.
SOC312 Medical Sociology This course examines social contexts of health,
illness, medical care; doctor patient relationship,
the structure and organizations of health care
delivery.
SOC313 Sociology of Ageing This course surveys social aspects of ageing,
definitions of ageing and problems faced senior
citizens.
SOC314 Participatory Research and Planning This course discusses basic concepts and theories
in community development, mobilizing
communities for development, tools of
participatory research and planning (RRA, PRA),
people‘s participation in planned development.
SOC317 Statistical Methods in Sociology This course examines the ways to apply basic
statistical methods to analyze sociological
information.
SOC318 Population and Development This course focuses on Malthusian theory of
population, recent theories of population; and
population structure and changes in Sri Lanka
society.
SOC321 Sociology of Development This course addresses social development:
meaning, measurement and morality; the need
for social development and social development
approach.
SOC401 Advanced Sociological Theory This course examines postmodernist, structural-
functionalist and conflict theories in Sociology.
SOC402 Ethnicity and Conflict Resolution This course deals with meaning and defining
240
race, ethnicity and ethnic conflicts and
resolutions for minimizing such conflicts.
SOC404 Sociology of South Asia This course examines different approaches to
study South Asian cultures, social institutions
and social transformations in South Asia.
SOC406 Sociology of Religion. This course examines the socio-cultural meaning
of religions, religion and politics and religion and
development.
SOC408 Sociology of Education This course focuses on social aspects of
education, social inequality of education and
education as a way to social mobility.
SOC409 Sociology of Knowledge This course surveys the philosophy of social
science, development of classical social theory
modern and post-modern social theirs.
SOC410 Industrial Sociology. This course examines social relationships in
modern industrial environment and how
individuals get adapted to such situations.
SOC415 Urban Sociology. This course examines urban social system with
special attention to some of the economic, social
and cultural changes of the last few decades.
SOC416 Social Work and Social Welfare This course provides knowledge on the functions
of the social work profession, the methods used
by the social work profession and various roles
of the social work profession.
SOC418 Sociology of Migration This course deals with the patterns of migration,
causes of migration and positive and negative
consequences of migration in modern societies.
SOC419 Social Policy and Planning This course is an examination of theories and
research of policy planning and a review of
development practice from social policy
perspective with special reference to third world
development.
SOC421 Agricultural Sociology This course is a review of contemporary theory
241
and research in the sociology of agriculture and
agrarian social systems.
SOC498 Dissertation I Lecturers series on proposal development
SOC499 Dissertation II Lecture series on data analysis and thesis
preparation.
The Department has introduced an academic advisory system in which all students are assigned academic
advisors to help them in selecting academic courses, dissertation topics, internship programmes and other
relevant maters. The department practices a preregistration programme of courses before students get
officially registered with the faculty course unit office.
The department maintains a library with a latest collection of books including a special collection on Sri
Lanka society. In addition, there is a well-equipped audio-visual facility located in the department.
242
Department of Tamil
The Department of Tamil is one of the oldest departments of the University of Peradeniya. The eminent Tamil
scholar Swami Vipulananda was appointed as the first Professor of Tamil in 1943. Subsequent academics in
the Department helped develop it into a reputed centre of Tamil studies in Sri Lanka, and in South Asia. The
Department of Tamil has over the years produced a number of Tamil scholars, literary critics, creative writers,
journalists and public administrators whose achievements have been recognized within and outside Sri Lanka.
The Department offers undergraduate courses in Tamil and Hindu Civilization as well as postgraduate courses
leading to the degrees of MA, MPhil, and PhD. In addition to this the Department offers Tamil courses as
second Language to non Tamil speaking students and has been conducting a radio program at the Kandurata
service called Kalai Amudam since 2007. Currently, the Department has eight staff members with
postgraduate qualifications. In addition, the Department is supported by well known Tamil professors from all
over the country for teaching and evaluation. The Department organizes an outreach fieldwork programme for
3rd and 4th year students, annually. The Department also organizes a monthly seminar for the benefit of staff
members, as well as final year students. In addition to this, scholars from overseas are invited to deliver
lectures for a seminar series. Moreover, the Department organizes the annual national seminar on Tamilology.
Academic members of the Department actively participate in national and international seminars and present
research papers and publish articles in various research journals and books.
Undergraduate Degree Programme: B.A. (Hons.) Degree in Tamil
Coordinator: Dr.S.Pirashanthan
Tamil
Course Code Course Title Description
TLG 101 Introduction to Tamil
Language and Functional
Grammar
This course deals with Defining language as a medium of
communication, Distinctive features of human language,
language and its structure, language history and society,
243
Tamil as a trans-national language, Dialect variations ;
regional and social dialects of Tamil, Tamil Diglossia
(literary and Colloquial), stylistic variation, language use in
different domains, writing system; pronunciation and
spelling, word formation and word classes, writing effective
sentences; simple clauses and common errors, compound
clauses and common errors, complex sentences and common
errors, punctuation and paragraphs.
TLG 102 Introduction to Tamil
Literature
This Course mainly focus What is literature and why should
study literature, literature society and culture, language and
literature, literature as a verbal art, Tamil literary history - An
over view, Classical Tamil literature: The poems of love and
war, Didactic literature in Tamil, Devotional poem in Tamil,
Epic poetry in Tamil, Minor literary forms in Tamil, Islam
and Tamil literature, Christianity and Tamil literature,
Modernization and Tamil literary tradition, Modern Tamil
poetry, Modern Tamil fiction.
FND 103
Writing Skills (Tamil Medium)
This course provides an Introduction to writing skills,
Language and styles, Essential grammar, Writing system and
selling, Basic sandhi rules, vocabulary building, Organizing
ideas, Punctuations, Types of essays, How to write the
essays?, Translations of foreign words and names, Writing
reports, Assignments and Tutorials.
TLG 201 Grammar of Modern Tamil:
Phonology and Morphology
This course provides an Introduction to phonetics and
phonetic alphabets, Tamil phonetics: vowel and consonant
sound, phonetic classification and phonetic symbol,
Introduction to morphology: The concept of phone. Phoneme
and allophone:, Tamil phonology: vowel phoneme and their
allophones consonants phoneme and their allophones, The
concept of morph, morpheme and allomorph. The type of
morphemes:, noun morphology: Phonetic distribution:
Introduction to morphology: Structure of The noun – simple,
compound and derivative noun, grammatical categories of
244
noun: person, number, and gender, case system in modern
Tamil, verb morphology: structure of the verb: simple and
compound verb, finite verb: negative verb formation:
Imperative verb, noun finite verbs: Main and auxiliary verbs:,
Adjective Adverb and Particles, Morphophonemic: Modern
Tamil sandhi rules.
TLG 202 The Development of Modern
Tamil Poetry
This course deal with Definition of modern poetry, Nature of
modern Tamil poetry:, origin and development of modern
Tamil poetry in Tamilnadu, freedom movement of India and
modern Tamil poetry, Dravidian movement and modern
Tamil poetry, Marxist movement and modern Tamil poetry,
Origin and development of free verse movement in Tamil,
Origin and development of modern Tamil poetry in Sri
Lanka, Progressive movement, Tamil nationalist movement,
Feminism and other movements, Origin and development of
free verse in Sri Lanka Diaspora and Sri Lankan Tamil
poetry, Diaspora and Sri Lankan Tamil Poetry, Translations.
TLG 203 Practical Criticism and
Literary Appreciation
This course provides an Introduction of literary criticism,
principles of literary criticism, Nature of poetry:, Practical
criticism of poetry, Understanding of the poem, form and
content, tone in poetry, Rhythm and prosody, Sense and
feeling, Language of poetry, Practical criticism of fiction,
Understanding fiction, form and content, tone in prose
writings, sense and feelings, language and style.
TLG 204 The Short Story in Tamil: Its
Origin and
Development
This Course provides an introduction to short story, A brief
outline of the development of short story in Tamil nadu;,
Tamil short story-sources of origin, Pioneers of Tamil short
story, freedom movement and the Tamil short story,
Manikkodi era and its contribution to the development of
Tamil short story, Marxist and self-respect movements and
their contribution to Tamil short story; New trends in Tamil
short story –after independence;, Recent trends in Tamil short
story-since 1970s, History of Sri Lankan Tamil short story; A
245
brief outline of the development of short story in Sri Lanka,
Tamil short story in Malaysia, Tamil short story in Singapore,
Shorts stories and the Tamil Diaspora.
TLG 205 Modern Tamil Syntax This course provides Introduction to syntax, Defining
sentences, Types of sentences, simple, compound, complex
sentences, Syntactic Categories; Nouns, Verbs, Prepositions,
Adjectives, Adverbs, quantifiers, Determiners, conjunctions,
and colitis, Syntactic constructions phrases, Syntactic
constructions clauses, The structure of simple sentences Verb
less sentences ( NP+VP types); subject less sentences; Verb
final sentences (NP+VP types), The structure of complex
sentences; Sentential coordination, And co-ordination, or co-
ordination, but co-ordination, Verbal participle co-
ordination), Subordinate clause constructions, Verbal
participle clauses, infinitive clauses, Conditional clauses,
Relative clauses, complex clauses, Anaphora in Tamil syntax,
Cleft sentence formation)
TLG 206 Landmarks in the
Development of
Tamil Novel
This course deals with Definition of novel; Narrative, theme,
plot, Origin of novel in Tamil, The early novelists, Indian
freedom movement and the development of Tamil novel;,
Structure Tamil novel after independence; Socio political
problems and experiments in forms:, Historical novel in
Tamil, Regional novel in Tamil, Origin of Tamil novel in Sri
Lanka;, Development of Tamil novel in Sri Lanka;, Tamil
novel in Sri Lanka since 1950, life of the plantation laborers
and the Sri Lankan Tamil novels;, New approaches in the Sri
Lankan Tamil novels, Sri Lankan Diaspora and the novel,
Translation and the adaptation.
TLG 207 Tamil Drama and Theatre This course deals with Definition of novel; Narrative, theme,
plot, Origin of novel in Tamil, The early novelists, Indian
freedom movement and the development of Tamil novel;,
Structure Tamil novel after independence; Socio political
problems and experiments in forms:, Historical novel in
246
Tamil, Regional novel in Tamil, Origin of Tamil novel in Sri
Lanka;, Development of Tamil novel in Sri Lanka;, Tamil
novel in Sri Lanka since 1950, life of the plantation laborers
and the Sri Lankan Tamil novels;, New approaches in the Sri
Lankan Tamil novels, Sri Lankan Diaspora and the novel,
Translation and the adaptation.
TLG 208 Folk Literature and Folk
Literary Studies in Tamil
This course deals with Definition of Folk lore and folk
literature, A brief history of folk lore as a distinct field of
study, Folk lore theories and methods, Characteristics of folk
literature, Relationship between oral and written literature,
The structure and functions of folk literary forms, folk songs,
folk ballads, folk ballads, riddles, proverbs, folk plays, folk
literary studies in Tamil, Field methods in folk literary
studies.
TLG 301 Sangam Poetry and Poetics This course provides an Introduction to the Sangam period
and sangam literature, Sangam legend, Sangam period as
heroic age and the social historical conditions of the period,
Corpus of sangam poems –Ettuttokai and Pattuppattu;, The
process of enthologization and the problems of periodization,
Two- old division - Akam (dealing with the interior/ love),
Puram (dealing with the exterior /the glory) grandeur aims
and achievements of kings and chieftains, Poetic convention
– division of land and time to sweep the experiences
expressed, The style, the diction and the metrical systems of
the sangam poems, life, political and social conditions in the
literature, customs and beliefs portrait in the literature, Study
of selected Akam lyrics, Study of selected Puram lyrics,
Modern studies on Sangam poetry and poetics.
TLG 302 Modern Literary and Critical
Theories
This course deals with Defining literary theory and literary
criticism, Relationship between literary, history, theory and
criticism, Approaches to literature and criticism, Sociological
approach- social aspects of literature, Literature as a social
product, Aesthetic approach-aesthetic aspects of literature,
247
Literature as an aesthetic product, Modernist approach- new
criticism and formalism, Marxist approach-politico aesthetic
of literature, Structuralism and post structuralism approaches,
Literature as text; relationship between the author, text and
the reader, from author centered to reader centered criticism,
Linguistic approach- linguistic aspects of literature, literature
as language, Feminist approach-gender issues in literature
and criticism.
TLG 303 Didactic Literature in Tamil This course deals with The subject matter of ethics, origins of
ethical ideas in the history of Indian thought, developments of
ethical ideas in the history of Indian thought, the emergence
of ethical literature in Tamil, the didactic works of the post
Sangam period, Thirukkural- its treatments of Aram and its
universal character, study of selected sections from the
Thirukkural, the influents exercised by the Thirukkural on the
culture and the literature of the Tamils, Naladiyaar- study of
selected stanzas, Ethical ideas in the devotional literature of
the Pallava period, ethical ideas expounded in the Kavya and
Puranic literature, Other ethical perspectives Islamic and
Christian, didactic literature-the contemporary phase, The
impact of didactic works on language and culture.
TLG 304
Bhakthi Movement and Devotional Poetry in Tamil
This course provides an Introduction to the concept of Bhakti,
origin and development of Bhakti literature in Tamil, Bhakti
movement of the PallavaPadniya period, and its impact on
Tamil literature, Bhakti in Tamil Saivite, Bhakti in Tamil
Vaisnavite, Bhakti in Tamil Jainist, Bhakti in Tamil and
Islam, Bhakti in Tamil Christian, development and user of
new literary forms and Metrical systems to express the
experience of Bhakti, Employment of folk customs,
expressions etc in Bhakti literature, Bhakti literature –the
contemporary phase.
TLG 305 Epic Poetry in Tamil This course provides an Introduction to the theories of epic
poetry: Greek, Sanskrit, and Tamil. Alankaram, and, The
248
evolution of epic poetry in Tamil, The early epics
Cilappatikaram and Manimekalai, Analysis of selected
section of the texts, The classification of epics as major and
minor and their characteristics described in TandiAlankaram,
The classification of epics as major and minor and their
characteristics described in TandiAlankaram,
Kamparamayanam as a major epic and detailed study of
selected potions from it, Kamparamayanam as a major epic
and detailed study of selected potions from it, Islamic and
Christian epics in Tamil, Islamic epics in Tamil with special
reference to Sirappuranam, Islamic epics in Tamil with
special reference to Thempavani, Modern phase: Bharathy ,
Modern phase after the Bharathy.
TLG 306 Islam, Christianity and Tamil
Literary Tradition
This course focus Religion and literature, Islamic Tamil
literature: Characteristics and development, The use of extant
Tamil literary forms by Islamic poets to express their
religious experiences, New literary forms introduced by
Islamic poets, Arabic Tamil literature, study of selected texts
Seerappuranam, Nabihal Naayaham PillaithThamil, Sainabu
Naachchiyar Maanmiyam, Recent trends, Christian Tamil
literature; Characteristics and development, The contributions
of Christian missionaries to the development of Tamil
language and literature, Modern development in Christian
Tamil literature, Study of selected text. Thempaavany,
Iratchaniyayathriham.
TLG 307 History of Tamil Language This course provides an Introduction to the concepts in
Historical linguistics, Sources for the history of Tamil language,
Tamil as a Dravidian language, concepts of language family and
studies on the Dravidian language family before and after
Robert Caledwel, Proto-Dravidian and Tamil, historical periods;
Old, medieval and modern Tamil, Sound change; Phonetic and
phonological changes, Changes in phonemic distribution,
Grammatical change, changes in morphology and syntax,
semantic change :changes in vocabulary and meaning, evolution
249
of writing system, language contact and linguistic borrowing,
Problems of modernization.
TLG 308 Tamil Prosody and Alankara This course provides an Introduction to metro and metrical
forms, The elements of Tamil Prosody: eluttu, acai, ciir, talai, ati
and totai, The structural patterns of basic metrical forms and
their variations, Akaval,Venpaa, Kalippa and Vancippaa, Later
developments of the basic metrical forms; taalicai, Later
developments of the basic metrical forms turai, and viruttam,
metrical forms derived from folk tradition like Cintu and Kanni,
New poetry and its rhythmical patterns, The concepts of
Alankara, The elements of Alankaara simile metaphor and other
forms of Ani as described in Tandialankaaram and Tolkaappiam.
TLG 401 History of Tamil Research This course mainly focus The area of Tamil research, An
Introduction of Tamil research, Tamil studies in the ancient
periods, Tamil studies in the medieval periods, The emergence
of Dravidology and Tamil research, ideology in Tamil research,
approaches in Tamil research, The contribution of institutions
and individuals to the development of Tamil research.
TLG 402 Linguistic and Tamil
Grammatical Tradition
This course deals with the Underlying grammatical theories and
Underlying grammatical theories of the major Tamil
grammatical works, the relevance of their grammatical concept
and classifications, tradition of grammatical commentators,
contribution of the Christian missionaries, Modern linguistics.
TLG 403 Development of Tamil
Literature in Sri Lanka
This course provides the problems of periodization, literary
production in pre-colonial periods, literary production in colonial
periods, literary production in post - colonial periods,
development of modern literary forms, main trends; major
authors and their woks, regional literary developments, Diaspora
and the Sri Lankan Tamil literature abroad; and the distinctive
features of the Sri Lankan Tamil literature.
TLG 404 History of Literary Criticism in
Tamil
This course deals with Poetics of classical grammarians: Various
trends of the modern literary criticism, Poetics of classical
grammarians, literary commentaries of the commentators of
medieval periods, The western impact and the origin of modern
250
literary criticism in Tamil, The western impact and the origin of
modern literary criticism in Tamil, Various trends of the modern
literary criticism.
TLG 405 Modernization of Tamil
Language : Problems and
prospects
This course provides Socio historical necessity for
modernization of Tamil, Socio historical necessity for
modernization of Tamil, Socio historical necessity for
modernization of Tamil, Development of modern prose and the
process of simplification, Script reform; coining technical terms,
Problems of linguistic and grammatical Purism, Tamil print and
electronic media.
TLG 406 Social and cultural history of
the Tamil
This course mainly focus The origin and development of social,
political and administrative institutions, Kinship and caste,
Women in society, Ethical thought and norms of morality,
educational system and institutions, Trade urbanization and
merchant guilds, Architecture and sculpture, dances, music and
paintings.
TLG 499 Dissertation
Co-curricular Activities Coordinator
Field trip Mr. M. M. Jayaseelan ,
Mr. P. Sarawanakumar
Drama day Dr. S. Pirashanthan
Extra-curricular Activities
National Seminar Dr. S. Pirashanthan,
Mr. M. M. Jayaseelan
Seasonal Seminar Dr. S. Pirashanthan
Monthly Seminar Mrs. A. Y. Satheeswaran
251
4. EXAMINATION
4.1 ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
Assessment Policy
The Assessment Policy of the Faculty summarizes the Rules and Regulations of the Semester/Course
Unit System as stipulated in full in Chapter 2, Section 2.6 of this Student Handbook 2018-2021. The
Students are required to adhere to them in following the academic programmes of the Faculty.
The courses will be assessed on a continuous basis to provide an opportunity for students to receive feedback
on his/her performance during the course. Every course will have more than one assessment, conducted at the
critical stages of learning of the course.
The appropriate assessment procedure/s, the percentage contribution of each assessment including
independent learning activities to the final mark, and the appropriate stage (time/level) of assessment for each
course will be determined by the course instructor/coordinator and should be approved by the relevant
Department of Study.
The approved assessment procedure for a give course will be made known to the students at the
commencement of the course along with an overview of the course content and appropriate learning resources
as stipulated on the C1 Form.
The scrutiny of examination papers and the evaluation of answer scripts will be made according to the
regulations and guidelines of the University of Peradeniya. See Examination Bylaws below in Sections 4.4.
for more information.
252
Make-up examination will be arranged only for the in-course assessment under valid circumstances, as
decided by the teacher/course coordinator on receiving a written request from the student concerned by the
Faculty.
The Faculty, subject to the regulations and procedures of UGC Circular No. 978 and its subsequent
amendments, will consider student Requests for Re-scrutiny after the official release of the results.
Those students who fail the final assessment (e.g. End Semester examination), but have passed all other in-
course assessments, will be required to repeat only the final assessment of the course in the next available
attempt, to fulfill the requirement.
To pass a course a student should obtain a minimum of ‗C‘ grade for a credited course and a ‗satisfactory‘
grade for a non-credited course.
Assessment of Practical
All practical components of a course shall be conducted within the semester or at the end of the semester, if
necessary.
Assessment of Dissertation
All the students taking an Honours degree are required to complete a 10, 000 word research project in their
final year (400 Level) under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. It entails the following
requirements subject to grading at the discretion of the Departments of Study.
Semester 1 – Department Level Presentations of Research Project
Semester 2 – Faculty Level Presentations of Research Project at the Undergraduate Research Congress of the
Faculty of Arts (URCFA)
253
The research project shall be completed within one month from the date of the end of the final end-semester
examination for 400 Level and will be assessed.
Assessment of Non-credited Courses
Non-credited courses will be assessed and need to be completed by the students fulfilling all their
requirements. The final mark of such courses will not contribute to the final Grade Point Average (GPA).
Assessment of Internship
Internships shall be assessed through a final report, logbook, oral examination and/or a report from the place
of work as either a credited or a non-credited course at the discretion of the relevant Departments of Study.
Grading Procedure
Grading procedure recommended by the Senate of the University of Peradeniya will be adopted. Accordingly,
the grade for a course shall not correspond to a cut-off mark, but based on distribution of marks for the course.
254
Credited Courses
Letter Grade and Equivalent Grade Point
A 4-poin scale will be adopted for grading the performance of students in credited course. A letter grade shall
be awarded to every credited course. The letter grades and corresponding grade points are given below.
LETTER GRADE* GRADE POINT LETTER GRADE GRADE POINT
A+/A 4.0 C 2.0
A- 3.7 C- 1.7
B+ 3.3 D+ 1.3
B 3.0 D 1.0
B- 2.7 E 0.0
C+ 2.3
* A+ is given only to those who obtain a distinctly high mark and are outliers of the marks‘ distribution.
Note: The threshold level of grading is equivalent to a ‗C-‗. To pass a credited and in some non-credited
courses a student must obtain a minimum of a ‗C-‘ grade.
Calculation of Final Grade Point Average (GPA)
An aggregate index will be calculated as the weighted average of the grade points obtained from grades of
different courses and the number of corresponding course units. This aggravate index shall be called the Grade
Point Average.
255
Non-Credit courses
It is compulsory for every student to achieve a ‗pass‘ grade from every non-credited course that a student
offers.
Repeat Student
The students may repeat courses as many times as required to complete the degree within the maximum
allowable period of completion of a degree programme:
DEGREE COMPLETION
REUIREMENT
MAXIMUM
EXTENSION*
B.A. (GENERAL) 03 Years 06 Years
B.A. (HONS.) 04 Years 08 Years
LL.B. 04 Years 08 Years
B.Com. 04 Years 08 Years
* Extensions may be granted to a student under exceptional and/or valid reasons but he/she shall not be
eligible for a merit pass.
256
4.2 SCHOLARSHIPS, BURSARIES, AWARDS AND PRIZES
During the academic programme, the University recognizes outstanding performances of students by
awarding scholarships and awards in almost all the disciplines. These are awarded from the first year onwards.
Scholarships, Prizes and Awards for Outstanding Performance at 100 Level
DEPARTMENT TITLE SCHOLARSHIP PRIZE/ Award Classical Languages
Mervyn Kulathilaka Prize for Greek/Western Classical Culture/Greek and Roman Studies
Awarded to the student who shows
the greatest competence (highest
aggregate mark) in
Greek/Greek and oman Studies
(100 level).
Dr. George H. Wickramanayake emorial Scholarship for Greek, Latin or Greek and Roman Studies (Special Degree)
Awarded to the best student specializing in Greek, Latin or Greek and Roman Studies at the end of the first year.
Murugaser Tambyah
Memorial Prize for
Sanskrit
Awarded to the student who shows the greatest competence (highest aggregate mark for SKT 101 and SKT 102) in Sanskri
Economics
I. D. S. Weerawardena
Memorial Prize for
Economics
Awarded to the student who shows the greatest competence in Economics (highest average marks in ECN 101 and ECN 102).
257
Merchant Bank of Sri Lanka Ltd. Scholarship for Economics.
Jubilee Scholarship presented by the Bank of Ceylon
Awarded to the
student who shows
the greatest
competence in
Economics
(highest average
marks in ECN 101
and ECN 102)
English
Leigh Smith Prize for
English
Awarded to the student who
shows the greatest competence
(highest aggregate marks for
ENG 101 and ENG 102) in
English. Pettah Library Prize for English
Awarded to the student who
shows the greatest competence
(highest aggregate mark for ENG
101 and ENG 102) in English.
Geography
Ginige Cooke Memorial Prize for
Geography
Awarded to the student who
shows the greatest competence
(highest aggregate mark for
GGY101 and GGY102) in
Geography. Peradeniya Art Fund
Prize for Geography
Awarded to the candidate who
scores the highest average mark
(60% or more) in GGY 101 and
GGY 102.
258
Enright Memorial Prize in Geography
Awarded to the student who obtains the highest average
mark (60% or more) in GGY 101
and GGY 102.
History
C.W. Nicholas Scholarship in History
Awarded to the student who obtains the highest average marks in HIS 101 and HIS 102 and a viva- voce examination, and who has opted to follow the Special Degree course in History
Ashoka History Prize
Awarded to the student who shows greatest competence in History (Highest average marks in HIS 101 and HIS 102).
Senarat Paranavithana Scholarship for History
Awarded to the student who shows greatest competence in History (Highest average marks in HIS 101 and HIS 102).
Philosophy and Psychology
Ibrahim Jafferjie Memorial Scholarship for
Philosophy
Awarded to the student who obtains the highest mark in Philosophy (PHY 101 and PHY 102)
259
Pali and
Buddhist Studies
Rev. Siri Piyasiritissa
Prize for Buddhist
Studies
Awarded to the
student who obtains a pass in both BST 101
and BST 102 with
an average over 60%
or more and
whose parental income
is below Rs.
4800/-. If the eligible
student is
Buddhist clergy,
parental income may
not be considered.
Esmi Perera Award for Buddhist Clergy
(Book Award)
Awarded to the student who obtains an average mark of 60% or more for BST 101 and BST102.
Mudaliyar
Waidyasekara Prize
for Pali
Awarded to the
student who
shows the greatest
competence
(highest aggregate
mark for PST 101
and PST 102) in Pali.
D.R. Wijewardana
Prize for Sinhala
Awarded to the student who shows the greatest competence (highest aggregate mark for SLS
101 and SLS 102) in Sinhala.
Prof. D.D. Saram Memorial Prize for
Sinhala
Awarded to the student selected from among those students opting to do the Sinhala Special Degree and who has obtained
260
Sinhala
the highest average mark of 65% or
more in Sinhala (SLS 101
and SLS 102). Prize for Sinhala endowed by Delduwe Dharmarathana
Mahanayake Thero
Awarded to the student who shows the greatest competence in Sinhala.
Tamil
Francis Kingsbury
Prize for Tamil Awarded to the student who
shows the greatest competence in Tamil (Highest aggregate marks in TLG 101 and TLG 102)
Kanapathipillai Memorial Scholarship
for Tamil
Awarded to the student who offers Tamil as a subject (TLG 101 and TLG 102) and received an average mark of 50% or more for TLG 101 and TLG 102.
261
University Scholarships and Prizes of the Faculty of Arts for Outstanding Performance at 100 Level
DEPARTMENT SCHOLARSHIP PRIZE M.F. Khan Prize for Greatest Competence
Awarded to the student who shows the greatest competence and aggregate marks over all courses at the end of 2nd Semester Final Examination
Dhammananda Scholarship
for
Buddhist Monks and Dasasil
Mathas
Awarded to the Buddhist monk / Dasasil Matha who scores the highest average mark (60% or more) in Pali, Buddhist Studies and Sanskrit (101 and 102). The scholarship shall be awarded to those reading for the Special Degree in Pali, Buddhist Studies and Sanskrit.
Peradeniya Hindu Temple
Scholarship for Hindu
Civilization
Awarded to the student who scores the highest average mark (not less than 60%) for Hindu Civilization (HIN 101 and HIN
102) with an overall average of
not less than 55% in the three
main subjects.
University Scholarships Awarded to the (3) students who secure the First, Second and Third places in Aggregate Marks scored for both emesters of the first year.
262
4.3 STUDY ABROAD OPPORTUNITIES
Host
University
Scholarship Call for
Applications
Deadline for
University of
Peradeniya
Study
Period
Eligibility
Fukuoka
Women‘s
University,
Japan
Fukuoka
Women‘s
University
Commemorative
student
exchange
program -
The world of
Japanese
Contemporary
Culture Program
(WJC)
October December Starting
from
September
(One year)
Applicant must be a women
undergraduate those who are in the
second year or third year Special
Application form * Required
documents
Proof of GPA 3.0/4.0
Recommendation letters (two
academic advisors)
TOEFL Score (not required for
native English speakers)
Essay (motivation for application)
Independent Study Project (ISP)
proposal sheet (Type written)
*Attachment
Certificate of Health *Attachment
Copy of passport
Hokaido
University,
Japan
HUSTEP
(Hokkaido
University Short
Term Exchange
Programme)
January for
one year
course
February for
half
year(Autumn)
course
September
Research
Course –
month of
February
Semester
Abroad Course
(Autumn) –
month of
February
Semester
September
to next
year
August
(One Year)
September
to next
year mid-
February
(half year)
be eligible to apply for HUSTEP,
students must:
1. be from exchange partner
universities
2. be enrolled and pay tuition fees
at their home universities during
study in Japan
3. have completed at least two
years of undergraduate study prior
to arrival in Japan
4. have GPA of 3.0 (B) or better on
a 4.0 scale or equivalent
263
for half
year(Spring)
course
Abroad Course
(Spring) –
month of
October
April to
same year
August
(half year)
5. be proficient in English. Non-
native English speakers must have
a score of at least TOEFL iBT 79 or
IELTS 6.5***
6. be able to arrive in Sapporo by
late September or first week of
April
Dongguk
University,
Korea
Global Korea
Scholarship
(Dongguk
University,
Korea) Student
Exchange
Program
December
May
January
May
1st
Semester
of the
Academic
Year (6
months)
2nd
Semester
of the
Academic
Year (6
months)
Only Undergraduate students/
Department of Pali & Buddhist
Studies are eligible for this
scholarship
Applicants should have completed
more than 2 semesters at the
Faculty of Arts at the time of
applying for the award
Applicant‘s percentage grades
should be 80% or above.
Korean citizenship (or dual
citizenships) holders are not
eligible for the award.
264
Saga
University,
Japan
Saga University,
Japan program
for academic
exchange
November November SPECE E Full scholarship will be granted to
Major in Economics
undergraduates. Others will be
received only the tuition fees.
Application form available at
(http://www.irdc.saga-
u.ac.jp/en/interest/space.html)
Letter of Recommendation
Academic transcript
Language Proficiency test results –
TOEFL, IELTS
Certificate of Enrollment at the
home university
Application for Certificate of
Eligibility for Status of Residence
Certificate of
Health(http://www.irdc.saga-
u.ac.jp/en/interest/space.html)
bank statement of funds available
for supporting the Applicant‘s
Study abroad
photographs
A copy of passport
265
4.4. EXAMINATION PROCEDURE, OFFENCES AND
PUNISHMENTS
Regulations made by the Senate of the University of Peradeniya and approved by the Council under Section
136 read with Sections 29, 45 and 46 of the Universities Act No. 16 of 1978 as amended by the Universities
(Amendment) Act No.7 of 1985.
Examination of a course/course unit may consist of several assessment components (quizzes, within semester
and end-semester examinations, term papers, assignments, etc.)
31.1 Regulations
These Regulations may be cited as the Examination Procedure, Offences & Punishment Regulation No.1 of
2008.
31.1.1 Part I - Examination Procedure
1. A candidate is expected to be outside the examination hall at least 15 minutes before the
commencement of each paper, but shall not enter the hall until he/she is requested to do so by the
supervisor.
2. On admission to the hall a candidate shall occupy the seat allotted to him/her and shall not change it
except on the specific instruction of the Supervisor.
3. For examinations which have duration of one or more hours, a candidate shall not be admitted to the
examination hall after the expiry of half an hour from the commencement of the examination. A
candidate shall not be allowed to leave the hall until half an hour has elapsed from the commencement
of the examination or during the last 15 minutes of the paper.
4. However, under exceptional circumstances or in cases where the duration of the examination is less
than one hour, the supervisor in consultation with the Dean of the Faculty concerned may use his
discretion in the enforcement of Rule 3.
266
5. A candidate shall have his/her student record book/student identity card/admission card with him/her
in the examination hall on every occasion he/she presents himself/herself for a paper. His/her
candidature is liable to be cancelled if he/she does not produce the student record book/student
identity card/admission card when requested to do so. If he/she fails to bring his/her student record
book/student identity card /admission card, he/she shall sign a declaration in respect of the paper for
which he/ she had not produced the student record book/student identity card/admission card in the
form provided for it, and produce the student record book/student identity card/admission card to the
Registrar or the relevant Senior Assistant Registrar/Assistant Registrar within the next three working
days. If a candidate loses his/her student record book/student identity card/admission card during the
examination period, he/she shall obtain a duplicate of student record book/student identity
card/admission card as the case may be from the Registrar or relevant Senior Assistant
Registrar/Assistant Registrar for production at the examination hall.
6. A candidate shall not have on his/her person or in his/her clothes or on the admission card, time-table,
student record book/student identity card, any notes, signs or formulae, etc., except those items that
are permitted. All unauthorized items which a candidate has brought with him/her should be kept at a
place indicated by the Supervisor/Invigilator.
7. A candidate may be required by the supervisor to declare any item in his/her possession or person.
8. No candidate shall copy or attempt to copy from any book or paper or notes or similar material or
from the scripts of another candidate. A candidate shall neither help another candidate nor obtain help
from another candidate or any other person. A candidate shall not conduct himself/herself so
negligently that an opportunity is given to any other candidate to read anything written by him/her or
to watch any practical examination performed by him/her. No candidate shall use any other unfair
means or obtain or render improper assistance at the examination.
9. If any candidate was found to have copied from another candidate by an examiner at the time of
marking, he/she would be treated as having committed a punishable offence.
267
10. No candidate shall submit a practical book or field book or dissertation/thesis or project study or
answer script or assignment which has been prepared wholly or partly by anyone other than the
candidate himself/herself.
11. A candidate shall bring his/her own pens, ink, mathematical instruments, erasers, pencils or any other
approved equipment or stationery which he/she has been instructed to bring. The use of a calculator
will be permitted only for papers that contain a rubric to that effect.
12. Examination stationery (i.e., writing paper, graph paper, drawing paper, ledger paper, precis paper,
etc.) will be supplied at the examination hall as and when necessary. No sheet of paper or answer
book supplied to a candidate may be torn, crumbled, folded or otherwise mutilated. No papers other
than those supplied to him/her by the Supervisor/Invigilator shall be used by candidates. All material
supplied, whether used or unused, shall be left behind on the desk and not removed from the
examination hall.
13. Every candidate shall enter his/her Index Number/Registration Number on each answer book and on
every continuation paper. He/She shall also enter all necessary particulars as required. A candidate
who inserts on script an Index Number/Registration Number other than his/her own is liable to be
considered as having attempted to cheat.
A script that bears no Index Number/Registration Number, or has an Index
Number/Registration Number which cannot be identified, is liable to be rejected. No
candidate shall write his/her name or any other identifying mark on the answer script
unless otherwise authorized.
14. All calculations and rough work shall be done only on paper supplied for the examination, and shall
be cancelled and attached to the answer script. Such work should not be done on any other material.
Any candidate who disregards these instructions runs the risk of being considered as having written
notes or outline of answers with the intention of copying.
268
15. Any answer or part of an answer, which is not to be considered for the purpose of assessment, shall be
neatly crossed out. If the same question has been attempted in more than one place the answer or
answers that are not to be considered shall be neatly crossed out.
16. Candidates are under the authority of the supervisor and shall assist him/her by carrying out his/her
instructions and those of the Invigilator during the examination and immediately before and after it.
17. Every candidate shall conduct himself/herself in the examination hall and its precincts as not to cause
disturbance or inconvenience to the supervisor or his staff or to other candidates. In entering and
leaving the hall, he/she shall conduct himself/herself as quietly as possible. A candidate is liable to be
excluded from the examination hall for disorderly conduct.
18. Candidates shall stop work promptly when ordered by the Supervisor/Invigilator to do so.
19. Absolute silence shall be maintained in the examination hall and its precincts. A candidate is not
permitted for any reason whatsoever to communicate or to have any dealings with any person other
than the Supervisor/Invigilator. The attention of the Supervisor/Invigilator shall be drawn by the
candidate by raising his/her hand from where he/she is seated.
20. During the course of answering a question paper no candidate shall be permitted to leave the
examination hall temporarily. In case of an emergency, the Supervisor/Invigilator may grant him/her
permission to do so but the candidate will be under his/her surveillance.
21. No person shall impersonate a candidate at the examination, nor shall any candidate allow
himself/herself to be impersonated by another person.
22. Any candidate receiving unauthorized assistance from any person shall be deemed to have committed
an examination offence.
269
23. If circumstances arise which in the opinion of the supervisor render the cancellation or postponement
of the examination necessary, he/she shall stop the examination, collect the scripts already written and
then report the matter as soon as possible to the Dean of the relevant Faculty.
24. The Supervisor/Invigilator is empowered to require any candidate to make a statement in writing on
any matter which may have arisen during the course of the examination and such statement shall be
signed by the candidate. No candidate shall refuse to make such a statement or to sign it. If such a
candidate refuses to make such a statement or refuses to sign it, the Supervisor/Invigilator shall make
his own statement and report the matter to the Dean of the relevant Faculty.
25. No candidate shall contact any person other than the Vice-Chancellor, Dean, Head of the Department,
the Registrar or the relevant Senior Assistant Registrar regarding any matter concerning the
examination.
26. Every candidate shall hand over the answer script personally to the Supervisor/Invigilator or remain in
his/her seat until it is collected. On no account shall a candidate hand over his/her answer script to an
attendant, a minor employee, or another candidate.
27. Every candidate who registers for a course/course unit shall be deemed to have sat the examination of
that course/course unit unless he/she withdraws from the course/course unit within the prescribed
period for dropping courses/course units. He/She should submit a medical certificate in support of
his/her absence, prior to the commencement of the examination. If such a document cannot be
submitted before the commencement of the examination, a candidate shall inform of his/her inability
to attend the examination to the Dean of the Faculty within a week after the commencement of the
examination. The medical certificate shall conform to the Senate Regulations. (See Appendix I.)
28. When a candidate is unable to be present for any part/section of an examination of a course/course
unit, he/she shall notify or cause to be notified this fact to the Dean of the Faculty and relevant Senior
Assistant Registrar or Assistant Registrar immediately. This should be confirmed in writing with
supporting documents by registered post within two weeks.
270
29. A student will be eligible for honours if all requirements for the award of honours are met within the
prescribed period for the degree. However, candidates found guilty of an examination offence shall
not be eligible for honours.
30. No student shall sit an examination of a course/course unit, if he/she has exhausted the number of
attempts that he/she is allowed to sit that particular examination, unless he/she has been granted
special permission to do so by the Dean of the relevant Faculty.
31.1.2 Part II – Examination Offences and Punishments
1. Offences
1.1 Any candidate who violates Examination Rule 6 shall be deemed guilty of the offence of possession of
unauthorized documents/items and his/her candidature for the examinations of that semester shall be
cancelled and he/she shall be prohibited from sitting any examination of this university for a period
varying from 1 - 5 semesters.
1.2 Any candidate who violates Examination Rule 8 or 9 shall be deemed guilty of the offence of
copying and therefore his/her candidature shall be cancelled from the examinations of that semester
and he/she, shall be prohibited from sitting any examination of this university for a period of five
semesters.
1.3 Any candidate who violates Examination Rule 10 shall be deemed guilty of the offence of having
cheated at the examination and his/her candidature for the examinations of that semester shall be
cancelled and he/she shall be prohibited from sitting any examination of this university for period
varying from 1 - 9 semesters.
1.4 Any candidate who is detected removing examination stationery and other material provided for the
examination (Rule 12) shall be deemed guilty of an examination offence and his/her candidature for
the examinations of that semester shall be cancelled and he/she shall be liable to be prohibited from
sitting any examination of the university for a period of three semesters.
271
1.5 Any candidate who violates any one or more of the rules in 7, 16, 17, 18, 19 and 20 shall be deemed
guilty of the offence of disorderly conduct and his/her candidature shall be cancelled from the
examinations of that semester and he/she shall be prohibited from sitting any examination of this
university for a period of three semesters.
1.6 Any candidate who violates Examination Rule 21 shall be guilty of the offence of impersonation and
his/her candidature for the examinations of that semester shall be cancelled and he/she shall be
prohibited from sitting any examination of this university.
Impersonator/s may also be liable to any punishment under the Penal Code/Criminal Law. In the event
the impersonator is found to be a graduate of this university, his/her degree shall be withdrawn.
1.7 Any candidate who violates Examination Rule 22 shall be guilty of an examination offence and
his/her candidature for the examinations of that semester shall be cancelled and he/she shall be
prohibited from sitting any examination of this university for a period of 1 - 5 semesters.
1.8 Any candidate found aiding and abetting in the commission of any of the above examination offences
shall be deemed to have committed that offence and shall be punished in respect of the offence in
accordance with the provisions of the relevant section.
1.9 Any other offence which is not covered in the above sections alleged to have been committed by a
candidate and reported to the relevant authority by a supervisor or examiner shall be inquired into and
appropriate action taken.
31.1.3 Part III - Procedure Regarding Examination Offences Committed by Candidates
1. There shall be an Examination Disciplinary Committee of not less than 3 members of whom at least
one member is from outside the Faculty, appointed for each case by the Dean of the relevant Faculty
to inquire into and make recommendations (including punishments) on examination offences
referred to it. Member(s) outside the Faculty shall be selected from a panel of members appointed
for this purpose by the Vice-Chancellor.
272
2. Classification of Offences
Examination offences may be broadly classified as follows:
2.1 Possession of unauthorized documents/items
2.2 Copying
2.3 Cheating
2.4 Removal of stationery
2.5 Disorderly conduct
2.6 Impersonation
2.7 Unauthorized assistance
2.8 Aiding and abetting in the commission of above offences
2.9 Other offences.
3. Punishments
(As specified in Part II -1.1 -1.9)
4. Procedure
4.1 In all cases of violation of examination rules detected, the supervisor shall take action as outlined
below and forward his/her report to the relevant Dean/Senior Assistant Registrar or Assistant
Registrar
4.2 In cases of disorderly conduct the supervisor shall in the first instance warn the candidate to be of
good behaviour. Disorderly conduct shall be considered grave, only if such conduct in the
opinion of the supervisor is considered as causing a disturbance in the conduct of the
examination. Where the candidate persists in unruly or disorderly conduct, the supervisor may
exclude the candidate from the examination hall and issue him a letter with a copy to the relevant
Dean/Senior Assistant Registrar/Assistant Registrar, cancelling his/her candidature from the
examination.
4.3 In all cases of examination offences detected, the supervisor shall send a report to the relevant
Dean along with any material taken into custody. Material taken into custody should be
authenticated by placing the signatures of the candidate and the Supervisor/Invigilator and the
273
date, time and place of detection. A supervisor should give particulars of any incriminating
material of which he/she cannot take possession. The Supervisor's report should be countersigned
by one of the Invigilators.
4.4 The Dean after preliminary inquiry shall place all reports of examination offences submitted by
supervisors for action of the relevant Examination Disciplinary Committee for further action.
4.5 Supervisor, Examiner, Head of Department or any other official of the University who detects an
examination offence shall report the matter in writing to the relevant Dean, who shall after
preliminary inquiry submit his findings to the relevant Examination Disciplinary Committee for
further action.
4.6 Any allegations regarding the commission of examination offences from whosoever received shall
be submitted by the Dean after preliminary inquiry to the relevant Examination Disciplinary
Committee for further action.
5. The Decision
5.1 The punishment recommended by the Examination Disciplinary Committee shall be submitted to the
relevant Faculty Board for a decision and the decision will be reported to the Senate.
Senior Assistant Registrar/Assistant Registrar of the relevant Faculty shall be the Convener/Secretary
of the inquiring committee on examination offences.
6. Appeals Board
6.1 There shall be an Appeals Board, consisting of three members, appointed by the Vice-Chancellor
to consider appeals regarding the decision referred to in 5.1 above. Any student on whom a
punishment has been imposed may, within a period of two weeks from the date of communication
to him/her of such punishment, appeal against such punishment to the Vice-Chancellor.
6.2 The Appeals Committee shall have the power to review the decision referred to in 5.1 regarding
the punishment imposed and may either affirm, vary as deem necessary or set aside the decision
regarding the punishment.
274
275
5. STUDENT LEARNING RESOURCES
5.1 The Main Library
The library of the Peradeniya University originated in 1921 as the Library of the Ceylon University
College. The Library was shifted to Peradeniya in 1952 and was moved to the present premises in
1960. After moving to Peradeniya, the library developed into a library network comprising of the
Main Library and seven other branch libraries, namely Agriculture, Science, Medical, Engineering,
Vet Medicine, Allied Health Science, and Dental faculty libraries. The ninth library is attached to the
Faculty of Agriculture in Mahailuppallama, sub campus. The Main Library can be accessed by
proceeding along the new Galaha Road, passing the entrance to the Arts Theatre and turning right to
the Senate Building. The Peradeniya University Library Network is the oldest and the largest
university library in Sri Lanka.
Location: At the furthest end of the Main Arts Building (MA), adjacent to the Senate Building
Summary Services
Main
Library
Location Service
Lending
Desk
Counter Two, First Floor
First Year – 2 Tickets
Second Year – 3 Tickets
Third/Fourth Year – 4 Tickets
Reference
Desk
Counter Two, First Floor
Short-term Reference Counter, First
Floor
Reference Issues for over-night use
Short-term reference issues
276
Reference
Work
Stations
Current Periodicals Room
Reading Room I
Ceylon Room
First Floor Art &
Archaeology Room
General
Work
Stations
Ground Floor Post-graduate
Reading Area
Reading Room II
First, Second, Third Floor
Designated Areas
Service
Points
Ground Floor Counter 1
+94-81-2392475
Fist Floor Counter 2
+94-81-2392480
General enquiries
All reader services – inquiries, reader
registration, issue borrowing tickets
etc.
Printed
Journals
Fifth Floor Bound Collection
Special
Collections
Lesley de Saram; Henry de Mel
Donald Ferguson; W.A. de Silva
Richard
Abeysekara;M.D.Ratnasuriya
D.J .Kalupahana Collection (with
restricted borrowing facilities for
permanent members of the Dept. of
Pali & Buddhist Studies)
John Blaze; R. Sri Pathmanadan
D.E.P.Hettiarachchi
Ceylon Room - Ground Floor
Cataloguing Div.- Ground Floor
Asst. Librarian's Room (Reader Services)-
First floor
Philosophy and religion room- Second Floor
Third Floor - next to UNO Room
Basement
277
Digital
Facilities
Ground Floor
First Floor
Online
Catalogue
and
E-learning
Resources
Ground Floor
First Floor
Short-term/ Long-term searches
Database Searching
Copying
service
(out-sourced)
Ground Floor
Opening and Circulation Hours
Term/Semester Opening hours Circulation hours
Throughout the
semester
Monday-
Friday
Saturday Sunday & Public
Holidays
Monday-
Friday
Saturday Sunday &
Public
Holidays
7.30 a.m.-
6.30 p.m
7.30 a.m. -
4.15 p.m.
Closed 7.30 a.m. -
3.30 p.m.
(SR issues
after 2.00
p.m.)
7.30 a.m.-
3.30 p.m.
(SR issues
after 2.00
p.m)
Closed
During Study
Leave &
Monday-
Friday
Saturday Sunday & Public
Holidays
Monday-
Friday
Saturday Sunday &
Public
278
Examination Period Holidays
7.30 a.m.-
6.30 p.m
7.30 a.m. -
4.15 p.m.
8.00 a.m - 12.00 noon 7.30 a.m. -
3.30 p.m.
(SR issues
after 2.00
p.m.)
7.30 a.m. -
3.30p.m.
(SR issues
after 2.00
p.m)
Reference
Issures
10.30 a.m
- 12.00
noon
During Vacation
Period
Monday-
Friday
Saturday Sunday & Public
Holidays
Monday-
Friday
Saturday Sunday &
Public
Holidays
8.00 a.m.-
4.30 p.m.
8.00 a.m.-
4.15 p.m.
Closed 8.00 a.m. -
2.00 p.m.
(SR issues
after 2.00
p.m)
8.00 a.m.-
2.00 p.m.
(SR issues
after 2.00
p.m)
Closed
Visit: http://www.lib.pdn.ac.lk/index.php?home for more information
279
5.2 SPECIAL NEEDS RESOURCE UNIT (SNRU)
Known formerly as the Professor D.P.M. Weerakkody Resource Unit for Special Needs Students
(WRUSNS), the SNRU was established in November 2004. Late Professor D.P.M. Weerakkody of
the Department of Classical Languages who was also vision impaired was the architect of this Unit.
He was its founding Director when it was established utilizing IBG-Funding. Prof. Weerakkody‘s
personal devotion brought many well-wishers and donors to continue the Unit. Since the termination
of IBG funds the Alumni Association of University of Peradeniya (AAUP) and Alumni Association
Chapters in Colombo and Australia have been sources of strength for the Unit as they provide funds
and equipment to continue the services. During its thirteen years of existence, the WRUSNS has
provided, and continues to provide, the following facilities to students with special needs within the
University, especially the students of the Faculty of Arts.
Summary Services and Resources
The following services are available to all differently-abled students registered at the University of
Peradeniya. However, these services are not restricted to the differently-abled students and are
available to all students at the University of Peradeniya upon request:
ICT Instruction to Special Needs Student
Forward and Backward Braille Translation Service in Sinhala
By the kind courtesy of the Jinasena Group we have introduced a translation service using Braille
display and translation software. Forward translation (print to braille) enables vision-impaired
students, for example, to read in Braille, articles from the Sinhala daily newspapers, while backward
280
translation (Braille to print) enables them to write, using a Braille keyboard, documents such as
assignments and letters which can be read by sighted persons.
Personal Reader Service for visually impaired students
Opportunities for Work Experience and Financial Assistance (for Medical Travel,
Dissertation expenses) by courtesy of the Alumni Association of the University of
Peradeniya
Textbooks and Study Material in Accessible Formats (Braille and Digital Talking Books
(DTB)
Provision of Study Equipment and Special Devices such as the Braille machines, Braille
Emboss, talking book players, cassette and digital voice recorders, one-hand keyboards, magnifying
glasses, spectacles and contact lenses, wheelchairs and USB pen drives.
Computer workstations
Location: Ground Floor New (Gemba) Canteen Building
Coordinator: Dr. Leena Seneheweera,
+94-81-239-2560
Intercom 2560
281
5.3. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) CENTRE
The Information Technology Centre (ITC) was established in 2004 as a part of ICT Skills
Development Programme of the University. One of the main objectives of this Centre is to
provide opportunities for undergraduates and other members of the university community to
improve their ICT skills. The Centre offers numerous part-time and regular training
programmes.
Location Behind the WUS Building Complex near the
Gymnasium Contact:
Reception Counter
+94-81-2392909
Intercom 2909
Office +94-81-2070
+94-81-2900
+94-81-2906
Intercom
2070, 2900, 2906
Opening Hours 8.00 am to 10.00 pm
Services and Facilities Computer facilities with Internet access. Students need to
register
and obtain their account passwords prior to using the
facilities in the
Centre.
Coordinator: Dr.W. Athukorala +94-77-6862021
282
5.4 CAREER GUIDENCE AND COUNSELING UNIT (CGCU)
The main aim of the university's career guidance and counselling programs is to help students make
more informed and better educational and career choices. Among other things, CGSU offers
information on professional courses available to students, career options, types of academic and
personal development & occupational training needed to succeed in the workplace, and job
opportunities that are associated with the student's field of interest. The CGSU recognizes that a fresh
graduate could become successful in this competitive world by setting proper career goals and making
career plans from the first year in university which requires strategic thinking on the part of the young student which is only possible by making informed choices.
The CGSU also supports the fresh graduate with advice on how to prepare for facing interviews,
developing effective CVs and cover letters, facing aptitude tests and seeking admissions to post
graduate educational establishments. The unit provides students with job placement information and facilitates industrial training/ internship opportunities.
The CGSU is located at the Student Centre (next to WUS Cafeteria)
Contact: Phone +94 81 2392013
283
6. STUDENT WELFARE
6.1 ARTS FACULTY STUDENT WELFARE CENTRE – SISU GURU PIYASA
Some of the goals of the Student Welfare Centre is to improve staff student interaction, help students
to make academic and career decisions and adjust to the university environment and provide a
location for Senior Student Counsellors to meet with students.
Location: 16A, Ground floor, Main Arts Building, next to the rear entrance of the Arts Theatre
Coordinator: Dr. D. Karunanayake Contact: 077-360-2437
Intercom 2556
Opening Hours: 8.30 am – 4.30 pm on weekdays
284
6.2 DINING
Food Outlets
University students could get their meals at special rates within the university premises. There are 22
cafeterias and canteens in all faculties and halls of residence which are administrated by the student
services branch.
The following are the food outlets within the premises of the Faculty of Arts. Residential students
may also purchase their meals from the canteens in their Halls of Residence at subsidized rates.
Name Location
Arts Faculty Canteen New Canteen Building
World University Service Canteen WUS Building
Milk Bar (Sarasavi Kirihala) Behind the Kannangara Building
6.3 HALLS OF RESIDENCE
The University of Peradeniya provides accommodation in sixteen on-campus and off-campus halls of residence to about 4,000 undergraduate students selected on the basis of the distance to the University from their permanent residence and on medical grounds. Other undergraduates and all postgraduate students are expected to find their own accommodation in the vicinity, and information on reasonably priced private accommodation is provided on request by the Student Services Branch.
Halls are managed by a Warden from the academic staff of the University. S/he is assisted by a resident fulltime Sub Warden and a Senior Academic Sub-Warden and several other academic Sub-
285
Wardens. In addition, there are other academic staff members living in halls who assist in the administration and the maintenance of student welfare.
Student Accommodation Policy
University hostel facilities are provided on the basis of distance from the residence of the Students. Accordingly.
1. For 1st year students -over 50km
2. For 2nd year students - over 40km
On the basis of vacancies existing in the halls during the academic year.
3. For 3rd year students - Over 30km
4. For 4th year students - Over 20km
And
For Captains and Vice Captains of Sports Teams
Differently abled students
On medical grounds if recommended by the University Chief Medical Officer
Students who are facing dire financial difficulties, on the recommendations of the GS and
AGA, Director Student Accommodation, Vice Chancellor or Deputy Vice Chancellor.
The University of Peradeniya aims to provide residential facilities to all its undergraduate students in
the future. Currently the University caters to the needs of 65% of its student population with nineteen halls of residence.
286
ON CAMPUS HOSTEL FACILITIES FOR MALE UNDERGRADUATES
Name of the Hall
Sub-Warden
Location
Arunachalam Hall
Intercom 2108*
Mr. M.M.L.
Deshapriya
071-7332304
On Galaha Road
Akbar - Nell Hall
Intercom 2123
Mr. W.G.S.
Karunasiri
071-2285793
On Gampola Road near the Engineering Faculty
Bhikku Hostel - Lake House Hall
081-3832038
Ven. Sarananda
071-8086181
On Gampola Road
Bhikku Hostel - Kehelpannala Hall
081-3832038
On Gampola Road
Hindagala Hall
Intercom 2089
Mr. P.B. Wijekoon
071-2511616
On Galaha Road
James Peiris Hall
Intercom 2125
Mr. D. Malwattage
071-8133481
On Galaha Road
Jayathillake Hall
Intercom 2095
Mr. S.
Wickramasinghe
071-6293820
On Galaha Road
Lalith Athulathmudali Hall
Mr. I.M.S.
Chathuranga
071-5891696
New Akbar Hall
Intercom 2105
Mr. S. Kumara
071-2911408
On Gampola Raod near the Engineering Faculty
287
Marcus Fernando Hall
Intercom 2128
Mr. C.P. Malavige
071-8162683
On the hill above the Buddhist Temple
Mahailuppallama Boys‘ Hall
Mr. L.L.A.
Balasooriya
071-2681589
Mahailuppallama Girls‘ Hall
Marrs Hall
Intercom 2127
Mr. K.M.N.D.
Bandara
071-4474266
On the road on the left, at the junction in front of
Wijayawardhana Hall
Sarasavi Uyana Hall
Intercom 2187
Mr. B.M.I.B.
Abhayarathne
071-3266779
On Rajawatta Road
Senaka Bibile & AQ 40
081-3820780
Mr. P.B. Wijekoon
071-2511616
On Rajawatta Road
Sir Ivor Jennings Hall
081-3761052
Mr. B.R.M.
Wickramarathne
071-7114610
Udaperadeniya Road
* Add 081-239 to any Intercom/PBX number to get a direct line to the relevant Department/Centre/Unit from outside the University (e.g.: 081-239-2108)
288
ON CAMPUS HOSTEL FACILITIES FOR FEMALE UNDERGRADUATES
Name of the Hall Telephone Location
Hilda Obeyesekera Hall Intercom 2066
Mrs. P.H.M. De Silva 077-7833947
On Galaha Road
Ramanathan Hall Intercom 2129
Mrs. Gangodatenna 081-3810579
On Galaha Road
Sangamitta Hall Intercom 2083
Mrs. R.M.S. Somathilake 071-8683318
On Galaha Road
Wijayawardhana Hall Intercom 2131
Mrs. S.M. Suwarnakanthi 071-2213397
On Galaha Road
Ediriweera Sarathchandra Hall 081-382-0769
Mrs. S. Yatigammana 0711483970
On Gampola Road
Gunapala Mallasekara Hall 081-382-0770
Ms. Menaka Bandara 0716775247
On Gampola Road
*Add 081-239 to any Intercom/PBX number to get a direct line to the relevant
Department/Centre/Unit from outside the University (e.g.: 081-239-2124)
Director/Student Accommodation
Contact:
Mr. A.N. Siriwardena
+94-081-2392328
For more information visit: http://www.pdn.ac.lk/student/resources/residence.php
289
6.4 HEALTH CENTRE
The Health Centre, headed by the Chief Medical Officer, provides preventive and curative health care
to the University community including non-resident students and employees. The preventive health
section, under the supervision of the Public Health Inspector, manages disinfection, cleaning,
epidemiological work, vector control, food hygiene, waste disposal, environmental sanitation, water
supplies sanitation and health education. This section also ensures enforcement of Campus public
health regulations and industrial and structural pest control. Curative health care is provided in the
form of a daily out patients‘ service, medical laboratory service and other ancillary medical services
including medical examinations of staff, students and counseling service. The Health Centre provides
these services with the assistance of the Chief Medical Officer, several Medical Officers and support
staff. Emergencies are referred to Peradeniya and Kandy Teaching Hospitals. Dental treatment
facilities are provided by the Faculty of Dental Sciences.
It is situated in a picturesque setting on the Sangamitta Hill at the southern end of the university. Its
staff comprising the Chief Medical Officer (Head of Department), four medical officers and other
supportive staff are dedicated to cater to the health care needs of the University community including the non-resident students and employees.
Location: By the Sangamitta Hall at the Southern end of the university.
The services provided by the Centre include,
An Outpatient Treatment Department (OPD)
The OPD is open from 8.30 am to 12.30 pm and 2.30 pm to 4.30 pm during week days, and
from 9.00 am to 11.00 am on weekends. However, emergency cases are attended to
throughout day and night.
290
A 24-hour indoor treatment facility
Patients who need indoor treatment are admitted to the male and female wards at any time of
the day or night. Two isolation wards are available to treat students with infectious diseases
(Mumps, Chicken Pox etc.). A well-equipped laboratory is available to carry out investigations required by the university medical Officers.
A pharmacy
It issues medicines for the prescriptions by the University Medical officers.
A 24-hour ambulance service
This service may be obtained at the request made through the Warden, Sub Warden, Dean or Assistant Registrar.
Immunizations
Immunization programs are carried out for Hepatitis B vaccine (for Dental, Allied Health &
Medical students) and Anti Rabies Vaccine, Tetanus toxoid vaccine are administered to
Veterinary Science students when necessary. The H1N1 and the Rubella vaccines are given only when there is an epidemic under the guidance of the Epidemiologist.
Psychological Counselling
291
Stress, anxiety and various psychosomatic illnesses are quite common amongst the university
community and the university medical officers have received specialized training in
psychological counselling to help/treat members of the university community.
Preventive health care
This is given great emphasis. Public Health Inspectors and a work force of trained personnel
provide these services under the supervision of the Chief Medical Officer (CMO). Their
responsibilities include monitoring food hygiene, ensuring purity of drinking water,
maintenance of the university sewerage, garbage disposal, environmental sanitation and pest
control.
Contact Information
Direct Line Intercom/PBX
Chief Medical Officer
Dr. P.M.A. Samarakoon
(+94)-081-2388152 2024*
Medical Officers 2028
Matron‘s Office 2028
Reception/Laboratory 2022
P.H.I./Supervisors 2023
Female Ward/Pharmacy 2026
*Add 081-239 to any Intercom/PBX number to get a direct line to the relevant Department/Centre/Unit from outside the University (e.g.: 081-239-2024)
292
6.5 PHYSICAL EDUCATION
The head of Physical Education Unit is the Director of Physical Education and administers the
provision of these facilities and conducts various types of sport activities for student and the staff. The
Unit conducts Faculty level, Inter University Level competitions and sport programmes annually. The
students take part in national and international level sports activities through this Unit. It also
coordinates, implements and supervises all recreational sport activities. More than 5 permanent
Physical Education Instructors and 20 staff members are attached to this Unit. Other than the
permanent staff members Part Time Instructors also extend their service to improve the skills of the
players of the University. At present 24 sports disciplines are conducted under the Physical Education
Unit. The unit also organizes one of the most colourful events of the university, the Colours Night.
Indoor and outdoor sports facilities available to students and the staff of the University include
Basketball, Cricket, Football, Hockey, Netball, Rugby, Tennis, Volleyball courts, and 400 meters
Cinder Track for athletics. Other than these facilities out door courts are available for Softball Cricket,
Baseball and Elle.
The University of Peradeniya has one of the largest gymnasiums in Sri Lanka. At the Gymnasium
Indoor facilities are available for Badminton, Basketball, Carom, Chess, Netball, Table Tennis,
Volleyball, Weightlifting, Wrestling, Taekwondo and other martial arts activities. The Peradeniya
University has a 50 meter Swimming Pool for staff and students. All these facilities and services are
provided free of charge.
293
Opening Hours:
Gymnasium: From 7.30 a.m. to 7.30 p.m. every week days and 8.00 a.m. to 5.00 weekends
Swimming Pool: From 6.30 a.m. to 6.00 p.m. every day except Poya days
Contact:
Mr. M.D. P. Kumara
Acting Director
+94-81-239-2164
Office
+94-81-239-2162
6.6 STUDENT SAFETY
The Security division of The University of Peradeniya is a permanent service comprising a Chief
Security Officer (this post is vacant at present), Deputy Chief Security Officer, Security Inspectors
and Security Guards. This service is made available throughout the day according to a shift duty
system. The Security division is bound to be responsible to the Vice-Chancellor and the Registrar
concerning the security of the University.
The main duty of the security division is to provide security to the entire university premises which is
more than 1750 acres in extent, buildings covering an area of about 500 acres. Action has been taken
to obtain the services of private sector Security Organizations to cater to the needs of the University.
The main Security Office of the University of Peradeniya is located near the New Arts Theatre. Any
matters pertaining to security or breach of law may be reported to the security personnel or police.
294
Contact:
Mr. R.M.D. Rathnayake
Deputy Chief Security Officer
Direct Line: +94-81-2389182
Intercom/PBX: 2134
Security Head Office
Direct Line: +94-81-3753954
Intercom/PBX: 2133
The closest is Peradeniya Police station situated on the Kandy - Colombo road near the Peradeniya
Teaching Hospital.
Contact: Police Station Peradeniya: +94-81-2388222/2388033
Police Station Kandy: +94-81-2222222/2222223
295
6.7 OTHER SERVICES AND AMENITIES
Facility Location
Bookshop Next WUS Canteen at the left end of WUS
Building
Photocopy in the Malalasekara Building
Photocopy Centre in the Malalasekara Building
Photocopy Centre
behind the Main library,in the University
Welfare Building
Unisex Saloon
next to WUS Canteen at the left end of WUS
Building
Photocopy Centre
at the left end of the WUS Building next to the
CO-OP
CO-OP (Cooperative Shop)
next to WUS Canteen at the left end of WUS
Building
Post Office
next to WUS Canteen at the left end of WUS
Building
Unisex Tailor Shop
next to WUS Canteen at the left end of WUS
Building
Telephone Exchange next to the Security office, First Floor
Laundry next to the Security office, Ground Floor
Buddhist Temple on the hill above the Vice Chancellor's Lodge
296
Catholic Chaplaincy to the left of Ramanadan Hall
NCC Church (Galpalliya) accessible by Udaperadeniya Road
Hindu Temple accessible by Udaperadeniya Road
Muslim Mosque accessible by Udaperadeniya Road
Muslim Students' Prayer Room in the Malalasekara Building
Faculty Welfare Coordinator
Dr. N. K. Handagama
Contact:
Department of Philosophy
077-5767182/071-0935787
297
7. STUDENT LIFE
7.1 ARTS FACULTY STUDENT UNION
According to the By-Laws made by the Council of the University of Peradeniya under section 135
read with section 112(3) of the University's Act No. 16 of 1978 as amended by Act No. 07 of 1985
and 26 of 1988, the Peradeniya Students Union and all Faculty unions have been established. They
consist of elected student representatives an
Duties and Responsibilities of Students’ Unions
o Enhancing the collective life and student welfare
o Encouraging academic activities
o Protecting the goodwill of the university as well as the faculties
o Ameliorating cultural and sport activities among students
o Keeping accounts on student welfare activities
o Maintaining relations between the students and the University
Arts Students’’ Union (ASU), University of Peradeniya
President: Mr. Bandara S. Dissanayake
071-1490214
Secretary: Ven. W. Amitharathana
071- 6203137
298
Community/Student Activities
o ‗Awarjana‘ Project
The project includes fund-raising activities such as the annual ‗Awarjana‘ Musical Show
to conduct the ‗Abhiman‘ Scholarship Programme, the Advanced Level seminar series,
‗Sipkirata Athwalak‘, and the school library re-establishing project, ‗Nawodayaka
Arabuma‘.
o ‗Sithsiyapath‘ Festival of Literature
o Arts Circle Activities
o Sports Circle Activities
o Media Circle Activities
Location: First Floor, New Canteen Building
Contact: +94-81-2392557
Email: [email protected]
Blog: peraasu.blogspot.com
Facebook: Arts Students‘ Union – Peradeniya
Opening Hours: 8.00 am – 6.00 pm
299
7.2 STUDENT SOCIETIES
Student activities in the Faculty of Arts and generally in the University of Peradeniya play a major
role in student life at the University. Most student activities are organized through student societies.
Some of these activities include seminars, workshop, fieldwork and exhibitions, held throughout the
year. Some societies expect their members to pay a nominal membership fee either annually or
monthly. The following, are the student societies registered for the current academic year. If you wish
to join any of these societies, please feel free to contact the senior treasurer of the relevant society.
NAME SENIOR TREASURER
Society of Economics and Statistics Dr. M.B. Ranathilaka, Dept. of Economics and Statistics
Classics Students' Association Dr. W.M.W.A.C.S.M. Wikramasinha, Dept. of Classical Languages
Society of Archaeology Dr. Dulma Karunarathna, Dept. of Archaeology
Geography Society Mr. Ashvin Wikramasooriya, Dept. of Geography
Political Science Society Dr. H. Baskaram, Dept. of Political Science
Buddhist Brotherhood Society Mr. Sumedha Weerawardhana, Dept. of Philosophy and Psychology
Society of Sociology Prof. M.R. Pinnawala, Dept. of Sociology
Psychological Society Dr. Ramila Yusoof, Dept. of Philosophy and Psychology
The English Literary Association Prof. Arjuna Parakrama, Dept. of English
Philosophy society Mr. M.A. Mufizal, Dept. of Philosophy and Psychology
Law Student Association Ms. L.K. Nilmini, Dept of Law
Society of Arabic and Islamic
Civilization Studies
Mr. M.L.M. Haniffa, Dept. of Arabic and Islamic Civilization
Fine Arts Society Dr. Sudarshana Bandara, Dept. of Fine Arts (Intercom 2183)
300
SobāSansadaya Dr. T.W.M.T.W Bandara, Department of Geography (Intercom 2672)
SāmūhikaBhikkuSangamaya Rev. S. Sobitha, Dept. of History (Intercom 2523)
Curia Historica Dr. R. Dassanayake, Department of History (Intercom 2523)
Students' Association of Pali and
Buddhist Studies Prof. Rev. M. Gnanananda, Department of Pali and Buddhist Studies
(Intercom 2520)
Religious Societies
The university comprises a multi-religious population of Buddhist, Catholic, Christian, Hindu and
Islamic people. A Buddhist Temple, a Roman Catholic Church, a Christian Church, a Hindu Kovil
and a Mosque are located within the university campus to ensure freedom and facilities to practice
any religious faith within the university.
There are five registered religious societies in the university which organize religious activities. These
societies are as follows:
Buddhist Brotherhood
Newman Society (For Roman Catholics)
Student Christian Movement
Hindu Society
University Muslim Majlis
In addition, there are religious bodies organized by the employees of the University such as the
University Buddhist Society.
301
University Buddhist Vihara
Housed in the renovated telephone exchange, this complex provides a place for students to practice
meditation, observe sil on Poya days and participate in Dhamma discussions. Tel: 081 2388975/ Uni.
ext. 2111/2113
University Hindu Temple
This Hindu temple which is located at lower Hantana provides a place of worship for Hindu students.
Tel: 081 2388139
University Mosque
With easy access from the campus, it provides a place of worship for Muslim students. It also has a
limited facility for accommodating students and guests.
University Christian Churches
A Christian Chapel (Chaplain - 081 2388294) and a Catholic Church (Chaplain - 081 2388292) are
located on the campus providing opportunities for prayer and fellowship.
Other Societies
Arunachalam Hall Alumni Association
Botanical Society
Computer Society
Engineering Faculty Arts Circle
Explorers‘ Club
Hanthana Conservation Society
Production Engineering Students Society MIDI Group
Sports Council
Students Meditation Society (Sinhala Bhavana Samajaya)
302
7.3 CULTURAL CENTRE
The Centre offers various programmes and classes free of charge for beginners on playing musical
instruments, drawing and painting, drama and theatre, Kandyan dance, Bharata Natyam and Tamil
Language among others.
Location: Next to the Security Office, First Floor of A-7 Building
Contact:
Direct: +94-81-2392104
Opening Hours: 9.00 am – 7.00 pm
303
8 STUDENT DICSIPLINE
8.1 PROHIBITIONS
Students are required to be familiar with the By-Laws in the Universities Act No. 16 of 1978 and the contents of the Prohibition of Ragging and other Forms of Violence in Educational Institutions Act, No. 20 of 998.
The University of Peradeniya strictly adheres to the particulars listed below in the University Student Charter of 2012 of the University Grants Commission (UGC), and requires all students to be familiar with the content in the University Student Charter 2012. University Grants Commission, Colombo, 2012, p. 30-38 under the following headings:
Unethical and Unlawful Activities that are Prohibited in Universities:
a. Plagiarism and Cheating
b. Disorderly Conduct, Dissent and Protests
c. Disrespect and Non-compliance
d. Wrongful Utilization of Goods, Services or Information
e. Unauthorized Collection of Funds
f. Solicitation
g. Possession and Consumption of Alcohol, Drugs and Tobacco within the University
Premises
h. Gambling
i. Harassment/Violence
j. Hazing/Ragging
k. Sexual Harassment/Sexual Misconduct
l. Theft
m. Vandalism
n. Unauthorized Entry
304
Co-operation with Authorities and Committees of Inquiry
Right of Appeal
For the University By-laws and the Ragging Prevention Act visit:
http://www.pdn.ac.lk/student/discipline/bylaws.php
http://www.pdn.ac.lk/student/discipline/prevent-ragging.php
http://www.pdn.ac.lk/student/discipline/ragging.php
The University Plagiarism Act and Student/Staff Code of Conduct will soon be available and applicable to all the students/staff of the University of Peradeniya.
Report Ragging to:
Chief Marshal Mr. W.A.A. Werahera
+94 81 2392423
[email protected], [email protected]
Chief Security Officer
+94 81 238 2134
305
8.2 MARSHALS DIVISION
Marshals Division consists of two Chief Marshals and four Marshals. The main function of the Marshals is to maintain discipline of students by keeping vigilance on their activities and behaviour at the Faculties, Centres, Gymnasium, Playground and Halls under the direction of the Deputy Vice Chancellor.
Contact: Direct: +94-81-239-2423
Intercom: 2423
Chief Marshal
Mr. W.A.A Werahara-
077-599-6290
Mr. R. Gajaweera 071-439-5666
Mr. D.M.R.S Dassanayake 071-447-2843
Ms. S.M.D.N.K Senevirathna 071-147-5607
Mr. H.M.C.S.B Wanniarachchi 071-829-3887
Mr. S. Satheeswaran 077-433-2333
Mr.M.Abeywickrama 071-831-4604
306
8.3 SENIOR STUDENT COUNSELORS
The Senior Student Counselors of the Faculty have been appointed from the academic staff of the
Faculty. They liaise with the Marshals Division in maintaining student discipline of the Faculty in
addition to proving support, guidance and advise to students on academic as well as non-academic
matters that concern student welfare.
DEPUTY PROCTOR Department
1. Dr. T. W. M. T. W. Bandara Geography
SENIOR STUDENT COUNSELORS Department
1. Dr. S. Sivarajasingham Economics & Statistics
307
2. Dr. R. M. Abeyrathne Sociology
3. Dr. H. R. N. P. K. Handagama Philosophy
4. Dr. N. A. Wimalasena History
308
5. Dr. M. Z. M. Nafeel Arabic & Islamic
Civilization
6. Mr. A. K. Wickramasooriya Geography
7. Dr. P. G. R. S. Gamlath Sociology
309
8. Dr. W. D. S. K. Premasiri Sinhala
9. Dr. A. G. D. N. Karunarathne Archaeology
10. Dr. M. A. G. M. S. B.
Alawathukotuwa
Fine Arts
310
11. Dr. K. M. R. Karunarathna Economics & Statistics
12. Dr. M. M. P. Perera Geography
13. Mr. W. G. C. T. Kamalrathne Sociology
311
14. Mr. R. M. S. Kumara Sociology
15. Dr. H. M. Samarakoon Banda Education
16. Dr. S. Baskaran Political Science
312
17. Ven. Dr. M. Indarathana Pali & Buddhist Studies
18. Dr. W. M. U. Weerakoon Sociology
19. Dr. R. M. D. B. Herath Sociology
313
Appendix I
NON-ACADEMIS STAFF OF THE FACULTY OF ARTS
Arabic and Islamic
Mr. Mahinda Jayasekara Laborer
Mrs IRPK Illagolla Clerk
Archaeology
Mr.UEC .WiJayaweera Clerk
Ms. A.G.C.H. Aluvihare Draftman
Mr.P.R.A Samarasinghe Laborer
Classical Languages
Ms.KHWKG Kahawala CAA
Mr. M.G.R.Munasingha Laborer
Miss. W.C.K.S.P.W.M.N.S.K. Dodanwala Computer Applicant Assistant
Economics & Statistics
Mr. Upul Eranga Jayaratna CAA
Mr.J.G.W.S. Nishanta Laborer
Ms SMSK Kapilaratne Trainee Stenographer
314
Education
Ms. P.D. Menaka Udayakumari Clerk
Mr. PG. Wijendrahamy Laborer
English
Ms. Salika Siriwardana Clerk
Mr. T.M.N. Thennakoon K.K.S
ELTU
Ms. J.G. Hennayake Clerk
Mrs RPGP Sanjeewani Laborer
Fine Arts
Mr. Nipuna Talpage Clerk
Mr. A.M. Abeykoon KKS
Ms HMCD Herath Laborer
Geography
Ms. Nawasingha Technical Officer
Ms. K.N.N. Piyatissa Technical Officer
Ms. Jayasingha Clerk
315
Mr. H.D.J . Bandara Lab-Attendant
Mr. W.H.M.N. Bandara Lab-Attendant
Mr. S.A.R.K. Sooriyaarachchi Laborer
Mr. S.M.P.R.P. Malgammana Laborer
History
Ms SV Seneviratne Staff Asst. English Stenographer
Ms.Dilani de Seram Technical Officer
Mr. V.A. Nihal Ananda Laborer
Law
Mr. E.R.G.W.R.Rajapaksha C-A-A
Ms. W.G.S.A. Anandi Laborer
Pali & Buddhist Studies
Ms. P.M.Dilushi T. Piyasena C-A-A
Mr. K.S.P.A. Dharmapala Laborer
Philosophy
Ms. DMG Dissanayake Stenographer
Mr. Eranga Basnagala Technical Officer
Mr. Dasanayaka Banda Laborer
316
Psychology
Mr. M.G Nissanka Clerk
Mr R.D.A.N Weerasinghe Laborer
Political Science
Ms. Indu Bambaradeniya Clerk
Mr. R.M.U. Rathnayaka Laborer
Sinhala
Ms. M.P. Gunasinghe Clerk
Mr. A.M.S.B. Abeysinghe Laborer
Sociology
Mr. Nihal Gunarathna Clerk
Mr. Roshana de Silva Technical Officer
MGI Kumari Office Aid
Tamil
Ms. M.S.S. Zareena Clerk
Mr. R. Perera Laborer
317
Education
Ms SMS Samarakoon Clerk Trainee
Mr. L. Rajarathne Labourer
Ms JNS Silva SNRU Cleark
Appendix II
Editorial Committee
Ms. K.M.R.N. Kulatunga (Editor-in-Chief)
Mr. Ashvin Wickramasooriya
Cover Design and Page Layout
Dr. W.M.P.Sudarshana Bandara
Acknowledgements
Dr. S.D.K. Wijesundara
Mr. J. Wickramarathna
MS. J. Sothinathan
Ms. A. Tharumapalan
Ms. D.M.R.S. Dassanayaka
Mr. W.V.L. Kumara
Ms. P.G. Yasawathi
Ms. S. Mahaliyadda
Mr. S. Keerthirathna
Ms. K.G. Kahawala
Ms. G. Yoganathan
Disclaimer: The information on the academic programmes and staff has been provided by the respective Departments of Study
318
LIST OF BUILDINGS IN THE FACULTY OF ARTS 1. Arts Theatre (AT)
2. Main Arts Building (MA)
Office of the Dean and Departments of Arabic and Islamic Civilization, Archeology, Classical Languages, English,
ELTU, Pali and Buddhist Studies, Sinhala, Tamil, Staff and Student Toilets, Faculty Seminar Room, B room, Audio
Visual Room. MA 17, MA 33, MA 38, MA 38 (A)
3. Main Library
4. Senate Building - Office of the Vice Chancellor, Student Registration Branch
5. Accounts Branch, Shroff's Counter
6. People's Bank, Bank of Ceylon
7. Arts Faculty Canteen (NCB), Faculty of Arts Students‘ Common Room
8. Malalasekara Building
9. Buddhist Temple
10. Cultural Centre
11. Security Office
12. Department of Education
13. New Arts Building (NAT) - NAT 78, NAT 81, NAT 83, NAT 84, NAT 85, NAT 86, NAT 87, NAT 88, IDAS Computer
Labs
14. Kannangara Building (KB)
15. Post Graduate Institute of Humanities and Social Sciences (PGIHS)
16. Department of Fine Arts
17. Department of Low
18. Arunachalam Hall
19. University Ground
20. Department of Geography
21. WUS Canteen
22. WUS Center
23. University Corporative shop
24. IT Center
25. Faculty of Management
26. Swimming Pool
27. Gymnasium
319